2000

Page 1


Mitch

Olaf

Peter

Patrick

Giampaolo

Sailing is on the crest of a huge wave as we surf into the year 2000. This year, Olympic contenders were in their final push to qualify for Australia. Speed records fell, and record sized regattas were held all over the world. In Madison, Wisconsin 125 28-foot E-boats were on the line. During Cowes Week in England, 900 boats bailed it out. Activity is on the rise in the one-design classes, sailing centers and schools. Also abundant - rendezvous, rallies, and around the world millennium cruises. To wind up a great year, the Grand-daddy of them all, the America's Cup begins in October. Our company is heavily involved, with equipment onboard in all sailing disciplines. We are particularly proud of our presence in the upcoming America's Cup. Sixteen of 17 new boats are equipped with deck hardware. Complete winch systems are aboard 11 boats. Achieving these statistics was difficult. The key was weight, performance and reliabili. Our gear excelled in each category. Since we do not donate equipment, syndicates made their choices based on quality and service. All sailors are beneficiaries of these developments, with the promise of even better equipment in the future. Our product evolution continues at a record pace. For those who want the ultimate in performance hardware, the new Carbo Blocks are selling in record numbers. New variations to fill out the line include cam arms, a 40 mm 1-Lie, and cheek blocks. More parts will launch throughout the year. A new line called ESP (Elegant Simple Products) adds simplicity and cost savings to products where a full roller or ball bearing system does not significantly enhance performance. Turning blocks, mast base blocks and deck organizers hold high static loads and only change line direction. In these instances, a simpler bearing makes sense, and is the principle behind the ESP line. We continue to develop a focused and highly technical collection of sailing accessories designed by us in conjunction with manufacturing experts. Our new vision enhancing sunglasses are the rage. They're easy on the eyes and let sailors spot windshifts clearly. We utilize the lnternet extensively: instruction manuals, the catalog, and our incredible hardware selection program Compu-Spec are evolving. Special offerings and new product information will also be posted. Our website, which provides new information daily, will soon be available in multiple languages. Make sure you default to harken.com. Have a great new millennium in this active and vibrant sport.

Peter Harken President

Olaf Harken Vice President

Althur Mitchel Treasurer and Director of Operations

anaging Oirectar

Patrick Rieupeymut Managing Director France

We are sad to report that on June 15, Raffaek Vemmhi passed away at the age of 67. Raffaele had been v&h Barbarossa and Harken Italy since 1972 having served as sales manager. His absence Is feit by his colleagues as well as his many customers in itaiy and thrwghout the world. Raffaele was a mandous man with a great sense of humor. Though he spoke only Italian and French, he communicated with all of us through hi bright Bapressions, Italian gestures, and wonderful spirit.


cam AI~IOCIS 40 mm 57 mm Cam Arm Ti-Life sinall 60. B l m s Wire 16 mm Micro Bullet Big Bullet Dinghy 2.25" 300 Ratchamatic Linle Hexaratchet Hexaratchet 1112 Linle Fiddle Fiddle Index 2.00n.00 Hexa.Cat Bases Parts are Isled alphabenca on pages LOWProfile Triples 210.213 oy all common oescnpnons Magic Pans are a so sted by numoer on TWOSpeed Mainsheet Systems M l d d a m Blocks Reo~llar . .. ... . Tabs along page edges correspond to Hexaratchet catalog sections. Fiddle U Black ManIC B B mm Blacks sectlons 57 mm This catalog is organized into senions by 75 mm hardware families. 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm Teardrop Syslem Orawlnos Mast Base LeadlCrossover Pages 193 209 show sketches of typleal Fool hardware systems to help you deslgn a AirRunners good layout for your boat Stainless Runners Feature pages Opening Foot Snatch Each mqor section of the catalog beglns w ~ t h avlsual explanation of the features whlch Stainless Steel make Harken ~roductsunioue Sheaves Narrow HalyardISteering Sheaves use and selecuon Charts 85 mPHard*lm At me beginning of most sections you will Mast Collar find a chart which shows the correct she Foot or type of gear to use. Organizers ClrUmHmlwm Refennee pages Pages 190 - 192 show the breaking strengths 11 C o m n l o m b n H a m m Cam-Matic Cleats of common sizes of wire and rope; formulas Cam FairleadiFlairleads for calculating loads on blocks; metric Cam Cleat Accessories conversions and omer useful information. Cam Bases Trigger CleaVBases See Page 222 and the inside back cover for Magic Boxes a.~ list of Harken .~~ . . addresses. tekohone. lax Self-Contained Sheaves numbers, e-mail addresses anb a l i i o f Deck Organizers international distributors. Stay Tensioners Rudder BearingsiTubes Spinnaker Pole CaniEnd Finings @ Harken Yacht Equipment EyestrapslPadeyes Division of Haken, lm. ZOW An Rights RereeW. NO pomon of this calslog W be rwroduced MlDoul me Stainless Steel Shackles expmssd wn'n~npermissbnof Harkeo, b Stand-Up Bases Ponlsdio U S A . Specifations am dsscoplioos confdiwd Accessories herein are svbjed to change wltnout nm?&alion

Finding Hardware

-

Choosing Hardware -

---

-

,--

I

n

Additional Helu ~~~

~

m mrscw Small Boat Mid-Range Big Boat Windward Sheeting Mini-Maxi Dinghy Jib Leads Genoa Lead Cars 118 F d l m Plttlms Small Boat StaysaillGennakerlScreecher Unit 00 - 4.5 Hydraulic Accessories 1% Malnsnll Handllnm S*tlnr Bancars Lazy JackslSingle Line Reeflng Mainsail Furling Car 115 Wlncher Regular OneiTwoiThree Speed OneiTwoiThree Speed Self-Tailing Wide Body Self-Tailing ElectriCiHydraUlic Hydraulic Power unm Control BoxeslSwitches Racing Ouanro RegularlSelf-Tailing Twoilhree Speed Self-Tailing WiddLarge Wide Three Speed Large Wide Three Speed Self-Tailing America's Cup Pedestal Systems Winch Handles SnubbingiWinch Load Display Service Kits ln sIaclam Pmdlrtr Deck Shoes Sunglasses Spon BaglAnacheiDuffel LuggagelCoo1erS GlovesIHatsNest PoloiT-Shirts Fitness Equipment Store DisplaysiDecals I S 1 C m B I - ~ - neck z 1W R ~ ~ C ~ Metrlc Conversion/Drilling Guide Rlgging Breaking Strengths Loading Formulas lm s m m s Malnsall Reefing Mainsheet Gross-TrimlAne-Tune Cunningham Boom Vang Outhaul Mast BaseICabin Top Traveler Spinnaker Genoa Lead Car Self-Tacklng JiblStaysail Runner Backstay Adjuster 210 lndlx


M

A

R

K

T

I

N

G

-

-

--

.L.-.. -. -.

--- -.

Customer Service United Stafes

I

tribuloisales & !r Service Manager

Jan Klemplen 1ndustriaVO.E.M. Customer SeMce

Diane Drolahl O.E.M. Cwrdinatori Customer Service

~sststant%ustomerService MamgeriOEM.Custamet Service

Lesli. Customer Service

Customer Service - international

I Matd h b e l l Assistant U.S. Distributor Sales Manager

A

Gal. Sales & Marketing Coordimr Customer Sarvice

Blll Googina Assistant Marketing Ma~geriSaie~

Industrial & Sailmaking Roducts Mamger

Ame Hameip Customer Service

cu*

Technical Sewin

Cnlg Blazer Winch Technical Service/ PurchasingAgent

New Produns Manager

John Davsqort Technical Service

Advertising

--M A

,. .

M,. ........

Jim Boume

~ o r h n i nal n , i r o

...

ula

Manager

A

D

M

I

Administrative Services

N

Rme Sonmen Carporate secretary/ Personnel Manager

FacilitlesNehicles

t M l t d Pans Facil&s Manwerl Special PurchasingAgent

v (.. > C

I

S

T

R

Deanna Brownell Personnel Administrative ~ssisiant

.... ......... Administradive Assistant, Peter Ha&n

,

"'"'

A

p,.:;j

7 . .... : w ,...?, , . + . ..;F , , : r %V

'.

:

l

K O Ray ~

MantenancePmjensl Shipping Support

;.>.$.?.c,<*.,

T

I

O

N

Uddi Dulmovic ReceptionihV OfficeAssistant

Spetlal Projects

m1

S


A

D

M

I

N

I

S

T

R

A

T

I

O

N

Finance

1" Corporate Controller1

Accounts Payble Accoums Receivable

Cost Accounting

ACCOU~S Receinblei Billing

h i d Smith Purchasing Agenu Receiver

John Meyer Information Systems Manager

Gerw VanRoosenbeek Intormation Systems Assistant

Purchasing Manager

PurchaoinnlmPc?iving

K

Nofma Sane.. Purchasing Agent

I.

Lee Vanden Heuvel Purchasing Agent

Harken Canvas

Mar8 Ann Moroan CanGas ~anao;r

E

N

Production

June Halweo Canvas ~ea&r

G

eha.. L.m Senior Engineer Standard Products

I

W1

Sue Teutebern Seamstress

N

E

Ken Lallyd Engineer

E

R

k n Malcolm Engineer

M&

Shauna Seamstress

seamhress

I

N

Chad Bwles Designer

Rozina Seamstress

.....- ..-...

L

m*

G

Tom Hamon Intern

Lira Veidlm AdministmtionN.S. Marketing Assistant

Custom

K w i n Monahan Senior Engineer Custom Products

Stwe Dllebeko Engineer

Dane Blackburn Designer

Man Lue

brcdal Engineering

Polly Dab OperationdAdministration

Ann h l e y Ope"ltion~IAdmin~stration Assistant

Greg Haltlmehr Senior Engineer Special Projects

Blll Oltcmann Senlor Engineer WincN Speclal Products Develop.

5


M E T A L W O R K I N G

-.

Machine Shon

m.etai S Ins Mana

Wlll Pfonl;e WeiderllniectionMolding Leader

Len Pon Machinist

Wan Port Machine Operatarffinisher

Ken Hampton Machine Operator

&Ila Garln Metal Polishing Leader

Bonnle Allor Polishing

A S S E M B L Y S H I P P I N G

-h';w

Joe Smllh Shlpplng &Assembly Manager10 C Cwrd~Mtor

Julia Randa Assembler

U S FrelgMCwrd~Mmr

MIke l+ Assembiy Leader

Twl Hanner Assembly Leader

Krls Cllna Shipper

6

R l d Wlmrt Shlpper

m<,:,*d>',e ..-. >

Rhode Island

Corlnrm Rlch Custom Sales Managed Mflce Manager

Shipper

Trlpp Eslabmok Northeast Sales Manager

Mad Wiss Custom Tech SBN~C~/ O.E.M. Sales

Dan Hough Assembler

Mllrc Emn Assembler

%m G ~ D I

pal b p s w Fudng Assembly Leader

'-wmo Assembler

Mousey Wlnlsnrled Shlpplng Leader

~ a n u, Assembler

Chrigy M m l Custom Sales Cwrdinator

Sue DRY .. Shlpper

MlLl Waonar Shipper

-

California

Florida

Don Whelan West Coast Sales Manager

Nell l l s ~ e y SoutheastICaiibbean Sales Manager


F

R

A

Pabick R i a ~ p n y r o ~ l Managing Director

I

T

A

Glampaolo Spera Manaoino . .Director

N

C

H a ~ Bussiera b Sales Manager

L

E

Jocalyna Floranceau Oflice Manager

J. Louis Guyader Salesiiechnical Service

Vi Office Manager

Jean Manins Customer Service

Nlcolas I Packaging 1 Shipping

Y

Sales

Customer Service

Emanuele Cscchini Sales Mananer lTechnical Serv~ce

Barbara Femri Customer Service Manager

Tanya Bombardi lntematio~lCustomer Service

L a u n Monm Domestlc Customer Service

Annalisa Piani Rece~tioniSecretan

Andma Mersllo Chief Engineer

Lucianu Banasl Englneer

Oomenico Vitalone Engineer

Ubelto L o m Engineer

lngelo Cananno Designer

Vlncenzo R u s o Tooling C~ntrol

Fnncesco De Lucla Purchasing Manager1 cost Control

Controller

Accounting

AccountingiPersonnel

CustomlProdudion Winch Assembler

Production Winch Assembler

CNC Machinest

MachinesiProtolypes

Production

Ambrogio Bertala Pr~d~~ti~niC~stom Facilities Manager

Moreno Fampolini Shlpping Manager

Banedstla Banli Production Assistant

Giuseppa Pagliaro DriverlReceiver

Barbara Pampollni Production Assistant

Glorla Balbinol WarehouselReceiver

Clldian Bonanno MIS Sewces

Massimo Peduni PackagingiShipping

Luigi Cicwrnne Public Relations1 Communications

Piebn Rancheni Oual'ky Control Manager

Andrea Madalfarl Sailing Fitnesflfainer

L O ~ N O0 8 Con0

Oual'lty Control

Piern Bono AduertisingiArt Director

7


. ,

.~--.

What h Covered-Ths warranty covers defects in materials or workmanship. Who I s Covered-The original purchaser. For How Long - Harken products are warranted for five (5)years from the date of purchase, with the following exceptions: Swage and rudder are (2) years the date of purchase. Jib Reefing and Furling systems are warranted for seven (7) years from the date of purchase. See instruction manual for Harken Jib Reefing and Furling systems for more details. Winches and winch related products are warranted for three (3) years from the date of purchase. Custom products andtor high performance installations of standard catsiog products for extraordinary use applications including but not limited to America's Cup, some trans-oceanic races and globe circling events are warranted for one (1) year from the date of purchase. Contact Harken for event classification and more details for these custom products andior high performance installations. After the end any specific warranty period noted above, HARKEN MAKES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECTTO THE INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILiw OR A Or if you live Outside the U S , countries. do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts. so the above limitation may not apply to you.

Whal Harken Will Do -Harken will provide technical support by telephone, fax, e-mail or letter to help diagnose a problem. Harken will, at its optton, repair, replace or give you credit for defective products returned to Harken at your expens; the warranty Whal b Not Covered - This warranty does not cover any product that was: improperly installed; inadequately inspected after installation; improperly maintained; used outside of normal sailboat applications or otherwise used in any application for which it was not intended: used under load conditions exceeding the rating or other recommendation published in the Harken catalog; or subject to misuse. negligence, accident, or unauthorized modification or repair. Normal wear to shoes: gloves; technical sailing apparel and accessories; teeth of cam cleats; winch drums and pawls; and wear from wire rope on all equipment is also excluded. Electric motors, accessories and switches that are disassembled beyond normal installation requirements or improperly installed, wired or ser. are Labor charges are al;o excluded, CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARE NOT RECOVERABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. How To Get Service - I f something goes wrong, contact Harken directly or your local Harken dealer to arrange for warranty assistance. Your dealer has Harken Warranty Return Guidelines that provide you with exact return procedures depending on the product invoived. We will need, in writing, your name, address, date of purchase. type of boat, product involved, application, an explanation of the defect, and conditions under which the product was used, We are fair and we do care when Harken products do not perform.

Maintenance Harken equpment 1s deslgned for mlnlmal malntenance, but some maintenance required to glve the best service and comply wlth the Harken iimlted warranty I rzorra 11c m051 ninn -.am aspect 01 nla i'lznancz s !c I(PPII U ,: ?Q. prnenl c earl c, 'rzq.fnr , f .%I r y r 11 IrPsr Lalrr In corrosive atmospheres, stainless parts may show discoloration around holes. rivets, and screws. This is not serious and may be removed with a fine abraswe. With the exception of winches, do not use grease unless specifically recommended in the instruction manual. Many Harken products are provided with specific instruction manuals that detail maintenance procedures. Manuals are available at no charge by contacting Harken or a Harken distributor. Small BoalMid-Ranoe Blocks -The plastic sidenlates and sheaves of Small B0,~1.h!o-9anqz n ochs ar? . s'ao ze; 0-' Ine, ma, .irn gra ahpr erpos,re IL lne s.n Trl s o sco oral o r ma oe remo.eo 10 a Ir e 3oras . F u.i .S 101 rrc.ce tne slrrt g't 01 lne o 0165 Flush Small BoaVMid-Range blocks frequently with fresh water Periodically ciean blocks with detergent and water to remove salt and dirt. Dry lubricants such as McLubee, which will not attract dirt, may be used. Inspect blocks periodically for damage. In pariicular, inspect shackles and swivel posts for cracks, corrosion, or elongation. When replacing shackles, be sure to use Harken parts to maintain the proper strength. Use Loctite" when refastening nuts or screws. Tape cotter rings to prevent snagging. Do not leave heavy loads on Small BoaVMid-Range blocks when not being used. This may slightly deform the bearings. Normally they will return to their proper shape after being rotated, but an initial resistance to rolling may be felt. 819 Boa1 Blocks F .sn o oc*s YiLrr .qn , r In fr??t .aler Per co ca , 7 sas5emc s In? I 1c.s an0 ct?ai .!In orleqenl a n l lfcst .later -.or ca,its c? n l : alllac. :n -d, oe .seo E ~ a n es ~ pare MC-.o? cr. -cl o r ot cr, j L ,ne sprays. InSDeCt shackles and shackle oosts for sions of corrosion or deformation. Mvlar' washers should alwavs be u s i d between stainless and.. a l. ~ i m i. r ~ l r. Zn..i...fasteners . . . . .. p blrs SIa n P?? fa?lPn?rS :'n cn p3ss 'ttro.gn 3 .m n :II o ocrs sno. 3 >F coaleo 1. 111 ~ Id In ~ seie coolltu.no PI, ocl' IS: sno o 101 oe .sel dher ce r ? remc.e.1 '7r.e '?rn?s Wncr I F P ~ Cnu st aches an0 '351er ? w .c? narren ran5 11 nia r p a,i IS

.

;.

-

,.-I :.

~

~

.

the proper strength. Big Boat bearings are resistant to deformation, but it is not advisable to leave heavy loads on any hardware when the boat is not sailing. Travelar Cars Keep traveler cars ciean by fiushing frequently with freshwater. Periodically clean cars and tracks with detergent and freshwater to remove deposits of salt and dirt. This is particularly important when cars have not been used for long periods of time. Dry lubricants such as McLube, whtch will not attract dirt, may be used. Alternatively. a light machine oil such as 3-in-1 may be used. Use only a single drop in each ball race; too much will attract din. Frequently inspect shackles and control block fittings for signs of fatigue. Be sure that every instailation includes Harken track end stops and arrange control tackles so that cars do not hit the end stops under load, but are stopped by the rope. Jib Reeling a n d Furling Syslems . ~(eep1.r .nq .n i s c car o, f .W nq Ireq.ev, ? l n I'?cr:a'c' Per oa ca . 2111 ine o,.fr .n I arlu I~IC na , a r l s r c . 11 detergent and freshwater to remove deposits of salt and dirt: Lubricants such as McLube, dry Teflon and dry silicone sprays which will not attract dlrt may be used. Wash foils with soap and water. Foils may be lubricated with dry sprays to ease the raising and lowering of sails. Inspect swage fittings. shackles and the lower turnbuckle assembly for signs of corrosion or fatigue. Refer to the ownerk manual for detailed maintenance instructions. Winches - Winches should be flushed freauentlv with lreshwater. Periodicallv break down w~nchesand service. Check pawls and springs for signs of wear'and inspect bearings. gears, and spindles for wear and corrosion. Winches should be lubricated with grease, but over application of grease can cause Salt and water deposits to become trapped in the winch. Use care to ensure that dram ports are unobstructed bv sealants or orease. Pawls should be lubrlcated only with llght oil. Refer to the owners manual for detailed maintenance instructions Shoes - Remove insoies and wash and dry separately. Wash shoes by hand using mild soap, do not bleach. Rinse thoroughly. Air dry.

-

.


'C

P L ' ,

Carbo AirBlocks",,

F


alcrck WJcrgicm Carbo AirBlocks"

I

Tnese blocks represent me flrst major oevelopment In small owl bloc6 deslan slnce we ntroauced me first - olastic ball bearing b1ocks"in 1967. High strength engineering plastic used in the sideplates, sheave and balls allows us to make block 60% stronger and 30% lighter than our classic block. Use Carbo AirBlock with small diameter hi-tech lines on high performance dinghies, smdl keelboats and catamarans. The 40 mm blocks nandle oaas slmllar to oLr 2.25 (57 mm) Dlocks and the 57 mm Dlocks can take loads similar to our 3.00' (76 mm) block. Some 57 mm blocks feature "Cam-LOCK',a unique swivel pin locking device that allows the jaw to lock at ninety degree intalvals, or to swivel freely. Another Harken first! The patent-pending Ti-L'& black is a new concept in black attachment. Using small, light, highstrength Spectras line, attach these blocks to eyestraps, booms, fiberglass side tank, and traveler cars. and eliminate the wejght of snackles, W vel posts and stand-up springs A comDrehensive instr~ctlonman~a!details the many methods of attaching the blocks. ~

~

Non-corrosive and UVresistant

,

Lightweight composite plastic sideplates

m e patented Cam-Lock switch allows the swiwl pin to lock in front or side positions, Or to swivel freely.

Reverse cam cleats on sinole blocks for up or down release.

Tl-Llta Llns Clamp

Terminate line using stop knot or unique clampin method Tiehten set screws using Allen wrench through aRo~ein the sheave groove.


40 mm Carbo Blocks 20% I~ghterand 60%

Use the 40 mm Black Magice Carbo AirBlocP for iib and mainsneet systems on hl-berlormance dinghles For tne ~ l t l m a t esvsrem. Lse Technora. Dvneema', dev a?, or

stronger than eqavalent s ~ z eball bear~ngblock 2636

spect@l/ne wiih the cover stripped wheri it ~ n through s the blocks; however, the 40C will take line up to W" (10 mm). These blocks are also ideal for highty-loaded control lines on small keelboats. The 40C double and triple can lock in 2 directions or swivel

AirBlocP design

freely.

Hi-load ball bearings

Use for: Jib Mainsheet system

Sheets Control

Lines

A

CL

1

2643

2650'

Tomado - Wnib Gsebier Photo

"Available December 1999 part NO. Darorlplion 2656 Sin~ldswivei 2887 SiqldswiveVbecket 2538 Doublelswivel 2639 Oouble/swiveVbecket 2640 Triple/swivel 2641 TripielswiveVbecket 2 M 2 Doubleliixed 2M3 Double17ixedlbecket 2444 Cheek 2650 Singleliixed 2652 Sfandupnixed

a h n B~ ~ In mm 1 1 40 40 h 40 l 40 I 40 l*he 40 1% 40 l*/,l 40 1% 40 h 40 1~1,~ 40

Lsnm In mm h 86 4 102 3"1,~ 94 41h1 110 3% 94 4 110 3'h 89 4 106 2'L 70 2'h 64 21' . 70

Waluhl whhackls U I 1.6 44 1.7 48 3.2 86 3.4 90 4.6 118 4.7 122 2.8 80 2.9 84 1.2 34 1.4 40 1.7 48

Shacklo pln B in mm ' 4 '& 4 h 5 %6 5 %S 5 'h6 5 %e 5 %e 5

-

-

-

Mar llns 6 In mm h 10 10 *h 10 I 10 Y 10 ail 10 ,h 10 h 10 h 10 ,h 10 *h 10

SW1

Ib 485 485 970 970 1455 1455 970 970 485 485 485

kg 220 220 440 440 6W 660 440 440 220 220 220

Breaking rhenulh lh ku 1620 735 1620 735 2380 1080 2380 1080 3050 1383 3050 1383 2380 1080 2380 1080 1620 735 1620 735 1620 735

11


57 mm Carbo Blocks Because of thelr n~ghload capao~lltythe 57 mm Caroo A~rBlocW nave an enormous working range Use for maln and 10sheets on centerboard and keelboatssuchas Lightnings, ~ragons,Soiings and J124s. 57C blocks are ideal for inland scows from the 16' MC to the 38' A-Scow and are perfect for catamaran mainsheets. Features inClJde the Cam-LOCK ocking system on slngles. beckets, ooubles an0 mples. Attachment a~~lications and uses .. are limitless. Just use your imagination! Tne tootbloc~artaches easily witn three Xs" (5 mm) screws and s presseo together to prevent the ba Is from coming o ~ t . 2 r ~ design i r ~ l o c ~

Ursh Main/jibsheet Spinnaker halyad Control lines

hll

M. ZBm

z on

Mrme 11 mm

ZaCe Doubla/swivel

2% 2% 2%

PWS D o u b l ~ v e V b e c k n l

2%

%M Trfplelawi~l 2606 Trlpluswiwvbecket

h h h

O(OI S(npla/swiveVbecLet

ZW6 Cheek

57 57 57 57 57 57 57

byh In mm 4% 110 Yh 132 4'h 120 5% 142 4% 120 h 142 3'h 92

W m W w~lrmo 02

3.1 3.4 6.3

6.6 9 9.3 2.4

skt~nplnI

I

111

mm

87 S 178

'ha h -

5 5 6 6 6 6 6

187 255 264 68

-

~nllul mm

h h h

'1* 'h h %I 'h

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

M

$W I) 792 792

360

1584 1544 2380 2380 792

720 720 l080 l080 360

360

Ib 2880 2380

1080 1OBD

Ssm

1saO

SW0 NO0 5WO 2380

2270 2270

l500

1080


Carbo-Cam" Blocks The stainless steel arms on our Carbo-Cam" blocks adjust to more than 5 different positions. Arms are secured to Me block by composite plastic locr ng plates wrn a total ot 36 p m . To rotale arms, slmp,y loosen tne screw an0 re nsta I p ns in new holes. The cam arms' ball bearing Cam-Maticecleats have smooth teeth 10 protect ana no o I ne s e i ~ r e The l ~ easy entry system al ows nes 10 engage w 1no-r being d r a w t h l o ~ g nme cam Cams on singles can be reversed for up or down release. Single 57 m m blocks feature Cam-Locks; triples and doubles have M-Locks.

Easy line entry

A Reversible cam for up/down release

ing pins secure cam arm Cam-Lock swltch on sw~velpm

S~nglescrew cam angle adlustment

Use for: Mainljib sheet Spinnaker halyard Control lines

'Available December 1999 part

No.

Der~fl)llon

'

Sheaw 0 in mm

2 57 2815 Slnglelswivel 2'1. 57 2616 SinglahwiveWbecket 2'1. 57 2617 Triple/swivel 2 57 2618 Triple/swivelhecket l*hr 40 2645 Singlelswivel 1% 40 2M6 SinglehwiveVbecket 1%. 40 2M7 Triplslswivei 1% 40 2646 TriplehwiveVbech~ *SWL and breaking strengths based on cam strengths

bm@h in mm 4% 110 5118/11 132 4% 120 5% 142 3% 66 4 102 A 94 4'hs 110

WeipM wnhackll ca 9.5 9.8 15.2 15.6 4.2 4.3 8.2 8.3

9 269 278 431 442 119 122 232 235

SbckIe pln B

in

A

h

?iz z

'hi 'hr

mm 5 5 6 6 4 4 5 5

Max line B ln mm

a,

A 'h1 h' .

'h 'h 'h U

l0 10 10 10 10 l0 10 10

lb

SWL*

303 600 1500 1800 150 300 750 MO

kl 136 272 680 816 68 136 340 408

Bmklna lbmpty# 750 340 l500 680 3750 1700 4500 2040 300 136 600 272 1500 680 1800 816


aback WVJngica Ti-Lite Carbo Blocks

I

Specil ca ty des~gnedfor I ne attacnment. tne K-L te combines hlgh strength, long-glass lnermoplast~cwitn sma I diameter Spectra line for a block significaritly stronger and lighter than anything on the market. The Ti-Lite is 40% liohter, with a 60% higher working load, and significantly less miss than classic blocks of an equivalent size. The Ti-Lite eliminates the stainless steel head post, shackle and extm weight in the block head. It can be 'cinched' tight to an eyestrap, hail or padeye, eliminating the weight, extra cost and complexity of a "stand-up' device. Attacn the Ti-Ue aroLnd a Doom fore and an, or athwanshlps Term nate line enas JS ng a (not or a ~niqJeset-screuv clamp (2607 on y). A comprenensive instr~ctionmama1 detads the many mernods of bloc6 anachment. Available in 40 and 57 mm configurations. Four feet (1.2 m) of special Spectra" line included.

Srnali, liohi, high-strength SpectrSline Ulha-high strength to weight ratio

Unlimited uses

1

1

L

Hi-load bail bearings

I

Lightweight composite plastic sideplates

Create beckei

Unllmlted Uses

Attach to boom, eyestraps, traveler can or directly to deck.

Llne Clamp

Terminate line using stop knot or unique clamping method 2607 only). fiphten set screws using illen wrench lhrough hole in the sheave grwve.

'Available November 1999


Small Boa!.


-

1

Small Boat Block Features

Tough Delrin body is UVstabllized foryears of trouble-free use

Large ratchet k m b is easy to adjust even with cold, wethands

Small Boat blocks are exceptionally free running blocks that can be used for sheets, halyards and control lines on dinghys and smaller keelboats and for lightly loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Small boat blocks are offered in seven sizes and dozens of configurations so there is an ideal block for every application. Hall bearing CamMatic cleat can be mounted on underside of arm and the sheet run through this slot for dnwnward ...... ... . ..re1ez.w ... .~

Special plastic wedges are installed under cam to adjust angle Arm is stamped from 6061-T6 aluminum and Hardkote Teflon imprwnated

The-W8

The three-wa shackle system allows swivel blocks to be locked front or side positions or len to Swiwl freelr

i

U-~amr The U-adaptorallows blocks wilh'h (10 mm) S to be attached to swivel bases or to other gOSt locks withXh110 mm1 nn%tr

The beckets on many blocks are remo~ble to allow altachment of a spliced line.

Dual rows of Delrln ball bearings on a large diameter race are the secret to the smooth free-swiveling action Stops on bases prevent line from fouling on itself

The cam cleats on most Harken blocks can be reversed for UP 01 down release.

. t-

E. --

y:; "

.

'?* -t;,

Black Magld carbon filled balls provide maximum

UV protection.

All Hexaratchet IltZ blocks feature an onton switch to Permii disengagement in light air Slider switches can be activated under load. Reverse rotation blocks are onered so that switches face up in applications like spinnaker sheets where r c t i o n on the port and starboard sheets must be in opposite directions.


LineMTire High Wire blocks are lightweight, low friction blocks designed to carry wire halyards and control lines on boats of all sizes. To minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50 and 2.00 wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. Hi-load composite bearings carry axial loads. 1.00 wire blocks use low friction thrust washers. Stainless steel sideplates offer superb chafe resistance.

Use for:

Haidkote anodi&, Teflon impregnated aluminurn wire sheaves

halyards Vangs Control lines Wire

-

302 -21" (54 mm) 306 - 2%; 75 mm 310 - 3"AC (94 mm]

p

+

302 Cutout

. h A), m+! Jb F" llmm

39mm

306 Cutout

14mm

310 Cutout

306

L

,

'

59 mm

310

14mm

73mm

301 -'h' (22 mm) 305 11' .' 32 mm 309- lsC141 mm!

-

6 Meler. Abnhamsson 6 Bdoeroo- rim0 Unor Pholo

305 309 Sbaw B In mm

Parl No. Dsuripaon. 300 Single

301 Cheek+* S02 ~hru-deck* 804 Single 305 cheek$*' 306 Thm-deck' 3011 Single 30g cheek*'" 310 ~hru-deck*' 312 Singie!'oeckel 313 SinglUbeckel 314 Singlefbackel 320 Ferrule head 321 Small split backstay plate for 304 322 Split backstay plate for 308

+ Fasteners included

Special features see page 16.

1 1 1

IB l'h 1'12

2 2 2 1 l 2 l

-

25 25 25 38 38 38 51 51 51 25 38 51 38

-

Maxwlm

Max lino B

0

WaipM or 1 1'1, 1 2

p 28 35 28 78

in

mm

k

2 2 2 3

3% 3 5 6 5% l# 3

92 92 149 170 163 35 85 163

1'8 'fa

3 1 1%

85 28 34

h '131 1'8

In 51u lla YS I

Shacna pln

B

mm 4 4 4 5

%a

hs

3 3 5 5 5 2 3 5

'l

5 5 8 6 6 4 5 6

'In

3

YIS

5

Y YIS 31~s

Ya '18

-

-

'X10 (5 mm) RH fasteners "'l? (6mm) RH fasteners '**%:

%b

I h 1'4 $In

Y~ils

-

-

(8 mm) RH fasteners

In

Y~T

mm 5

-

k

6

-

-

Vli

8

-

-

-

l 1'4 Yta

5 6 8

-

-

Max woYno load lb km l000 454

Bmaking nr8noAh Ib to 2000 907

1000 1000 1500 15W 1500

454 454 680 680 680

2000 2000 3000 3WO 3000

907 907 1361 1361 1361

2000 2000 2000

907 907 907

4000 4000 4000

1814 1814 1814

1000 15W 2000 1500

454 680 907 680

2000 30W 4000 3000

907 1361 1814 1361

-

-


Head coupler for high-load shsngm

16 mm AirBiocks" offer vely high working loads in an extremeiy small, lightweight block. These diminutive blocks feature a patented bearing system using stainless balls in a captive, grooved race and provide an honest 250 lbs (113 kg) safe working load. They are perfect for the new, smaller synthetic control lines found on high-tech dinghies and the obvious choice for compelitive racers, The 442 has a spacer that keeps the line in the sheave during intermittent loading.

r i

COnIpact head design

I

F /

Ekimeiy lfght WetQht

p HQh wrX1ng load

@

Use for: Dinghy control lines Spinnaker pole trip lines Big boat leech lines Outhauis Downhauls Cunninghams Traveler controls

Bp\

St?n/lsss balk. in captive gmoved hardened race 366 Cutout 11 mm

41 mm

9

421 Cutout, k27

l l m m '25mm

mm-

Special features see paga 16. Sheaves see m08 . . 79 Max #In# B

S h 8 m

P

Pal1 110.

368 404 406 408 107 108 M# 416 417 U1

U2 U7 442

18

Dlrrr#lon In-line exn' SSinols Singlehecket hble Doublw%ecket Triple Triplebecket

in 96

%

h h % Ys

X

Cheek*

YE

Single/swi~I'* Thru-deck' Pivot cheek block Flip Flop block Blockleyestrapassembly

% h

#8 (4 mm) RH fastenen

'^

Ya Y8

Ya

LsnlM

mm 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Shackle pin diameter

In 3 I'h l'/$ l'%, 2'11 l 2% l

l 2% 1Ya 1% 1%

(4 mm)

m 76 29 38 43 54 46 57 46 46 60 35 34 35

WeIgM

m '5/~s

B 71tt '%e 1 l l'h 7/?8

Ys V8

1' 8

%S

D 27 10 12 27 28 41 43 12 18 18 11 21 12

In 'In 1' % '/m

'1s

%2 Ya

'In 'In

mm 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

S I'

5

'1.

5 5 5 5

%1 'In

Mm

Omaldng

n l t l n l loll

U 250 250 250 450 450 7W 700 250 250 250 250 250 250

113 113 113 204 204 318 318 113 113 113 113 113 113

Ib 1200 12W 1200 1200 12W 1200 12W 1200 750 1200 750 1200 1200

kg 544 544 544 544

W 544 544 544 339 544 339 544 544


Micro Blocks Micro blocks are small, lightweight, free running blocks. They are ideal for use on sailboards, Smaller dinghys, and for lightly loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Compact self-cleating tackles can be made using the Micro fiddle with smoothly rounded V-Jam to protect line, or the triples with cams. The 443 has a spacer that keeps the line in the sheave during intermittent loading.

Use for: Cunninghamsiouthauls Vangs Traveler controls

Barberhaulers Flag halyards Leech cords Lead car return tackles

.. speciai leafures see page 16. Sheaves see page 79. Sheave

Parl No. 224 225 226 227 228 229 230

231 232 233 234 235 242 243 244 245 292 443

0 Dcrcriptlon Sinsle Singlemeckel Double Doubleibecket Triple Triplelbecket Triple1423 cam Triple1423 camlbeckel Traveler Cheek Singleishackle S~ngleishachlelbecket Thru-deck Upright ~iddlelv-jamr ~iddlelv-)amlbecket** Singlehwivel BlocWeyestlap assembly

' Use ~ 1 2 2 or 5 235 " Use wl226

In mm 'la 22 22 l 22 '/a 22 71a 22 'il 22 1 22 1'8 22 ?la22 ,l1 22 'lt 22 'ia 22 iil 22 'l8 22 ?la22 'la 22 >la22 22

Langth In l'/? 2 2 2H 2 21' 2 2 2'11 2% 2% 2'14 2% 25/a 1% 4 3% 2% 1%

Walght

mm

02

38 51 51

'It

1%

64

1%

51

2 2% 3% 3% 1

64

51

64 71 64 57 71 67 38 102 89 60 45

V4

4

V, 1 1 1 2 2 1 @Ils

0

14 21 43 43 57 64 99

99 35 21 21 28 28 28 57 57 26 16

Max llns 0 In mm % 6 % 6 % 6 'l< 6 %

6

% %

6

'14

%

% 1' , 1'4 l 1'4 % % l %

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Shackle pin

Msx

working load Ib $ 200 91

Braaklng otrenglh Ib La 1200 544

-

200 350 350 500

91 159 159 227

1200 1200 1200 1200

544 544 544 544

-

500 SO0

227 227

1200 1200

544 544

-

500 200

227 91

1200 12W

544 544

5 5

200 200 200 200 200

91 91 91 91 91

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

544 544 544 544 544

350 350 200 200

159 159 91 91

1200 1200 1200 1000

544 544 544 454

0 In

'llr 3118

ks Yli

ji,~

mm

-

5 5 5


BulletmBlocks

in lfne rnount~ng holes

Use ball bearing Bullet blocks to lead control lines with a minimum of friction. A wide range of variations let these v8Mtile blocks adapt to almost all control line situations. Wire Bullet blocks use higher load carrying roller bearings, and feature Tenon impregnated Hardkde anodized aluminum sheaves. Use far halyards and other small boat wire controls.

Ball bearing sheave

423 Micro Carbo-Cam

I

hlt h. 082 Dll W W OW

087 088 W OM OU

005 096 098 W 1W

l02 106 108

smava B

Da$uimlon Single SbOlWkd Double DaubiWkel Triple Triphckui T~N-deck* In-llne exit' Cheek" Triplslcam Triple/Eamhecket Upmhi" Wire sin~ie Wlre s i n ~ l e h ~ k e t Double wire blpk wire Wire t h ~ d a k ' Wire upright"

' X10 (5mm) FH fasteners

20

In l'h 1'1~ 1'11 1% IH 1Ya 1% 1% 1% 11' 8 1% I 11' 8 I'la

1Ya 1Ya 1% 1%

ldnnlh

mm 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29

in 2 2Y4 2% 31' 1 3 3% 3 3% 21' 8 3% 4 I 2 r/l

V, 3 3 1Y2

" #l0 (5 mm) RH fasteners

Wl(M

m m

m

P

51 70 70 89 76 95 76 95 73 95 102 38 51 70 70 76 76 36

1 1% 2% 2%

28 35 71 78 106 128 35 50 35 198 205 42 28 35 78 113 35 42

3% 4'h l 1%

ih 7

7% I 1 l

2% 4 l l

b x tin8 II In mm h8 8 %I 8 k8 8 h 8 n 8 Yie 8 %S 8 Y18 8 8 8 8 8 8 ilfa 8 v16 8 71s 8 K6 8 VIE 8 VIS 8 YII 8

S*Wl Pin

in

%I K8

Yia Yla

%

h

m

mm

-

5 5 5 5

-

5 5

-

-

h

5 5

hs

-

-

wax woltlnl load ib ka 3W 136 300 136 4W 181 4W 181 WO m WO 272 300 136 400 181 300 136 600 272 6W 272 3W 136 5W 227 5W 227 750 340 750 340 500 227 5W 227

-W llnn~vl h Ib 2WO 907 2WO 907 2000 907 2WO 907 20~0 907 2000 807 20W W7 2000 W7 ZOW 907 2WO 907 2000 907 2WO 907 2000 907 2000 907 20W 907 2000 W7 2000 W7 20W 907


I

289 (290)

-1 287.288 Cutout 49 mm 4..

Sheave B Darrrlptinn in mm Wire cheek*. 1% 29 Pimtingcheek'* 1'18 29 1% 29 Traveler Sinple/swivel 1va 29 Single/Swivel/becket l 29 Wire swivel 1R 29 Exit w1150 cam'" 1'1, 29 Double upright" 1'18 29 hru-deck" Ilia 29 l'la 29 Wire thru-deck" 1'18 29 ln-line exit** 1% 29 Wire in-line exit** l'lt 29 Pivoting exiVcam'^ 1'18 29 Pivoting exiVcamibkke1" 1'18 29 4:1 Downhaul.' l'la 29 Stand up" 4 4 Clew block assembly"' 1% 29 " X10 (5 mm) RH fasteners ' ' ' 5 m m X 30 m m SS ring F'ad No. 109 113 114 166 167 183 197 220 287 2 1 289 290 291 299 359 429

21 mm

Length in mm 2718 73 l 29 3% 95 2Y4 70 3'12 89 2% 70 3 76 l 38 3 76 3 76 3% 95 3Y4 95 2% 70 2 70 8 203 2'1 57 3% 83

WelgM oz Q 1% 35 1 28 1% 50 l 42 1% 50 l 42 4'Ir 128 2'1, M l'/< 35 1% 43 2 60 2'11 M 3% 106 4 113 11 313 1% 35 2'11 75

289. 290 Cutout

45 mm

Max line B in mm ilrs 8 718 8 Yhs 8 YII 8 S/lr 8 S/<& 8 Rs 8 %S 8 Ylr 8 Ylr 8 Yla 8 iilr 8 YIS 8 %G 8 Yls 8 Yli 8 Yts 8

21 mm

Shaclds pin B in mm

-

-

%S Yja

Ylr

-

5 5 5

-

-

-

-

ilji

5

-

-

-

-

67 mm

Max wotklng load lb h 500 227 300 138 3W 136 3W 136 300 136 500 227 300 136 400 181 300 136

Breaklno nrangth Ib $ 2000 907 2000 907 2WO 907 20W 907 2000 907 2000 907 2000 907 2000 907 2000 907

400 4W 400 150 150 400 300 300

2W0 2MXI 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2WO

181 181 l81 68 88 181 136 136

Q07 907 907 907 907 907 907 907

21


Big Bullet Blocks

Bullet head reduces length

The Big Bullet block is exceptionally free rolling with a large llh" (38 mm) sheave that accommodates up to ]h' (10 mm) line. Use exit and in-line exit blocks for turning lines into and out of masts, booms, and through decks. Use exit blocks with cams on masts for halyard controls. Upright lead blocks are perfect under decks and at mast bases. The 140 with aluminum 150 Cam-Matic cleat is- desinnod - - - - -- fnr dnder-boom malnsneets or lor spar-mo~nredhatyards and contro I~nes.Tne 141 wlrn 365 Caroo-Cam" cleat IS deal for contro Ines

A

Ewcept~onallyfree mllfng

I

Large diameter sheave

, A

Carbon-Wed ball bearings

~

.~ .. .. .

MaiWlWspinnaker sheets

F*iiQ

,

S

j

I

~

l

l

4%; ~

m

m

-

~

Special features see page 16 Enra sheaves see moe 79


lnet23. Edey 6 nun. Lfd

Pan No. DnsrrlpUon 1 1 Pivoting exiVcam"'

141 I46 147 148 158 169 222 223 362

Pivoting exiVcam" Singlelshackle Singlnlshaclddbeckei Traveier SingleJswivel Singldswivellbecket upright" Double upright'* Singlelcam/becket

Shown 0 mm 38 38 38

In 1% 1% V?

k In 3'11 3'h 3

n

mm 79 79 79

~

WII#M az 8 7 2

Max 11m 0 mm Ya 10 Y8 10 YI 10

g 227 206 57

In

71 M 71 71 92 142

Y8

Shrcklm pin B

In

mm

YIS

S

-

-

- Chrs

Cunnlngham Photo

Ha1 woMno load 1b $ 300 136 200 91 300 136

Bnaklnp slrnnm Ib kp 2000 907 2000 907 2000 937

300 300 300 300 600 150

2000 X00

M

"no (5 mm) RH fasteners

l

1% I'll l Ill2 1%

38 38 38 38 38 38

4k 31' 4 4

2 2'14 4Yts

108 81 102 57 57 106

2H 2h 2% 2% 3'14 5

YI Ya B K 1'4

10 10 10 10 10 6

-

-

Yjr

5 5

Y

-

-

h8

5

136 136 136 136 272 68

2000 2000 2000 2000

907 907 907 907 907 907 m


Dinghy Blocks

Low profile

Dinghy blocks are lightweight, low Drofile blocks designed for use on~dinghesano for conlrol lines on arger boats Tne in-head shacne svstern keeos the length of this block very short. ~ h &light d& blocks are not for use on heavy course racing keelboats, scows, or catamarans. Carbon-filled ball beanngs

A

h

075 Cutout 27 mm

137 mm

Us0 for:

Sheets Control lines Tmveler controls Cunn~nghams

.-

063

075

Spenal features see oaae 16 Rrl No. M1

t 24

Shotvs D&piIpn Single Singlehecket Singlelswivel SinpWswiveVbecket Double

in

B

mm 44

in

Lenglh

mm 76 102 89 114 76 102

MI W~BM oz U

85 022 44 4 99 128 44 3% 99 124 44 4h 113 025 44 3 156 026 DoubWbecket 44 4 170 W7 Cheek$ 44 2% 70 71 046 Thrvdeck' 44 3 76 113 063 Traveler control"* 44 3 83 156 075 In-line exit* 44 5% 146 198 Includes fasteners 'X8 (4 mm) RH fasteners "Fits big boat 515 traveler car ~ 1 6 5 9 1% 1% l 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1Y4 1%

3

3 3'/2 l 4 5'12 6 2'h 4 S'/? 7

In m Y8

h Ys Ya Ys

YB R W Yt

line B

mm 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Shame pin B

10

'Yn 1 8

hr

51 h# h

-

mm 5 5 5 5 5 5

-

-

h

5

-

Mar

waMnalwd II b 350 350 350 350 700 700 3.50 350 7W 500

159 159 159 159 318 318 159 159 318 227

Bnaklq

m@

Ib

2MM 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

MOO 2WO 2000 2004

Iq

907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907


2.25" Block The 2.25 (57 mm) is the original and still the most pop^ ar block in the tiarden i n e Compact ano gooo look no. the 2.25 s exceor onal y free runn ng, w9h a highioad carrying capacity. usid on boats of all

sizes. Use tor. MainJib sheets Spinnaker halyards Control lines

Black Magic carbon-filled balls add performance and maximum UVprotectlon UV stablllzed Delrin sheaves and cheeks

i

S p e c ~features l see page 16

Shmw B Llnllh D~~ulptlDn In mm . In mm Single 2% 57 4% 108 SmgiemBcket l 57 5 127 0 m Double 2V4 57 41' 2 114 O M Doublemecksl 2114 57 5 138 015 cheek%' 2'11 57 l 83 M7 Thrn-deck' 2'11 57 3'Ir 89 BM Triple 2'lr 57 5 l27 076 Tripidbecket 2 57 5% 146 186 Singidcarnecket 21', 57 5 127 206 Upright lead" 2% 57 3% 83. $ Includes fasteners & mounting pad 'X8 (4 mm) RH fasteners "X10 Pad WO. D01 W2

WnIgM 01

4'k 5 8% 91' 2 5 5 12 13% 10'12 5'k (5 mm)

M II

# In 128 'ltr 142 %@ 241 'lie 269 '/!S 142 %a 156 %B 340 1 ' 11 383 %B 298 %$ 156 '/)c RH fasteners

11n1

B

mm 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Shaclde pln B In mm B 5 Kr 5 % 6 % 6

% 1',

ha -

6 6 5

Max ~

lb 500 MO l000 1000 500 500 12W 12W 500 500

0 Imd 1

km 227 227 454 454 227 227 544 544 227 227

Bwaklnn

~ rtrsnglh

Ib 2500 2500 3000 3000 2500 2500 W O 3WO 2503 2500

kg 1134 1134 1361 1361 1134 1134 1361 1361 1134 1134

25


3.00" Blocks

steel shackle

3.00" ball bearing blocks feature large diameter, free-rolling sheaves. They are used on scows, catamarans, and iceboats as well as small offshore boats. When using single blocks on keelboats, offshore boats, and in other high load situations, use the heavy duty 011 or 012 which have tougher shackles and headposts. 3.00"wire blocks feature Hardkote a n o d i i , Teflon impregnated sheaves. Their large diameters prevent wire breakdown Hi-load 3.00" wire blocks use Torlon bearings to achieve higher working loads.

Bridge coupler

I

Black Magic carbon-filled balls add performance and maximum Uvprotection

We for: Mainsheets Spinnaker sheets Wire halyards Control lines

,

Large diameter sheave

7

Extremek free roliing

.-

SoeCksl features see mm 16 Pelt h. msulpw W SlWb

Cm m m

Slwlam(cl;sl

hbls

Dmblemeckat

H1 Hsavy dutyslnole 012 HW dduty ~ I n 0 ~ e t m4 nwe

m OM 070 202 217

Quadruple lhpl~msket W I angle ~ Hrload wore slngle

Uuvl

hlh

E

In 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

mm 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 78 76 76

3

76

Inlk* E

WlnM

h

mm

ol

5 6 5'11 6'I, 5b 6Y4

127 152 138 165 133 159

4

im

6 5'h 7%

152 138 184

7 8 13% 14'h B 8'h 6 19Vz 24'12 21%

0 198 227 383 411 227 241 170 553 695 610

5%

133

91' 2

269

l

mm 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

'h1

12

In V '/l$ 1 ' 11

h %I '/n

V,,, '/W

'In

-a

E

6 6 6

L n *:lW t4 lb 750 750 15W 1500 750 750 750 1500 15W 1500

6

1WO

b

nn

Y

5 5 6 6 6 6

YIB l % '14

k

'11

Y4 'l4

F$

Ph

-

340 340 BB0 680 340 340 340 680 BBO 680

Ib WX) 25W 3WO 3000 3WO 3WO Z ~ W 30W 3WO 30W

1134 1134 1381 1351 1381 1361 1134 1381 1381 1381

454

3WO

1351

S % 26

t Includes t8 (4 mm) RH fasteners & mauntlng pad


Ratchamatic"

Free release ljnder lrqht loads

The Ratcnamat c" 1s a load sens ng ratcnet bloc* thal rol s freely under low oaos an0 a~tomabcallyengages a ratcnet as loaos ncrease The Ratchamatlc IS perfect lor lasl re ease of maln and I b sheets, an0 essent al for asymmetric spinnakers on small catamarans and d nghles rvhlcn demand the hold ng power of a ratchet, but need to oe freed completely for smootn I oes

Up to 10:l holdr~ig pobuer 'iirth 180"

Mouill /or porl or

Use for: Mainljib sheets Asymmetric spinnakers

Hardkote aiiodrzed

P

4A Only load sensing ratchet cheek block

Special fealures see page 16

t

Sharvc Part B No. OeacrlpHon In mm 363 Single 2llr 57 364 Singlemecket 21'4 57 422 Cheek (stbd/port)$ 2 57 Includes #B (4 mm) RH fasteners & mounting pad

XM I Ilne Length in mm l 108 5 127 4'1. 108

Welpht oz Q 5 142 5112 156 41' 2 128

B In

mm

Ya

10 10 10

h

Y

Shackle pln E In mm 31~o 5 h6 5

-

-

Mar wofking load Ib kg 500 227 500 227 500 227

Leakin# rtrenglh ib k0 2000 907 2000 907 2000 907

Holding power

wnlo'wnn

50 lb (23 knl 10:l 10:i 10:t


Removable becket

Reversible cam cleat

The Little Hexaratchet allows crew to hand hold sheets with up to 10:l holding power. These blocks feature an eight-sided sheave machined from solid aluminum for strength and corrosion resistance. Low friction Delrin ball bearings allow fast trimming under high or low loads. The oWoff switch operates under load.

The 043 reverse ratchet is paired with Me 019. It is used on spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchets must rotate in opposite directions and onloff switches should face up.

10 l Hold~ngpower w~th180' of wrap Smtch operales under load

Use for: Mainsheets

Jib sheets Eight-s~ded sheave

Spinnaker sheets Furling lines

Hafdkole alummum sheave

Threeway head system

Spec~alfadlures seepage 16

SLsm B Lanpth no. ~arorlptlon In m In m 017 Cheek (stbd)+ 2% 57 3% 95 ma Cheek (port)$ 2% 57 3% 95 M9 Single 2% 57 41' 4 108 020 SingleAecket 2k 57 5 127 M1 SingleAe~kel 2% 57 5 127 043 Single 2Y4 57 4% 108 187 Singlelcam 2% 57 41'4 108 188 Single/cam/becket 2% 57 5 127 587 Oouble 2% 57 41' 8 105 Supplied w/#8 (4 mm) RH fastenen & mounting pad Part

28

+

MU IIna Wlpm m p 4%. 128 4'k 128 5 142 5'11 1% 5% 156 5 142 10% 298 11 312 10 284

B

In 8

Ya YI Ya YI A Yt

78 8

mm 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Mablevln M u ~ l 0 lo* In mm lb $ M O 227 - SW 227 %E 5 500 227 Yjr 5 500 227 %r 5 500 227 h 5 500 227 %c 5 5W 227 51 5 500 227 hr 5 750 341

-

-

qbmklnp

mm

Ib q 1WO 454 1WO 454 907 2WD 907 2000 907 2000 W7 2000 907 2000 W7 25W 1134

m

Hol#lngp o n r

wnw~rwrap 50 Ib (za 4) 10:l 10:l 10:l 10:l 1O:l

Turm Clockwise CounterCIoclwie Clockwise Ciockwise Counterclockwiaa

10:l 101 l0:l 10:l

COUnlerClOCkwise Clockwise Clockwise Countemlockwise


Hexaratchet 11+2

Three-way head system

Harken Hexaratchets grlp loaded sheets wlth up to 15 1 hold~ngpower, yet allow line to be eased Instantly w ~ t hcomplete control Ratchets feature an e~ght-sidedsheave mach~nedfrom solid alumlnum for strength and corrosion resistance Low frlctlon Delrin ball bearings allow fast trlmmlng under hlgh or low loads A swltch turns off the ratchet in light alr The 044 and 045 reverse ratchets are paired w ~ t h the 009 and 050 They are used on sp~nnakerand 11bsheets where ratchet rotatlon must be in OppOSlte d~rectionsand onloff sw~tchesshould face up

h

15 lhold~ngpower

Black Magrc carbon filled balls add performance and m u ~ m u mUV

Ffght-sldedHardkote

Use for: Malnsheets Jib sheets Sp~nnakersheets

A

Speoai leafures see page 16

Sheave Pall WO.

Descrlptlan 009 Single 015 Cheek (s1bd)t 016 Cheek (potl)t 044 045 050

Single Slnglelbecket

Singleibecket 091 Single/cam/becket 399 Double

in 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

0 mm 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76

Length In mm 5 4 4 5 6 6 6 5

$ Includes X8 (4 mm) RH fasteners & mounting pad

Wslght

oz Q 127 1 241 102 7'12 213 102 7% 213 127 8% 241 152 9 255 152 9 255 152 14'12 411 127 18'1r 525

Mar line 0

In 1' ,s '!lr

fir %a

1 'i-6 718

VIE

Shackle pln Msx Breaking B working load sirenuth mm In mm lb kg lb kg 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Y,ila

5

Yts

5 5 5 5 5

]/,a

a/lilr lit

a,! '

750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750

341 341 341 341 341 341 341 341

2000 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000 2500

907 680 680 907 907 907 907 1134

Holding power wnao0wrap 50 lb (23kg) 151 151 15:l 15:l 15:l 151 15:l 15:l

Turna Clockwise Clockwise

Counterclockwise Counterclockwise Counterclockwise Clockwise Clockwise Clockwise

2


Little Fiddle Blocks Use Little Fiddle blocks for mainsheets and vangs on dinghies and cruising boats to 24' (7.3 m), and for other small three or four part tackles. They come in a variety of configurations including fiddles with Little Hexaratchets and with Cam-Matic cam cleats on adjustable arms. Add a 111 snap shackle for easy removal.

I

. .<

..~.. .am.

Use far: Mainsheets Vangs Threeifour-p .. ..l :.' q c J : ! : m

Special feafures seepage 16.


Fiddle Blocks Fiddle blocks build simple three and four part p~rchasesTneir arge sheave small sheare conlig.ra1 on prevenrs ne cnale and enures a lowlr c l on tacnle F~ooleblocns conie in a varlerv ol con1 a u a ! ons these inc Lae Iadtes with ~exaratchitsand Cam-Matic cleats on adjustable arms. Add a 112 snap shackle far easy removal.

Use for: Mainsheets Vangs Three'four part purchases

Special features see page 16. Large sheave Small sheave No.

028 030 038

042

B

B

Part .. .

Descrilltian Fiddle Fiddlehecket Fiddle/camheckel FiddleiratcheVcam~becM

In 3 3 3 3

mm 76 76 76 76

In

l 1% 1% 1Y4

mm 44 44 44 44

Max llne Lanalh in -mm 184 7'11 241 81' 2 8% 241 8'11 241

Walnht az - g 312 11 11'12 326 16112 468 510 l8

in

K Ya YI 311

0

mm 10 10 10 10

Shackls pin in '14 1'6 1' , l

0

mm 6 6 6 6

Mar warhino load kg lb 750 340 750 340 750 340 750 340

Bnaklnm dnngth kg Ib 2500 1134 2500 1134 2500 1134 2500 1134

Usewllh 006for3:l 0281or4:l 006lor3:l 0281ar4:l

31


Hexa-CatmBases Use HemXat" bases to build powerful mainsheet systems and tackles. The Hexa-Cat's upper and lower blocks swivel independently so the cam block pivots to face the trimmer even when the main is sheeted hard. Combine the 193 L i e Hem-Cat base with Big Bullet blocks or the 170 Hexa-Cat base with 2.25" blocks for purchases from 5:l to 8:l.

I

hfw:

,,.,. ... .

Vangs

Special featvres seepage 16.

W& cmh1111110.b M l d HIP-Cmk

1-1 UClkHmClti llaxa-hk

1193+1 1170+1

Hln4mk

I:1 128

W4 W3 Maa n r t l n l loads

~a MlHelbClk

I 1 I

a1 127

1 7 1 1 2 9 1 0 4 8

I

s:1

1 1 3 0 1 0 7 6

01ir l1100

~ U I I ~i p l i b tp 499 1 1250 567 11250 567 115W BB0 ( 1500 680 115(1(1 680 11500 680

1 1100

4s

hackle p h g nu hrl B LanP WllpM 0 B nenulh b. 170 1U

32

Dmulption Hexa-Cat bage Lmle Hem-Cat base

In 3 l

mm 76 57

In 7% 4

mm 184 146

01

l 12

g

In

mm

in

488 340

'118

12 10

'1,

YB

'11

mm 6 6

Ib 30W 25W

O 1361 1134


Mid-Range Blocks


Mid-Ranoe Block ~eatures

B&ck Magic" carbon filled balls provide maximum U" --"ction

L

Mid-Range blocks are ideal for sheets, halyards and control lines on offshore boats because their robust construction is strong enough to nand e nigh loads while the r bal bear ng sneaves r e a m lr non to a mln m m . Their large diameter sheaves accept line to 9/16" (14 mm) and the wide range of configurations means there is a Mid-Range block that's ideal for any application.

Bearings carry high radial loads and Isolate sheave from sideoiates to orevent friction caused by urjtar leads

I

Ine tnree-way snaclle system allows swivel blocks to be locked in front or side positions or left to swlvel freely using a set screw.

Wrap-Around Heal Slrap

The sideplate strap wraps across the head of the block for increased strength and safety

Renrrrlln Beckett

M o-Range olocrs IealJre remo#aoleoeckets 10 allow altacnment 01 SO. ceo ne

>heaves ride on bail bearings to insure lowest friction possible

Hollow sheave allows large diameter with minimal weight

unlaue ~atcheil e a v s

The patented, eight-sided Hexaratchet led from solid 6061-T6 alumlnum tor ultimate stren h and corrosion resistance. The sheave grips tenaciously, but allows line to be eased smooth$.

Deullrs and Trleles Swlvsl

0o.ole an0 tr D M o-Range D o c ~ sleatare S* vet oosn B ocss can be OCGPO front 01 snoe snscde psitions or left to swivel freely.

Rerenllle Cams

Cams on M o-Range loo es an0 snng e talcnets can oe reverse0 sob ocds mav OP sel lor LO 01 ooan re ease


Mid-Range Use Charl

Mainsheet I

M~rdrnumrn~lnsallama

Hardware specifications are for monohulls of moderate displacement. ' Multiple anachment assumes more than one load carrying shackle on both the boom and traveler car or deck.

Genoa Maxlmurn n a ~ ama a l2

I Turmln MD&

1

m2

Maximum 1124% lweblannle sal1 area 110'bHadlon

151)"

I

14"

Maximum 100% loreblannle sal1 area

80' O ~ n u l o n

215"

20"

"Assumes maximum apparent wind speed of 35 knots

I

U t l m l y MO&

&dad

blacks

Plain

11W

100

R h.h d. ..s...

900 ...

R3 ..

Mounhd Amidship8 Mounbd on Transom

loo+"

11W"' 9W

83

Hl401d blocks

1300 -

120

1WI"'

115"'

1000

93

Maximum "I" dimension

MaPhaad Halyard Block

I

14.6 m 53 R 16 m "' Assumes maximum deflection of 45'

48 11

Standard blocks

HI-load Mocks

Mar "P" dlnmnrlon

I l \ iI

Gonot Halyard Lead Block Solnnsksr ~ a ~ v a~r de a dBIO*

I

r v + j> ;

Max -1" dlrneedlon

1

Mar -I" dlmenslon

14.6

Ylaxlmum ~ n n a*In r bmakliq M n m h Standad blocks Aylog Blmk 2:l System

Dack Blocks

I FYdla Blocks Trlnla Blacks

I

Hl-load Mocks

Ib

k0

Ib

ka

36W

1633

4500

2086

1:l

2200

998

2800

1270

2:l Bmkat

3600

1633

3600

1633

MazImum ma111mII ama

400

37

450

42



Mid-Range Hexaratchets"

Adjustable

The Mld-Range Hexaratchet offers a hold~ngpower of 15 1 at 180" of wrap, yet allows crew to ease lbne ~nstantlyAn onloff sw~tch d~sengagesthe ratchet mechanism in lhght alr

The 1571 and 1572 reverse ratchets palr with the 1549 and 1550 for j ~ and b spinnaker sheet appllcatlons where ratchet rotatlon 1s ~nopposlte d~rect~ons and ratchet swltches should face up Mid-Range tr~plesw~thratchets and cams on adjustable arms bulld powerful low profile 5 1 or 6 1 tackles for ma~nsheets,vangs, or backstay adjusters

On/off sw~tchworks under load

Use for: Ma~nsheets Tackles J~blsp~nnaker sheets Hardkote anodlzed alumrnum sheave

, Pall no 1549 1550 l551 1552 1555 1556 1571 1572

Dsscrlpl~on Stngle Slnolelbecket Cheek (stbd)* Cheek (porl)' TrlpMratchetkam Tr~pleImtcheVcamheckel Slngle SlngMbecket

'% (6 mm) RH fasteners

Shsavs E In mm 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76

Lenplh In mm 6'1s 156 7'1s 184 41'8 111 41'8 111 7% 197 E31# 222 6'1s 156 7 184

oz 397 425 369 369 1389 1446 397 425

mm

in

mm

14 14 14 14

Yla

Ylr

8 8

-

-

-

-

Max wotklng load lb kp 18W 816 l800 816 1500 680 1500 680

Vli

8 8 8 8

3800 3800 1800 1800

Mar line

Shackle @In

B

B

WsIpM 14 15 13 13 49 51 14 15

Spec!ai features see page 38 Suggesfed uses see page 39

In 9is Y>s Ya Ya Ys Yla

Yla

71.

14 14 14 14

ills

78s $18

1724 1724 816 816

Braaklnu Holdlnp powar almnglh wn80' wrap lb km 50 lb (28 kg) Turns SOW 2268 81 Clockwise 5000 2268 81 Clockw~se Clockw~se 4200 1905 81 4200 1905 81 Counterclockwtse 8500 8500 5000 5000

3856 3856 2268 2268

81 81 81 81

Clockwise ClocWlse Co~nlerclockw~se Counterclockw~se

41


Mid-Range Fiddle Blocks Use Mld-RangeFlaole bloc6 to DJ Id smp e tnree an0 f o ~pan r purcnases for one-designs to hrge oltsnore ooats. Thelr large sheavelsmall sheave conlia~rationDrWenh line chafe and enures a lowfriction kckle. Mid-Range Fiddles with Hexaratchets have an OnlM switch to disengage the ratchet in light air. Mid-Range Fiddles with cams include the tough 280 Cam-Matic which reverses for up or down release. Cam arms are adjustable.

I

Use for: Mainsheets Spinnaker sheets Tackles

-

Special features seepage 38. Suggested uses sse page 39

Par1 NO. ~ n t ~ i p t i m 15661 Rddle 1W Rddlelbecket l Rddle~Z80camOeckel 1565 FiddlelratcheVcam 1566 FiddielratcheVcamhecket

42

law h s a w S 1 ~ 1ihwve 1 0

In

3 3 3 3

3

0

mm 76 76 76 76 76

in 2 2 2 2 2

mm 51 51 51 51 51

Langlh in mm 8 216 9 241 91' 2 241 81' 2 216 9% 241

Wei#m g 17 482 18 510 24h 695 26% 751 27'12 780

m

W lino 0 mm %I 14 %I 14 h 14 9 14 Ar 14

in

Shckio pin B in mm h 8 B 8 8 YI~ hr 8 8 Xr

Mu worldw load ib kg 1800 816 1800 816 1800 816 18W 816 18W 816

Bnaklnl

urnnllh

ib 5WO 5000 SOW 5000 SOW

kg 2268 2268 2268 2268 2268

Unrlth 1541for3:l 1559for4:l 1559for4:l 1541for3:l 1559for4:l


Low Profile Triples Use Low Profile Triple ratchet systems on catamarans which carry booms close to the deck and for mainsheet and vang,systems on offshore boats. 6 . 0 ~ 6 sNlrn cams leatdre a oecket eyestrap 10 a low vely c ose sheet ng Cam arms are aaj.stable. The 41 1 is a 3.00 (76 mm) triple wlh ratchet, cam and s ~ ~ vpost e l It IS deal as a malnsheel o ock on owls rvdh ena boom sheet ng up 10 36 (10 97 m], and W In malnsal s as arge as 325 It2(30 19 mZ).

On/oii swrlch

Beckel eyeslrap on cam brackel allows close sheelrng

Vss for: Mainsheet systems Vangs

Special features see page 16. Shears Pafl NO. Dnuipllon 052 biplelratcheiibeckeVcam 084 Tripleffiddle/ratcheVcam 065 Light duly triplelswivel postmecket 152 Light duly tripleiratcheVcamiswivel post 153 Ught duly tripleswivel post 194 Light duty tripl~ratcheVcamlswiveipost 1% TriplelratcheVcarnlPecket 411 Triple/ratcheVcarn/swivel post

B

Lenglh in mm In mm 3 76 6% 171 311% 76/44 7'lr 184 2'14 57 5 127 3 76 5'14 133 21' 4 57 4% 114 2'14 57 41' 2 114 2'14 57 l 159 3 76 5'12 138

Welghl a1 g 29 822 33 936 11 312 25 709 10 284 18 510 21 595 28'1~ 808

Mar llne B in mm I 12 h 10 'lie 12 7/16 12 1/36 12 h 10 78 10 1' 1a 12

Shack10 gin Max B working load in mm lb kg l 6 1500 680 4 6 750 340 1'. 6 750 340 l 6 750 340 I 6 750 340 1% 6 500 227 h 6 1WO 454 '1 6 15W 680

Bmaklng mn#lh Ib kg Use with 3000 1361 049 - 6:1 2500 1134 065 - 7:1 2WO 907 064.7:l 2WO 907 W4 5:11153 - 6:1 2000 907 152 - 6:1 2000 907 004-5:1/048-6:1 3000 1361 048-6:1 3000 1361 049 6:l

-

-

33


Magic Blocks Harken Magic Blocks automatically "shii gears" between a fast gross-trim mode for light air, quick rnaneuvers, and mark roundings and a powerful fine-tune for subtle shaping of the main in heavy air. These patentea systems L% a ~niquetether line and multiple darken Hemratchet sneaves to change the deadend location of the mainsheet The system shifts from gross-trim to fine-tune as you trim and ease the sail. Magic Blocks are awilabie in three versions: 4:117:1 -catamarans to 17' (5.2 m) and sport boats to 24' (7.3 m); 6:1M2:1 -catamarans to 20' (6.1 m) and sport boats to 28' (8.5 m); or &1/14:1 - catarnarans to 23' (7 m) and sport boats to 31' (9.4 m). All three versions come in both self-contained and split system configurations. Split systems for sport boats use a 009 ratchet block mounted on a 144 swivel base. Order separately.

Hexaralchet

1 ?&$p$;;:

Use tor: 5,;:,&., Mainsheet systems

.: ..r .. . .:

:c,;..:: .: ... .

16 407

18

20

22

24

5C4 559 610 Minimum Distance - Shxkle to Shackle (IncheslMilllmeters)

452

26

28 711

6M1

lenoth tether /in(

Stopper bail prevents biock

I

Adjuslable cam arms

4 Special features see page 16. RI1 MO.

Dualptlon

W

4:ln:l Magic blocks

335 6:1/12:1 Magic blocks 337 8:1A4:1 Magic blocks 419 4:1n:i spin systam 4 1 6:1112:1spin system

34

WeloM

W:.

HI8

9

01

I

II

M

33 38 70 20'12 28

936 1077 l985 581 784

Ya h'

10 10 12 10

H

IQ

Ya 1/11

kr

wmmg l u d Ib h

12W 1200 1600 1200 1200

561 561 726 544 544

m.1111m a

amltlluU

P

180 240 275

-

n+

16.7 22.3 25.5

srorl boml mP XWI 18.6 2MI 24.2

fl

-

-

225 275

20.9 25.5

hlrhlle

laprnhlr

-

1 X 009n X 144 1 X 00911 X 144


Ball Pull in then ease sheet. Then pull the sheet and you're ilo fine tune. Watch the tether line. When the tether lines retaxed you can sheer using fhe fine-tune syrlem.

W

To 5~ rne gro~l~l-N m elfe eno~pns n m so In? IW n [S fne OK* no.ocx ha, ou cao edsv roe rncer p...cn, r yros-mm

,

Remember that you first need fo sheet in fulk in gross-trim mode before you ease and enler line-fune.


Mainsheet Systems Gross-trimfine-tunemainsheet systems are easy to install

I

and use. For fast trimming pull both tails of the mainsheet. For more power, pull one tail and the purchase doubles. Two soeed mainsheet svstems come in three confiaurations for b&ts from 22 to 35: (6.5to 10 5 m) w~thmalnsas large as 240 ft2(22 3 m2)

Bail bearing sheaves

See page 197. Swems 19 andm, 0,build more p~wrfulsys$ms.

g..

'

v<.

.

.. . ..

h 8 for : . ,.i.

. .

., * . c,:: .. . . ,. . .:. .. . . c .I.

-.

Mainsheet :I

.: i

,

pad

.

Ilo. S O 531 S2

. , L

COINWllllltS Part NO. 397 898 400 401 402

Drsulpllon Double ratchet Ratchetlcamlcross block Doublekmss block Double ratchetflddlelcam Small swivsl baselcam'

Accepts 397

36

Wx. llna Mln. lino B 0 O~fulptlon In mm In m 2:ll4:1 SeH-wnlainsd system' R 10 Yn 8 2:1/4:1 ~ystemlswiv~l base' R 10 YN 8 3:116:1 Self-wntained s y s t ~ m ~% 10 ?W 8

I h d m m nIINU End boom Mld Im ff nP R m' 150 13.9 115 10.7 150 13.9 115 10.7 240 22.3 180 16.9

'Line not included Prlmry s B in 2 2% 3 3

h mm 57 57 76 76

~

Seconday ahaavs # In mm

-

-

I 2% 1

44 57 44

Leqlh In 4% 71'8 96 7%

-

WalflM mm 105 181 241 1W

-

01

10 20 22 31 14

4 284 575 625 885 405


Big

Boat B


Bio Boat Use Chart This chart is designed to help you select the correct size hardware for each system on your boat. Match the specified dimensions on your boat to the maximum values shown in Me chat.

l ..' .?.; . -..v z>.. -, .: ! ,.;:.$:. . .. . , ..;\. ..,. ,

2.;

61 mm LW load Yr810flom W m'

,,

End-Boom

117 mm ~l.load

tt?'mloclan'

Maximum malnsall area 76 mm

NrBl0rlc

~l

m'

1W mm

YlsiOdD m'

n2

126 mm

YIBlC&

W

n+

150 mm $mlo*rm2

Single Attachmem

450

41

550

51

750

70

904

84

1250

116

1550

144

Muiiiple Attachment'

500

46

675

63

900

84

11W

lm

15W

139

1750

163

Single Attachment

4W

37

400

37

550

51

700

65

1WO

93

1375

128

Multiple Attachment'

450

41

575

53

700

65

950

88

1300

121

1525

142

Mid-Boom

'Assumes

two or

more shackles share load on both boom and deck

'. ! I-

.- i


Madmum spinnaka ama

57 mm LW load AlrBImksm

n2

100 mm AlrBlocks

75 mm AirBIocks

R

126 mm AI~Iock8

R

150 mm AlrBIocks

n2

W 720

m2 67

12W

me 111

n2 20W

m2 186

2650

m' 245

4300

mz 400

5600

m2 520

1790

73

1320

123

2200

204

2900

269

4700

437

61W

567

I

Spinnaker Sheet. Tack Llne Mtprn~~v'

57 mm hi-load AlrBloch

'Assumes maximum deflection of 45-10 winch.

Genoa

~ u s t a b LWI k car I

~ a r i m u msat1 area Small bl~l

# l S. t 2 Genoa .

#3 Genoa

Mldrange

3000

BII boa1

Mlnlmar1

4500

R

mZ

nZ

m2

nz

m2

n2

mz

450 I

41 16

70 31

15W 435

139 40

27W 650

251

175

750 330

It2 mP 4400 409 1300 121

60

Assumes 155% Genoa125 knots apparent winffl45' sheet lead anale Ass~mes100% Genoh40 *nois apparent na60' sheet lea6 angle

singh wnoa ~ o o tlocks Maximum 1W.hlanManflll ull ama a140 knob

57 mm LW load Alrlllmb

61 mm HI-load AlrBlocks.

100 mm NrBIocks

75 mm AirBlocks

126 mm AlrBlh

150 mm AlrllOCks

nz

mp

P

mP

nz

m2

r

10

180

W 365

HP

110

RP 17

m2

160' Turn

34

540

50

800

74

l100

mp 102

120" Turn

125

12

210

20

420

39

630

59

920

65

1256

117

90' Turn

155

14

260

24

515

48

770

72

1130

105

1540

143

Double 6mma Fwt Blocks Madmum 1W: foralrlangla sal1 area at U bOPi'

57 mm LW load AlrBlocks

57 mm Hl-load AirnIOClrt'

75 mm NrBlacks

1W mm AlrBIocb

125 mm AlrBlocks

R

m2

nr

RP

nz

m2

nZ

m2

n2

m2

180" Turn

75

7

120

11

240

22

360

33

530

49

120' Turn

85

6

140

13

275

26

415

39

610

57

90' Turn

105

10

175

16

340

32

510

47

750

70

'Based on load on upper sheave.


slack AirBIocks'

~

(

I

~TheIUltimate c Blg Boal Blocks

Strength

Torlon roller bearings for high load efficiency Efficient performance at rated loads

Weight

Sculpted sideplates and thin profile sheaves Asymmetric sideplates eliminate heavy shear tubes Unique center cage rollers Captive ball bearings for side loads

Unique Center Caned Rollers

0

Isolated for less friction Ensure rollers don't ride on seam Stay parallel for efficiency Dirt and salt can fall between rollers

Ends don't touch sideplates

Easy maintenance - no loose rollers

Black - iunction, not iashion Full saturation Hardkote anodizing UV protection

is similar metals isolated to prevent corrosion Plastic bushing for stainless headpost Plastic isolators under d l fastener heads Pins ride on Nylon or G10 bushings Full Hardkote anodizing prevents scratches Teflon impregnation

Delailinn Makes a DiHerence Sideplates protect balls Radiused edges protect line No "climb-out" deep groove sheave iree-way head - swivelsilock front/side CNC machining ensures precision

h o e d Rollers

Uncaged Rollem

No Confact between bearings

Opposing direction

addsfnction

Less Malnlenance Fewer parts No loose balls Captive roller cage Single wrench required


Use 57 mm Black Magic AirBlocks on offshore boats. These strong, lightweight blocks are of sculpted aluminum, with Torlon rollers and carbon black balls for strength and U.V. protection. Rollers are housed in a unique center cage and isolated for less friction. Blocks feature a three-way head system and come in high and low load configurations.

Use tor: Sheets Halyards Running backstays Contml Lines

Sheave

Part

B mm

Description S,igle sv,,~vel loiv-load 5mrn S n y c suvc1;heckei @v!-IoaC 57 Doollle swliiel icw~load 57 Douhe svcive1:i~ei:krllo,.v~load 51 Trlpe 5: Slngle swl?e h - @ a d 57 Sltl~Iesw,vel:bcckal hil3sd 5; Oc!lhle r,*,ivrl l ~ l r r a r l 51 Double suuei:heciet h o n d 5i 1965 Stand u3 hi-oad* 57 3041 Stiaollcad l o a d 57 !.' (6 mm) - Fastener ci'ce l::" 1 3 i mm)

NO. 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1958 1959 1960 1961

Length

in

mm

4).

5 51, 6 5 ; 4':

5: 5.. G 4':.

3:

Weight wishackle

119 140 132 152 132 119 110 132 152

oz 5.0 5.5 101 106 13.2 5.0 55 l01 106

g 142 l55 286 302 375 142 155 286 302

114 84

7.4 3.6

210 102

Shackle pin B in mm '1 6

Optimal in mm

1' :

'11

: : :,a

;:

: S: '

1

';.

6 8 8 8 6 6 8 8 6 6

Mar line 0

::. 7, :I U:

S:

:: ;:

1-

:

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Breaking

SWL

Max

in

mm

ib

7

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

7:

i.: h S .:

'. :S

:. 1.

:.

strength

1655 1655 2755 2755 4850 2500 2500 3600 3600

kg 750 750 1250 1250 2200 1134 1134 1633 1633

lb 3310 3310 5510 5510 9700 5000 5000 7200 i200

kg 1500 1500 2500 2500 4400 2268 2268 3267 3267

2500 2500

1134 1'31

5000 5000

2768 2268

L on e ~ i dof roller n d c a l e s low~load

47


High speed computermachined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum bar stock

75 mm Black Magic AirBlocks feature Torlon roller bearinas and carbon black balls for strenath and reduced wear ihe Jnlque center cage separates rillers for ess frictlon and side load ball bear nos are oroleclea bu sculpted aluminum sideplates. issimiiar metals a;e isolated to minimize corrosion. Like all AirBlocks, the three-way head swivels/locks in fronffside positions. Blocks are easily disassembled with a single allen wrench. ~

I

l ...j...

usetor:

,,,, ;:,,8::

sheets . . ~

''L

....

,

"Waisted"sideplates for use as soreacher

Black Magic Hardkote anodized - deepest penetration and build-up

.

.5. .

.

-. c' .. . . . :;: .' ' .. .', ,;

Lines pass cleanly when used as fiddle

~~~~~~

Halyards; Running &&stays Control Lines

PriMly and small sheave handle same loads

r

Sham

part

No. Dwarpm 1%2 Spriddle blackmam l%# Single swlwl 1870 Slnole swiwVbecket IS71 Double wiwl 1174 Stand up" 1175 Sprlddle 1888 Straphead

B

mm 75 75 75 75 75 75/57 75

In

bnl(h

Wh 5'11 6x1 5% 5'Y11 7'Ks 4h

mm 225 129 157 134 151 iS9 112

'Uses 627 padeye. Refer to page 88 for hole spacing. 48

thtckla

bll~

whharne m I 16.8 11.5 12.4 25.7 15.5 15.9 6.3

476 325 351 728 440 452 234

In Yqr Yn Ytl

I Y h

R

pln a

mm 8 8 6 10 6 6 8

hilna B

Ovllrnal In mm

H h H YI

Y2 %

%

12 12 12 12 12 12 12

In hr h hs hr Y!r

Y!I

h@

B m W

FWL

~ s l mm 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

Toughest and hardest anti-corrosion protecton in the industiy

lb 50W W O

W O 7504 5000 SW0 SW0

k 2268 2288 2266 $402 2266 2288 2268

annoth

ib

1WW 1OOW lOWo 15000 1WOO lOOW IOW

45% 4536 4536 6804 4526 4536 4536


Web anachments allows a~iiculation under load

100 mm Black Magic AirEllocks are used on offshore boats where weight and performance are critical. They feature free-rolling, large diameter aluminum sheaves with Torlon roller bearings housed in a unique center cage. UV resistant, carbon-black Delrin balls carry side loads. Corrosion is minimized by isolating dissimilar metals. Blocks are Hardkote anodized and have 17-4 PH stainless headposts and shackles. Easily disassembled.

I

Full saturation black Hardkote anodizing

A

l

Use lor: Sheets Halyards Running backstays Control lines

-

Torlon roller bearings for strength and reduced wear

Orient fordan, or side to side

Part No. Description 1993 Spriddle 3007 Single sv~ivel 3008 Sillgic sviivelibecket 3009 Double s,,vvel 3012 Stand up' 3015 Straphead 'Uses 648 padeye. Refer to page

Sheave 0 Length mm in mm 100 11'i8, 297 100 8 203 100 9y1 241 100 B"i. 227 100 7,':. 195 l00 5% 143 88 f o r hole spacing.

Weight wlshackle 02 g 26.5 752 201 570 226 G41 483 1370 30.3 859 14.4 408

Shackle pin 0 in mm

7-

10

.!: ':

10 10 12

7,

ic

E<

10

'/E

Max line 0 Optimal Mar in mm in mm 14 1, 16 "/ ?, i l r

.pr S:

:

14 14 14 14 12

V,

:/

:

:

lb 7500

kg 3402

Breaking strenglh lb kg 159C0 G804

16 16 16 16

is00 7500 '1300 7500

3402 3402 4990 3401

1500C 15000 22000 l5000

6804 6804

16

7500

342

15000

6n01

SWL

9979 6804

49


Sidepiate protects ball bearings

A 125 mm AirBlocks feature Torlon rollers in a self-contained center cage. Rollers stay parallel for low-friction efficiency UV resistant carbon-black Delrin balls carry side loads. Jseo on onshore boats, the% b~ocksoner a no 'c i m b - o f l oeep groove sneave W th radiusea edoes to orotect Ine. Sc~lpiedalumlnJm sideplates and thin profiie sheaves makts these b<ocksven, I~oMwe~aw. No stainless to

Easy disassembly for service

-

A

aluminum contact previ&corr&ion

m ..

Use for: Sheets Halyards

. .

< '.:

.

Side load balls prevent friction from unfair leads

L

,1:.

.. .

:

,

'

Running backstays Control lines

Integralpadeye design for strength

?fee-way head can be locked or allowed to swivel

? UP device

Sheave Palf B Lsnolh No. Deocrlpllon mm In mm 3016 Single swivel 125 10 254 3018 Stand up' 125 9h 'a 230 30.32 Straphead 125 6% 175 ' Uses 648 padeye. Refer to page 88 for hole spacing.

50

WelmM wiahackla az II 36.8 1042 43.9 1246 26 737

Shackle pln B In mm '12 12

-

-

Max line B In mm 'h 19 Y4 19 *l4 19

SWL Ib l1000 11000 11000

4990 4990 4990

Bnaklng slrenplh Ib km 22000 9977 22000 9977 220W 9977


Deep groove sheavt

150 mm AirBlocb are used on offshore boats from 70 to 90' (21.3 m to 27.4 m). Blocks feature Torlon roller bearinas housed in a center cage that separates mllers for less l r i l ~ o nJV res.stanl caroon-black Delr~nbals carry s de oads Thln or011e sheaves and sculDlea alJmlnum sideplates make these blocks very l i ~ h t ~ e i Dissimilar g~. metals are isolated to minimize corrosion.

Use for: Sheets Haiyards Running Backstays Control lines

Sideioad bails prevent friction from unfair leads Integral padeyr: designed for strength

Pafl No. Dnscrlpllnn 3021 Single swivel 3022 Stand up'

Refer to page 88 for hole spacing.

Shean B mm

In

150 150

12 11%

Length

mm 305 283

WeilM wbhackle

m

61 66

g 1730 1878

Jhaale pln B In mm

in

16

1

Y

-

-

MX I

1

line E

SWL

mm 25 25

lb 15000 15000

kg 6802 6802

Breaklng rtrsnglh Ib h 30030

30003

13605 13605

51


Teardrop Teardrop blocks are ideal for use as mast base leads .... an0 for omer applications where limired articulation or d rect attachment is desired. When anached an ~ ~ ~ to~ appropriate padeye, Teardrop blocks will not hit the deck when lines are slack yet allow suMcient movement to ensure fair leads when iumpina halvards. Tney are often Lsed on permanent backst&s of fractionally rigged boats where Me bacmtav can be spliced direhly to the head of the block. The 3042 and 3046 are low load block designed for use on production boats which have mounling posts on the mast collar. ~~~~

~

.

~

I

.

Low profile mast base lead block

7

halyards

Fan Ym. D8tnlpHan 3WWmRlrM W4 Mayo hi-load 3046 WmHarblcd W7 Padwe 3054 Padye

52

Shmm I 11 mm 1 57 l 9

3 4

Umir pln In

238

57

K8

75 75 1W

$%a

Ye

Yt

0

mm 6 8 B 10 10

Lmnm m Sh 86 W 86 Pljr 113 In

4 ' 5"h

113 l48

Mu Hlm d

WObM m 36 39 85 9 153

Wnrl

g

in

1M

'11 l

110 240 250 436

V2

'h K8

nn 6 6

12 12 14

in

'h 'h %B

RI H

Bnllfy Ma mm 10 10 14 14 16

ib

SW

1655 25W 3WO

5WO 75W

$ 750 1134 1361 2268 3402

myh

~b

3310 5000 WOO IDOW 15WO

Us8 m

$ 1500 2268 627 2721 4535648,Wg 65M -

-


iastener included Built In riser

Crossover blocks provide a cleaner more efficient deck. These easy-to install blocks mount behind the stopper bank on each side of the cabin house and can route any line to the winch on the opposite side. Use the 1984 for boats to 38' (11.5 m) and the 1981 for boats to 48' (15 m).

Rrl No. Dlrcrlptlon 19111 56 mm Crossover block 1984 44 mm Crossover block

Base

B

B mm 56 44

11

2% 2

Max Llns

mm 66 52

HuigM in mm lhr 36 1'14 32

*

Offshore boats to 30' (9 m)

Low orofile mast base halvard lead blocks are liihkeight and can be grouped in a small area at the mast base. Flaired cheeks orevent chafe onthe halyards. Over the top blocks lead lines aft over cabin houses, coamings and splashguards. They feature hi-load sheaves and come in single. double and triple configurations

1

Sculpted backing glafes

Shave In 2Vjr 1%

Mast Base Halyard Lead

Large, strong base protects cored decks

B

Wolpht

mm 12 10

In 'It@

h

m

D

8 42

227 119

SW1 Brnaklng Sbsnglh Ib kg lb tg 3000 1361 6WO 2721 2WO 907 4000, 1814

Narrow aluminum shell Big boats to 56'(17m)

Deirin sheave/ roller bearings

Hi-load sheave

Flaired cheek

Narrow stainless steel shell

1990 Hi-load aluminum 'leaves

1

Low lead

Keeper bail

L

Narrow shell

W 4

Flat in hole to retain post I

l

OS3

Parr Side: "Harken" must be towards mast.

PY GrandSo@rl453 Cantisre del Pardo - Carlo Borlenphl Ptiota

.No.... ISM 191M l9lO

M02 3W3 W4 31)53

Dsarlptlon 44 mm Hdyard lead block' Fixed mast base block' Fixed mast base block" Single overthe top block' Double over the top block' Triple over the top block' Mast base blocl"'

' 1' ." (6 mm) FH

In 1% 2k 3 2x11 2'14 2 4

- mm 44 57 76 57 57 57 102

( B mm) FH **"'h" 12 mm HH

mm 22 35 41 35 62 89 l'ls 48

in 1'8 1% 1% 1K 2'11s 3'h

mm In 3341~ 97 3Yta 81 4% 117 3% 83 83 3h l 83 4"h 122

In 2% 21'8 3% l 3% 3 4%

- mm 57 73 95 83 83 83 125

In

H H 711

l 'h 'h Ya

mm 10 10 12 10 10 10 16

m 3.36 6.2 11.5 6.4 12.2 18.1 22.4

Q % 175 326 161 346 513 635

lb 750 2500 5000 2500 2500 25W 75W

km lb kg 340 1500 €40 1136 5000 2273 2273 10000 4545 1136 5OW 2273 1136 5000 2273 1136 5000 2273 3402 15000 E804

I


Foot Blocks

Lockoff to temporaril) secure sheets

Clean, sculptured shape

Black Magic foot blocks carrv some of the hiohest loads imposed by running rigging. The ~ o d o rollers n on these lightweight, free running blocks are housed in a center cage, with no contact between bearings. UV resistant carbon-black Delrin balls handle sideloads. Either metric or imperial flathead fasteners may be used for mounting and are not exposed.

No stainless to aluminurn contact

Full saturation Hardkote anodizng

Single/doub/e sheave models

Pul

m. Dwablh

1 s Sngk hCload 1W Double hi-load 196l Slngle hi-loaMackofl' 1968 Double hi-loadnockdl'

High UVprolecled caged Torlon rollers

..

..... ..

m

h m m l n m 57 3% 2% 57 3% 2% S7 3% 2% 57 3%~

2%

n l nm'n n m o rMEMp 84 1 25 4.2 119 84 I'YII 46 6.9 195 84 1 25 5.3 150 84 l'ha 46 9.6 272

Opllml II mm H 10

R

10

Reler fopage 64 for hole spacing "" in 'h' l 'In '1s

10 10 ' Lockoffs are intended to hold lines temporarily and should not be used in place d line stoppers or clutches.

54

Ye Y#

MU

mm

12 12 12 12

ib

swl

25W 1850 2500 1650

11% 750 1134 750

"".",,

simmi -Mnlml ~b in m m 5WO 22M14-Yc 6 33W 15004-'14 6 5000 2268 4- 'l* 6 3300 1500 4 - k 6


Shears

Part No. Oascrlp~nn 1872 Single 1973 Double 3005Sin~leAockofl' 3006 Double4ockoff' 3010 Single 3011 Double 3017 Single 3023 Sin~le 3033 Double +

B In 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 6 5

mm 75 75 75 75 1W 100 125 150 125

Lane in mm 4% 111 4% 111 4% 111 4% 111 5% 143 5% 143 6'711 178 8'hs 205 6% 176

HtlgM In mm 1'1, 32 2 57 1'14 32 2'11 57 1% 33 2 62 lfllli 43 1'18 48 21Jljs 71.5

Lockoffs are intended to hold lines temporarily and should not be

WelgM

m

Line B Opllmal Max In mm In mm 'h 12 l 14 1' 1 12 l 14 'l! 12 e/a 14 1'2 12 YI~ 14 l 14 Yt 16 h e 14 Yr 16 Y4 19 k 19 1 25 1 25 V 19 l 19

g 10.2 288 18 508 11.7 333 20.7 586 20.6 584 36.2 1025 35.7 1012 60.6 1719 62.2 1762 used in place of line stoppers or clutches.

SWL lb 5254 3465 5250 3465 7500 4950 11000 15000 7370

k# 2380 1572 2380 1572 3402 2250 4990 M118 3350

BnilXlng shone Ib k8 105W 4762 6930 3143 10500 4782 6930 3143 15000 6843 9900 45W 22000 9977 3W00 13636 14740 6700

Fasbnwn(FH) In mm 4-hr 8 4-"$6 8 4-%a 8 4-%a 8 4-h 10 4-V8 10 4-'h 12 4-'/a 16 4-% 12

55


Quiet - sideload bearing ships dampen rig vibrations

Black Magic A rRunners' are strong. Ightweight bloc6 W th emmelv free rol ina sheaves. Blocks feature Tonon roller bear~ngsin a centeFcage for strength Sideload bearing strips dampen rig vibration. Integral sideplate bails and recessed cotter key help produce a smooth design that won? snag lifelines. Heads are offered with paralleVperpendicular shackles. Tangs attach turnbucldes, toggles and other fittings. No tools required for installation.

Skl~e

Rn

c~ucilpaom lm Single WO.

B

mm

!n

LMmh 10

m

C i w h pin

mllht m B

B

In

m

in

opamal

Lh* S

b.*111(

Mn in

mm

SW

mm

L 50W

m

h

ib

IDDOP m Si 3402 1882

SmS Sisk Sol4 SirlgWbacKet

alfi %QIe SMI SinglM M 4 Sinple W5 Singlwkkst 30% Slngle She In 3 4 5 6

56

3

75

4%

118

9.3

2W

H

13

'h

13

Y?I

14

4 4 5

1W 1W 125 125 151) 150 57

W8 7% l 9'1r 8% 10"h 3

157 193 1% 240 221 275 B6

17.5 19.4 29.0 32.6 491 55.2 4.4

45 550 824 922 1400 1566 124

%

16 16 19 19 19 19 10

YIS

14 14 19 19 25 25 10

$18 V,

16 16 19 19

4544

2268

c*n

mm 75 1W 125 150

5 6 6 2.25

B i d

Panno.

PIBendlcular

1891il992 3013f3014 3019/3020 ~41~025

slot 10. W 8 3051 3030

Plnllll

RnN.

m

3048 3051 3030 3326'

3.8 7.4 13.8 19

WllM

k k

k h

YV

Yt

k

k 1 1 %

Tang

m

Pan no.

m

108 210 381 537

747 3052 3031 3027'

3

v4

'h 1 1 'In

Wellhi

5.5 9 11

g 85 156 255 310

25 25 12

7500 75m llWO llOW 15WO 15WO 25W

3402 4990

W 6602 6802 1134

Runner pln B

In

mm

'/a

11.1 12.7 16 16

'h

V# ?I

l5W 1SWO 22000 2mXI

M104

W 99WJ 9980

3M00 13605

m 5000

13W5 2268

C I * d o l l y Ph B

in

mm,

1' 4 %

6 10 11.1 12.7

%r

'Ir

7


Accepts tangs or shackle posts

Runner Blocks

A

b

Computer desrgned s~deplates

Harken stainless steel runner blocks feature computer-designed sideplates, and sheaves with hi-load composite/ball combination bearings. They are perfect for IMS boats, racerlcruisers, and owners who want the rich look of polished stainless steel. Heads are offered with parallel/perpendicular shackles. Tangs attach turnbuckles, toggles and other fittings.

H~ghlypolfshed starnless steel

Hi-load sheaves

RHner Blocks Pad -~ YD. 731 1853 1865 1853 1886

8hsnr

clsvls pln

B

~

Dactlpllon Single Single Single Sinoldbecket Singleibecket

in 3 4 5 4 5

mm 76 102 127 l@ 127

LeMlh

h 4

6% 7V1 7% 9%

B

WaInM

mm

01

124 156 187 186 241

14 21 44 27 1457

V 397 595 1247 768 l610

In H hr

mm 12.7 14.3 17.5 14.3 17.5

'Vtr

hr '%r

L I B~ OPtlmsl Maa M 'mm In mm 1's 13 ha 14 '/a 13 h 14 16 V8 16 '12 13 hi 14 $11 16 % 16

Waklng rtranolh

SWL Ib 5000 6250 9500 6250 9500

k# 2268 2835 4310 2835 4310

Ib IWW 12500 19000 12500 19000

@ 4544 5670 8618 5670 8618

m-% Slla In 3 4 5

mm 76 102 127

I

Block Psmlndlcular pan NO. iarl~u. 740 737 1859 1853,1863 1861 1855,1865

Panllei ~ a lNO. t 740 1860 1862

Wsllhl

or 7 10

13

-

g 198 280 369

I

Tang PartWo. 747 1857 1858

Wsighl 07.

3

5% 9

D 85 156 255

I

Runner pln B in mm %a 11.1 *h 127 Va 16

Checkslay pin B In mm V4 6.35 V8 9.5 '11s 11 1

57


Opening Foot Blocks

Spring loaded

L opening back

Opening foot blocks feature a spring loaded back for fast one-hand sheet changes. Housings are hard anodized aluminum, and the large diameter sheaves protect sheets and reduce friction. Opening foot blocks can be dismantled while attached to the deck. Use on boats from 20' - 50' (6 - 15 m).

L

Hardanodized aluminum housing

W L

.

. , ..... Use for:

I

Spinnaker deflector blocks Genoas .!;-.:~ -. . d.U,:!

Large d f a m ~ ~ ~ t sheaves

/. .

-v

Stainless steel ball bearings

Part No. B2113 B2114 B3113 83114

58

Descrlpllon Sin~le Double Sinple Double

Shorn 0

In 3% 3% 4'75s 4%

mm 100 1W 125 125

Max tins 0

tn

h8 Via hr h

mm 14 14 16 16

Lenph mm 5'11 140 5K 140 6"Ili 170 6'Ra i70

in

Hobhl

in 1'Y)o Z'YII 1'Y~r 3

mm 46 72 50 80

W~BM

m 33'1, 47'h 51 78

U 950 1347 1446 2213

SWL Ib hp 4409 2000 4409 2000 8377 3800 8377 38W

Bmaktnl dronulh Ib 8818 8818 16755 16755

kp 4000 4000 7600 7600

In

Famnrn mm

3 x %I FH 3 x YII FH 3 x Ys FH 3x~M a

3 x 8 FH 3 x 8 FH 3 x l 0 FH 3 x 10 m


Integral hanging bail

One-handed latch

- ,

I

Urelhane sidepiales

Free runnino roiler/ball bearing sheaves

Urethane sideplates prevent damage to decks, spars and cabin houses.~nintegral bail allows blocks to hang from lifelines with shockcord. Snap shackles attach to padeyes and oalls. whi e tr,nnlon shack es attach to loera Is an0 otner fixtures where an oralnary snap shack e wi I not align with the load. Snalcn bloc6 are onered n nl-loaa ana O~I- oaa conl~o~raltons and usea on onshore ooals /,->

-

Use tor: Genoa leads Mast base reefing blocks Protected trip buttons Changing sheets Spinnaker sheet deflector blocks

~an NO. Onswlplion 1WO Snatch block 16M Hi-load 1608 Mid-rangehrunnion 1608 Mid-range hi-loadtlrunnion

"..""." in 2K 2%

2K 2

B

Length

mm 64

in 5%

mm 146

M

6'11 5'31,s

159 147 166

64 54

5Ytr

~night

oz 18 19 18 20

g 514 552 520 564

...--

line B in mm Ya

YB i/a

$18

16 16 16 16

in V Ya "/,a

%

A

in

mm 16 16

I'llr

17 22

1'1,s

1%

B

mm 19 26 21 26

SW ib kp ib 2250 1021 4850 3500 1588 7000 2250 1021 4500 3500 1588 7000

kp 2200 3175 2041 3175

59


Stainless Steel Blocks Cnoose Har(en's stainless steel bloc6 for a look of timeless e egance. Blocks feat~renana PO ished 316 sta nless steel side~lates ano Torlon rol erha Ibearings for low maintenance perlormance. Snea~esan0 head pqeces are 016061-T6 rlardkote anod zed aluminum with Tenon impregnation for strength and corrosion resistance. Use on cruising boats from 33 to 90' (10 27 m). Other sizes and configurations avajlable through the Custom Division.

-

Urn for: Mainsheets

~mvelercontrol blocks

Rollerhall bearing system

Cruisim Under %!l

M M.

- &!W

78# Single

m1

S~ngkhe& 762 Single 7WI Lr@n~teckei 7W Single 7 M Slngle 768 Single foot 769 Double foot 7M Single l a d m Doublefoot 712 S~nglefwt 773 Double fwt

60

See pane 64 for fool black hole' specificdl~s.SW m s 44-45 for s u.m . t e d uses.

8hrre Dosml#lom

-

-,

B m Prima

In S 3 4 4 4% 5% 3 3 4% 4V2 5Vz 5%

9

nwn 75 75 102 102 114 140 76 78 114 114 140 140

in

mm

6%

7% 71' 2 8%

9% 11 4% 4'h 6'ln l 7 7/16

mm

165 197 191 222 246 WX) H4 H4 165 165 192 192

WlH I oz 24 884 27 764 34 958 36 1030 62 1750 88 2500 595 21 34 970 55 1550 91 2580 2190 77 132 3760

in K

'h 'h 1'1 1' 8 l V>

tL V8

$18 l h

01llmi

Mu Wn I

Urn

m

im

12 12 12 12 16 19 12 12 16 16 19 19

#S

MU

%B YH %I l l 'l* 1 's $14 l

1' 1 '11

m 14 14 14 14 19 22 14 14 19 19 22 22

I h Yw %I

9

L

8

3650 3650 4850 4954 8250 10500 4950 3250 12375 8050 12375 8050

8 8

Yu

8

%I

8

Y h

8 8

Yqr

Y~I

8 8 6 8

%r

8

Y* Yn

-l(

SW

m

q

1658 1656 2245 2245 3742 4763 2245 1474 5613 3551 5613 3851

Lanculkg 73W 3311 73W 3311 99W 4491 9900 4491 165W 7484 21WO 9256 gga) 4491 6500 2W8 24750 11226 161W 7303 24750 1126 161W 7303


F I I M W S lnclulld Pan WO 158.1139.1139

719,1740,1840 710.772 771,713

no 2 1 2 1 5 5

In

716

Ya K

5

mm

In

mm

8 10 10 10

4 4 3% 3%

100 100 69 69

See page 64 tor tool block hole specrflcal~onsSugoesled uses see pages 44-45

Shsavs part

NO. Dercrlrllon

1735 1786 1137 1138 1739 l140 1745 1769 1831 1831 1839 1840

Stand up Stand up Stand up Stand up Single foot wllockoti Double f w t wflockof Fairlead Stand up Single Fairlead Single f w t Double foot

in 3 4 4h 5% 3 3 3 2'14 2'14 21' 4 2 2

B

mm 75 102 114 140 76 76 75 57 57 57 57 57

bnnh In mm 6% 171 7 176 6% 222 W4 248 4'12 114 4'12 114 4% 114 WII 132 5 138 3% 89 3'1s 69 372 89

wslghl 02

32 42 74 96 22 36 21 24 17 12 17 27

g 914 1190 2100 2710 624 1020 595 694 482 334 482 765

Llns 0 optimal Max In mm in mm l 12 #/,ill 14 1% 12 g/?# 14 Ye 16 19 Yd 19 1'8 22 '/2 12 1' ,s 14 K 12 #ll@ 14 K 12 9/16 l4 H 12 il<r 14 'Ir 12 '118 14 l 12 BIli 14 'Ir 12 l 14 V$ 12 9/81 14

Max wire

in %S %i

Ytr

5111 l

l '/>S l/n

0 mm 8 8 8 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6

SW

lb 3650 4950 8250 10500 4350 3250 4950 3000 3000 2500 3000 2000

kg 1656 2245 3742 4763 2245 1474 2245 1361 1361 1134 1361 907

Bn*Iw rtrnngth ib $ 7300 3311 9900 4491 165W 7484 210W 9256 9900 4491 6500 2948 6W0 2722 6000 2722 6WO 2722 50W 2268 60W 2722 4000 1816

61


Big Boat Sheaves Big Boat sheaves are available for special applications as well as for rephmment sheaves in big boat blocks. Made of Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated 6061-T6 aluminum. sheaves feature Torlon rollers to carly hign radlal loads and carbon-black De nn oalls to- sunnonside loads and provide UV protection. Select sheaves based on load carrying capability.


Hi-Load Sheaves rl -.oad sheaves are onered as rep~acernenlpans or for ,se In sDec al a001car ons Tnelr bearing sfaern cornb~ness~deload carry ng ba Is wltn a Tellon cornoos re b ~ s no n to carrv rao~aloaos Wnlle nor as free rolling as ihe standard Harken balVroller bearing system, this compact bearing system is extremely durable and perfect for carrying high loads in a restricted diameter.

Use for: Masts Booms Deck organizers Through-the-transom running backstays

Durable Narrow width

1 Hi-load bearing system -

Lightening holes

Hi-load narrow sheaves in mastheads improve sail handling, speea sal1 changes an0 allow tne bse ol srna ier. lgnler nalvard bvlncnes csed In steerlna sfitems, tnese sneaves retirn 'reel" to wheel steered baits: Sneaves corno ne s oe oao carrying oa is wltn a Teflon comooslle bushlna for rao al loaas These d ~ r a oe sneaves are i a d e of 6061-76 aluminurn and are well suited to masthead and steering installations.

Use for: Mastheadlhalyardsheaves Steering systems

'Eased on use of solid304 sBinless shah

Nam Part

No. W1 667

689 694 695

Shows 0 in mm 3 4

76 102

5 6 7

127

152 178

Wldlh in V#

k k %

1

Woiqhl

mm 16 19 l9 22 25

oz 4%

8 12 19 27

q 128 227 340 539 765

Cenbr pln B in mm V* 12 V2 12 7, l9

MIX 1111 Lino in Ya

Wlre

mm 10 12

Jilt

12

k

19

'12

12

1

25

%a

14

in hr h8

W 'Its

SW1

mm 5 8 8 10

12

Ib 4WO 8250 12000

lbw0 21WO

k8

Breaking drnnL' Ib to

1814

16500

3742

16500

7484 7484

5443

7258

371W 37100

16828 16828

9526

W O O

29937


Additional Specifications


Elegant Simple Products


ESP ,

ESP (elegant simple product) is a special line of hardware that complements our existing block line in looks and function, but is simpler in design and construction. This hardware is engineered for a limited range of speclic uses. For example, ESP mast base blocks, deck organizers and foot blocks use a simple sheave with an axle bearing for high static loads, and are ideal for situations where the block's prirnaly function is to change the direction of a statically loaded line. Contained ball bearings handle side loads so blocks spin freely when loads are released. ESP products are cost effedve and styled to cornplemerit our Black Magic line of blocks.

4

-

Mounts easily to d e c ~

Can be double using~wsmcked

'.-

bearing for high static loads

Bail bearings handle side loads

Beneteao 140,l

h

A

r

f

v

60u*

Lockoat? ternporanly secure sheets ~

-

Flip block over to mount on opposite side of boat

Available with 40 or 57 mm sheaves Harken ESP deck organizers can be stacked For 6051 refer lopage 64 for hole spacing. 'Available December 1999 PM

U. l l u r t i ~ ~ n )r$sl wlkr W 6051 Faablodulockoff"

Pm

DhmB In mm In 2% 57 2% 2'6 57 3% Shean B

no. Dllrrlption In 6062D~~korpaniarRsheave2'6 6063 Deckorpanizerf3sheave 2'6 6054 O0ckorpanizerRshea.e 1'6 6065Oeck0rpanizernsheave

1'6

L

WaMM

mm m 93.5 132

W mm 6 172 Phe 252 4'% 122 7%. 179

4.7 4.3

@ 133 123

WaioM

ClnkplnB In mm -

m

57 57 40 40

7.5 213 11.5 328 3.5 90 5.5 156

8

Y

-

?(

IblmM mm l ' & 27 1 1 27 h 24 ''h, 24

I In

mm l

Maxllnme In mm 16 16

Ma n l n #

10llhh.m In mm 2500 1134 2540 1134 1250 567 1250 567

SW

lb

Bnlldnp mn#lh Ma 104111Imd $ m M lh

1135 5000 2540' 1135* 5WO' 2500

M u llnl 0 In mm Y 16 h 16 'h 12 'h 12

'If double stacked, upper blocklorganizeris h' of listed SWL & breaking strength. " Lockoffsare intended to hold lines temporarily and should not be used in place of line stoppers or clutches. 66

2272 2272'

-

-

650

295

SW1 B n M # dnnw Ib U Ib ly 4000' 1814' BOW' 3628' 60W' 2721' 12WO' 5442' ZOW* 907' 40' 1814' 30W* 1361' WO' 2721'

Flllener sklr 11 mm p

-

'ha 8 Faatmar tlnr In mm h 8 h 8 'la 10 #h 10


Custom Hardware

> ...

Q


Cruising Yachts The versatility of Harken's custom oroducts extends beyond megayachts and America'; Cup an0 ~nclboesthe s~ecialneeds of the smaller cr~islna yacht. Aithau~hmost of these boats are fitted G h standard hardware, inevitabiv there is one location where a suitable standard p k is unavailable. Our goal in this market is to provide cruising yacht owners with high quality custom pats that meet their particular needs at reasonable prices.

C4219 Genoa Car with Pinstop for 40 mm T-Track

SWL: 9000 lb (4081 kg)

Lightweight stainless steel and aluminum construction

P

Available with pinstops

Affordably priced Ava~lablswith balls or rods

-

@ @ ,

1

~

'

~

l

Semi-standard h)-load car

,

$1

C4817

8.00' 200 mm Slamless Streetkunner dock' SWL: 35000 lb (15876 kg)

L

C5153

125 mm Double Block SWL: 1W62 lb (4700 ko)

S w u e l i g Ease U",,

,h


Mega Yachts Over the past several years Harken custom hardware has developed a reputation for giving re1aole, n~ghperlormance servce on megayachts We work nard witn designers, pro.en managers and owners to oevelop nardware Mat meets lhetr exact no needs rvhlle malntalnlna the highest standads in quality and finish. This gear continues to evolve as we work to make it more reliable, better looking, and perform at the highest levels.

Hi-load sheaves

C5327

L

M u i Siider with Wide Sheave Carrier "L: 13228 i~~ ka)


Ultralight Gear Growth in racfngfleets contin~esto oe impresswe. As me racina aenre amws, so does Harken's role n this fast pa&imarkit. Harm's cJstom gear has evolved lmm o x standard Ine of b.ocks to become the vvorlaw~destandard for reltaole. Ighhve~ghth~ghperformance gear Ifyou want evety pmsiole advantage wnen salling VoLr new racina vachl, aive us a call We'll be haow to put our expeiiince aid expertise to work for

1 C5512

-

Hi-load Roller Traveler Car SWL: 12000 lb (5440 kg)

Vc4926

Snatch Block with 4.00" m m O & :L;g Sheave 0 lb (3632 kg)

-c5373

175 mm ULC Flying Runner Block with Becket SWL: 23986 lb (10880 kg)

75 mm Teardro Block with barcraft Jtakle C4853.4'AL fool bhh-Man

-c4279 57mm Twing Block SWL: 35W lb (1590 kg)

C5414

Floating Jib Lead Block SWL: 9921 lb (4500 kg)

Cha Ill

C5452

Large Adjustable Strap padeye SWL 14991 lb (6800 kg)



Ball Bearing Cam-Matica Cleats

-

Smooth teeth won't cut lines Easy entry system for

A good cam cleat holds securely without damaging lines, enaaoes and releases easilv. works well with a wide raigkof line sizes and types, and gives years of good service. Harken Cam-Matics" feature ball bearings for optimum performance. Balls allow pawls to open and close easily both under high and low load applications. Teeth can be smooth to protect lines because tooth grip is not required to close the pawls. Lines can be precisely adjusted because there is minimal slippage during engagement. Harken also holds a patent on the unique pawl geometry of the Cam-Matics which ensures that lines of all sizes are held by the greatest number of teeth. Harken's range of Cam-Matics includes four sizes for use on boats of all sizes. A wide range of accessories is also offered to complement these ci&ts.

Thr 15l Cam-Matk, Um -nal ball LculM cam clen it slill the lnosl wwar clra In world. The 150 Cam-Matic. the original ball bearina cam cleat. is st II the most pop~larcleit in the world lis tough harokote anodize0 oawls and Dase are soec f~calv designed for use in'high-load, high weaiapplica~ons. Aluminum dissipates heat better than any plastic so the teeth of the 150 can withstand years of severe service. The 365 and 423 Carbo-Cams" are breakthrough plastic cam cleats designed for use on high performance boats where weight and performance are critical considerations. The carbon matrix pawls are tough, offer very good wear characteristics, and ride on UV protected black ball bearings. Carbo-Cams also offer many other features unique to HalXen Cam-Matics including the easy entry system which allows lines to be engaged without being drawn through the cam. This is a critical concern on high performance boats because controls can be precisely adjusted and the line can then be engaged without further tensioning and with absolutely minimal backlash slippage. A stainless steel wear strip protects the base when entry or e x l leads are not fair in the vertical plane.

I

mm 365 and 423 Cab-Cams' m

bnaHhrarph

rlsrtlc cur cllab asrlwud bf we mn hlgh ~rlonnrncrb o a wksn mbM aml prmnnmm am c ~ i c aconrldentlans. l Harken's 280 Offshore Cam-Matic was designed to complement the mid-range series of blocks. It will accommodate line to % (l6mm) and serves well in high load situations on larger boats. Tne 412 OO~bleCam-Matic accepts two lines and is oesgned for Jse in two speed malnsheets and other s p e i a ~appl cations. It w ~ laccept l line from 5/16' (8mm) to '11611(11 mm) and s s u o ~ed l with a s~ecialstainless steel eyestrap.

Soft spring is """corrosive

v

Raked base for easy

-150,280

Drain hole: in base

UV stabilized cadon filled balls

-.-..-Of

line engagement

Hardkote anw'iled alumlnum pawis for superior wear

son spring is non-corrosive

Smooth teeth won't cut lines

I

Lighhveight for hioh peiiormance

l Drain holes

-

'

2 rows of

Delrfn balls

.&

UV stabilfzed --$on fill

I I


C m NO. Olscripiien 150 Cam-Matic' 210 Onshorecam-Matic*" 365 Carbo-Cam*

Heighl Lsngth in mm in mm lhr 30 2Yls 65 l 32 3% 65 1Yn 28 2% 65

H 9

-,

Pan

nnl,kla~,m.~2+ir*.*. """"," -,.. ,.,".." 423 Micro Carbo-Cam*' 'X10 (5 mm) FH fasteners

Width in mm

WaigM oz p

1'14

32

l'h

38 32

2K 71 5'16 148 1'1% 42

24

9/16

,"

57

RIiln ,-

R1

-.

1'14 1Vr ...

IYta

20

1'11

48

'Yts

'^#E (4 mm) RH fasteners

R7 d. .. U --

Mar line 0 in mm '12 12

K

16 10

17R

311

..

10 ..

16

h

6

"'V (6 mm) FH fasteners

.No.".. 315 i

-. 358

dn

Mln line

B In 'It

'11 '/a Ylr .. 1'8 ""#l0

Fananer Wax Bmakino spacing WWnolmd almnolh kg ib kp mm in mm Ib 1K 38 3W 136 750 340 3 6 2'1th 52 SW 227 1000 454 l l h 38 200 91 500 227 3 R -

7Tl3~ fi7 -. . --

500 ---

777

750 .- -

540 - ..

Pml maim111 Aluminum Aluminum Plasticcarbanmatrix .Alumin~tm .. .

3

l1I1e

27

150

68

3W

136

Plasticcarbonmatrix

(5 mm) TH fasteners

..-.-... Descrillion Micm Carba-Cam@kit Crm-Matir kii

""

Mcro Carbo.CamMa r aaa M cro Carbo-Cam s~rela r eaa

Cam

Wedge Fairlead

oz

423

297

284

1'8

150

145

137

3\14

"""

423 423

--

Q 26 93

---

-

--

329

l's

32

284

I

22

73


Cam Fairleads

Stainless tubes protect lines

& Flairleads

Cam Fadeads allow cleats to w usea when lnes enter or leave the cam a1 unlair ang es. Mountea ail of tne. cam, the fa dead allows engagement and release ot lines up to 45' on efther sioe of the cam. M0JnIed ahead of Me cam me fainead allows movh small catamaran traveler controls, to lead ing llnes. s ~ c as property. Use the 328 tairlead w#h 150 and 365 cams. the 329 wiM the 423 micro cam. Lignhveignt Ra dads are top-mo~ntedsculptured eyestraps. They fear~restainless wearauards an0 are a m ~ l ea in ~ black. red;green, yellow or blue. Ferfct to color code 150,365 and 423 cams.

F

Smooth W ~ I S

A h

I

b

Vanguard 15 Vanguard Sa~Iboatr- Onne van der Wsi Pholo

Usa lor: Leading control lines

R* no. S23 329 424

425

74

DIIIdlllon Fairlead Micro fairlead Micro flairlmd

Flairlead

wnW m m In mm 2

-

51

l'??# 46

Halghl abova i a c t wFJIS cam b mm 1'Yra 49

-

-

1"118

43

wl42S Cam in mm

-

-

1% 1%

35 30.2

-

HnlnM llmu m In m "h 17 he 14 1'18 11 $18 16

L 2

L*lmmm

1'1s 1% 2Y?s

51 37 41 56

in 2% 2

78

'Yrr

Wm l

mm 65 51 16 21

warn

0z 1 'h 'It 1%

26 I4 3.5 7


Cam Cleat Accessories Eyestraps prov~dea fa~rleadon cams and h0 a tne llne.~~~ at the cleat Use the 284 ana 298 wlre falrleao with the 150, 365 and 423 cleats to place a fairlead ahead of the cam. Fit the 201 to the 150 or 365 for a low profile fairlead. Line must be no arger that X; (8 mm) The 419 eyestrap forms a talrlead on The 418 Tr~aaerCleat. Tne 438 adapter plate is perfect for useon curved surfaces such as masts and booms. A wedge kit is available for each cam. Cleats can be angled up to 15". The 150,365 and 279 cleats also fit flat or 15" risers. Each wedge and angled riser includes an underdeck shim. Colored cam caps allow color coding of cams. They fit over the standard red or black caps on the 150, 365 and 423 cleats. Each set contains two pair of caps for both full-sized and micro cams. ~~~

431BL, 431Y, 4316,431 B, 431R

WsdllrlAl#rc hltlnlr W D IM PI* pin wtighi SP=~W no. hrcdptlon 01 M. a r l p t l o n oz D in mm Fib 1 146 Cam wedge kil l81 Ewsmp 32 9 h S8 1 5 m .l6 297 Micm cam wedge kil 2M Low p r d k eyestrap .l6 4.5 l'h 38 1 5 m 283 Mfshore cam wedge kil 1.5 22.8 150Cam on platehullseqe' 4 113 1Wl 38/25 283 flat micro cam fisar .S 289 365 Cam on platehullseye' 3 85 1%/1 38/25 294 15nAnpledmicrocam riser .75 2fl Micm eyestrap .l6 4.5 1'11s 27 423 2S6 Flat cam riser 1 2(2 Large eyestrap .8 23 2ks 52 280 2% 15'Angled cam riser 1.25 ZM Micro wire fairlead .24 7 2Vls 27 423 283 Wlre fairlead .5 14 1% 38 150,365 41s Eyestrap 'h 14 2 51 418 4 1 Colored cam caps bluslyellowlgne~LacWred 150127913651423 4 8 Cam adapter plate 2.5 71 1'12 38 15W365

'X10 (5 mm) RH

28 5 43 14 21 28 35

FaIWner slrclnp in mm 11' 2 38 l % $ 27 21' 16 52 1V)s 27 l % # 27 1% 38 l'h 38

HIlDht In mm

- - - k % 1

16 19 22 25

Fltr 150.365 423 280 423 423 150.365 150.365

7


Cam Swivel Bases

Cam-Matic ball

Use cam swivel bases when leads must rotate to face the trimmer. The 240 and 241 are simple swivel bases for main and jib sheets on very small boats or for control lines on boats of all sizes. Ball bearing swivel bases feature dual rows of Delrin ball bearings to ensure that they will swivel freely even under high loads. The bases include a stop which prevents the base from swiveling completely and fouling the lines. Bases include stand up springs and a U adapter to accept a variety of appropriate blocks. The 144 is the standard configuration with a tall arm. It is ideal for mounting in the cockpit or for use on larger keel boats and small offshore boats which use 3.00 (76 mm) plastic blocks. The low profile 205 is used when installation is at deck level and when smaller blocks are used. The 1574 accepts Mid-Range blocks. The 216 features a second cleat for lines led vertically through the base of the sw~el.It is frequently used to wmbine vang or backstay controls in the same swivel base that handles the mainsheet. The 402 and 403 are fitted with a double cam for use in two speed mainsheet systems.

I

=.

,

b

240,241

,:

.Tir. .. - .i.::.:. ..- .,, . , ! . S';. ". . > . .

Malnsheets Jib sheets Control lines

.

-

$:;?;.c9

l . c,., k.+:::!.. ...> " t::.:.~...!

i.;,.

'.

2

.

. : '., . . .. .

:.

'

: .:. '

'

.

,

1


M Q QCleat ~~'

Fasteners included

/

The Nash Trigger Cleat has a unique mechanism that allows you to release highly loaded lines with complete control. Pulling the sheet down on the trigger trips the pawls and frees the sheet. The trigger serves as a snubbing surface to control release. In light air, or once the trigger releases the load, the cleat operates like a normal cam cleat. The trigger cleat is not ball bearing. but constructed of rugged stainless steel. It is very reliable in heavy air. Trigger cleats are ideal on highly loaded systems like mainsheets, vangs, and even for some halyards. They have developed a cult-like following in some classes where the crew loves the ability to spill the mainsail reliably during close quarters maneuvering. i The 355 cam mounting bracket attaches the trigger cleat ' to 3.00 (76 mm) low profile triples. It fits the 052, 064, 152and 411.

Stainless steel pawls

Glass reinforced nylon base

.

Use for: Mainsheets Halyards VangS Control lines

A - Spring-loaded cams

close to cleat line

cams so line may be eased

Sheet size

Pan MO. 4la 355

DMcrlQllon Trigger Cleat Trigger Cleat adaptor plate

Lonm In mm 2K W 3% 79

HaluM In mm 1% 35 % 6

Wldlh in mm 3 76 1% 31

WeluM m g 5.6 159 1.3 36

mln In

-

mm 5 -

In 1' 2

max mm

-

12

-

SW1 lbs kg 500 227

-

-

ksbnsra flOFH5mmFH

-

-

See page 88 for specifications

Trigger Cleat Swivel Base Use the 360, 361 cam s w ~ ebase l when leads must rotate to face the trimmer. Ball bearing swivel bases feature dual rows of Delrin ball bearings to ensure they will swivel freely even under high loads. The bases include a stop that prevents the base from swiveling completely and fouling the lines. Features include dual rows of Delrin ball bearings for easy operation; a stop, so base won't foul the lines, and stand up spring and U-adapter to accept a variety of appropriate blocks.

I

C

Use for: Mainsheets Halyards Control lines Jib sheets

Part No. Doarlptlon ?E4 Swivel basellrigper cleat' 561 L l l e swivel basellripgercleat'

#l0 (5 mm) FH fastener

Helubt In mm S'/? 138 4% 110

Welght or 15'14 433 14 398

.

Mln max line B In mm 1' 8 h 3 12 1' 8 '1% 3 12

-

-

Fmemr lpaclnu In mm h 19

k

19

Mar wcddlng load ib $

-

Use with

- 2.25'13.00' tight dufylratchns - Big BulWDinghyl2.25'flinle ratchets

7


Magic Boxes Low frictlon ball bearing sheaves

Magic Boxes are powerful, multi-pan tackles housed in an aluminum extrusion. The box eliminates twists and keeps Me line organized. A ball bearing system prevents friction between sheaves and between the sheaves and axles. Magic Boxes are used on boats from small dinghies to large otfshore raeers. Hi-load versions use Tolion bearings.

A

Hardkote anodized alum~num

Removable becket

Usa for: Downhauls Cunninghams Jib halyards Genoa lead can Other controls ,,

, a . ~%.I.1,W urn mmm II mWlsM II I.iUWbl ~ b M I I B m ~ e r g l m n oh IH Cakin 5 in I 25 8'h 225 8 227 "h 4 117 Dstln 8:1 10 25( 1 25 ~SYI 549 10 284 h 4 111 D&n 81 5 127 1% 35 9'h 232 12 340 h 4 11I Delrln 81 10 254 1YI 35 14% 359 15% 439 h 4 120 Delrin 81 15 381 1% 35 19 483 18 510 YS 4 1M Todon 81 10 254 1% 35 1IA 359 15Yz 439 Yn 4 182 Todon 81 15 381 1% 35 19 483 l 8 510 Ya 4 186 '1," (6 mm) diameter s$mlsss stsel S hank for 8 pan Maus Bm llllows qulck d l s c o n w of halyards 188 Yts" (8 mm) diameter stainless otael S hook for 8 pan M ~ Q E Box Allows qulck d!smnnect of halyards # 10 (5 mm) RH fasleners

as*:-z*

d

l~nr

78

G~.+=-

. h 8~4 ,1'21 'IYIXEYI 'Y~sxl3h 'hsxle% 'hsx 1% 9!~xl8Y1

' " 7 7

m~

RI( 9,.#I

n

F@ ': 800S408 ? 136

210 300 327 300 24 4x213 800 24x340 WO 2 4 x 4 ~ SW 24 x 340 l000 24x464 l000

Ib

136 363 383 383

600

408

1WO 1WO

726 726 726 807 807

1 m 2WO

454

2W0


Self-contained

Stainless ball Bearinos

Self-contained sheaves are designed for sailors to use in custom applications. The Micro, Bullet and Big Bullet sheaves are Delrin with Delrin ball bearings. They are scored for rope. 16 mm AirBiock sheaves are Delrin and feature stainless ball bearings that ride in a grooved race. Mid-Range sheaves come in either Delrin, or aluminum for wire. Wlre sneaves r~deon h -loaa composlre bear ngs Tney are narakote anwlzed a m nLm W th Tel on lmpregnal on Ball bearings in the l'h" (38 mm) and 2 (51 mm) sheaves minimize friction. The 1" (25 mm) wire sheave uses low friction washers for this purpose. Two 160 Sheaves make up the 161 dual sheave universal lead. Use this sheave to divert a line which must turn in either direction.

1

Capf~vegrooved race

Use for: Custom Applications

Scheaue

0

Pad No.

160 l61 265 277 303 307 311 415 1533 1534

Description Bullet Dual sheave BIQ Bullet FAicro

in 1'18 lba 1"

Wlre

1 li 2

Wlre Wlre 16mm Small Mid-Raope Snlall, Mld-Ranpe!aiuminurr

b

, 2 2

Width

mm

29 29

38 22 25 38

in '1; . i

Y Yr:

S1

",.:

16 51 51

5,I, ,

h ':i

Weight

mm 12 22 14 10 7 10 10 8 22 22

oz

7: 1 '!r

hr li

1 1%

1% 2 '

g 7

28 14 3 7 28 43 4 43 71

Max line 0 in mm ya 8 is: 8 .!h l0 Ij: 6 <h: 4 ^ltc 5 '1 6 $16 5 $hi 14 S'? 14

Mar wire

Hole 0

0 in

mm

in lil

-

-

b

mm 6

-

!l'

6 6

-

'1,s

5

ilk

S

N.

6

ii~i

8

?h

5 6 5

?:I;

Ih I/>;

2 3 5

?,c

'14

5

/A

Mar working load lb kg

300 300 300 200 1000 1500 2000 250 500 500

136 136 136 91 154 680 907 113 227 227

79


Deck Organizers lead a large number of lines through a small space. They are often used to run halyards and control lines from the mast aft on boats under 26' (8 m), or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats. Ha*en Small Boat Deck Organizers feature 1%"(38 mm) ball bearing sheaves and are available in double, triple, and stacked double and triple configurations. Ussfoc . Halyards Control lines

. '

....,.

Compact length

Low pmfile construction

1

A

A

&M-contained sheaves

r ,

271

. .:

:

;.

:

BaN bearing sheaves

. ..

nlple sheave

shorn Part NO. 27O

271

P72 273

lhacdplion Oouble sheave Trlple sheave Stacked double sheave Stacked lnple sheave

#l0 (5mm) FH fasteners

80

MU IOI

11 In

mm

1Vr 1Vt 1% Ih

38 38 38 38

Mll IO m

l,""*,. 5%1

6'h~ 5'hr 6'%1

129 173 129 173

1'8 '/a l

1Y18

22

22 40 40

6

Wllphl

m 4'12 6Yz 7% 12'12

I 128 184 191 355

L R Yt

YI A

mm 10 l0 10 10

irur0*1ng ~ola per a i l M 1b 136 300 136 300 3W 136 300 136

m

-M

taMh

I) 2WO 2000 2000 2000

km 907 907

907 907


A

Mid-Ranae Deck organizers

Self-contained sheaves

Bail bearing sheaves

Mid-Ranoe Deck Oraanizers lead halvards and control lhnes all a;01 ng crew to sal-from the secLnT\r 01 the cocrolt Tnese deck oraanlzers feature2 (51 mrn)'plastic ball bearing sheaves for use on rope halyards on boats to 37' (11.5 m), or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats.

Compact length

A

A

Low profile construction

A

Use for: Halyards Reef lines Outhauls Pole lift

v

Stacked two sheave saves deck space

Max working

Sheave Part NO. 1500 1501 1502 1503 1590 1591

B Descriplion T!vo sheave Three sheave Stacked tlvo sheave Stacked three sheave Four sheave Five sheave

U s e 'id'(6 mm) FH fasteners

in 2

2 2 2 2 2

mm 51 51 51 51 51 51

Length in mm

Heighl in mm

6'%

l'!~ 1'11 2'!1 Z1!l 1% 1%

9?a

6?t

9i.i 1254 15

175 233 175 233 324 381

29 29 54 54 29 29

Weight 02

g

9'h 13'h 16':; 23V2 16 19

269 383 466 666 454 539

Max line E in mm Yr V; V.

, ' "4

16 16 16 16 16 16

toed per sheave l0 kg

500 500 500 500 500 500

227 227 227 227 227 227

SWL Ib kg

1250 1250 1250 1250 1875 1875

567 567 567 567 850 850

Breaking strength lb kg

2500 2500 2500 2500 3750 3750

1134 1134 1134 1134 1700 1700

Fastener spacing

in

5'V8,nlW, 8Yax 1:!1i 5"h x l i 8'h x lYli 1l:'ax 1 4 i 13'?6x1986

mm 148x30 207 x 3 0 148 x 30 207 X30 295 x 3 0 354 x30

81


Bi@Boat Deck

Hardkote anodized aluminum

A

Compact length

Use Big Boat Deck Organizers to lead multiple lines aft to halyard stoppers or winches. Organizers are also perfect for many other applications which call for a multiple sheave cheek-mounted lead block.

1 Polished, machined bolt heads

7

SeN-contained sheaves

Low profile construction

Uw lor: Wards Reef lines Outhauls Pole lifts Control lines

t Hi-load composite bearing sheaves

1868 Big BDat Deck Organizers are available with up to 10 sheaves by special order

Pu(

no.

82

Dlrrl#lom

@ern I In 2'

mm

724 Two SheaMt 725 Threesheave*

2%

57

m

57

Foutshmvnt

2h

57

1167 Fivesheave+

2%

57

1868 Six sheavet

2'14

57

Mar llns L~nm h mm 7 h s 192 262 13'1t@ 332 15'ht 402 18ks 471

Htiohl In mm 11 ' 8 29 11 ' 8 29 1'11 29 1% 29 11' 8 29

t Fasteners included -%" (10 mm) X 3" (75 mm) HH

B

W8lgM

Ukx w k B In mm

PI

o

In

mm

191 '2

553

h

16

RI

27'h

780

Y8

16

h#

35

992

h

18

R

8 8 8

44

1247

%

16

Ylr

8

45

1276

b

18

hr

8

SW1 Bmaklq l bmP shuvo sheave Ib $ Ib b 4950 2245 4400 4491 4950 2245 9900 4491 4950 2245 4400 4491 4950 2245 9340 4491 4950 2245 99W 4491

TOM1 SW1

Total h t l n p

Ib 4950

kp 2245

lb""km 9900

7425

3368

14850 6736

4491

9900

4491

19800 8981

12375

5613

24750 11227

14850

6736

29700 13472


Stay Tensioners Harken stav tensioners are reliable mechanical adjusters that are easy to install and simple to use. Tensloners are made of oolished stainless steel and chromed bronze, and &lure bronze worm gears and rnread dnves to prevent galling under load Movina comDonents are m0Jnted on ~reased roller harings for easy adjustment. Tensioners come in t o ~sr zes for Doats from 27 to 50' 18 to 15 m\ wnn oackstarj from ro 'h" (5 to 12 mm), Bi722 and Bl8j4 tensioners have fold down adjustment handles. The other tensioners accept a standard winch handle and are available in custom lengths.

and thread drive

No exposed threads

Use for: Backslays Inner forestays Babystays

... l**lclond . - ....

--

.m

hn

M. D t m o n

)#(

Small

ffl1

Law

W Small

Large B1722 Large BM3

B 1 W Small

In

P

mm YII 14 H 16 h 16 Y, 19 h 12 7 ~ ~ s 10

In

mm

m'nka 11 nun

23%

587

1M

7 BB7 E"/w 23l11 587 7 26'1, 667 8'h 19 483 I 16% 416 5lh BY4

220 180 220 160 140

Irl(tl

In hs

m 15

"/M

I7 16 19 12 11

H Y 'h

I

40pm In mm

lhs 1%

lhs 1%

1

'ks

30 35 30 35 25 20

WBIEM ly

01

In

158 4.5 % 280 8.24 h 158 4.5 h 290 8.24 % 132 3.75 h 63 1.8 h

m

FWL

stmn(th-

mm II 4 Ib ly 10 8377 38W 16755 7600 12 14330 6500 28880 .1300(1 10 8377 3800 16755 7800 12 14330 6500 28660 13000 7 5732 2600 114M 5200 5 2 ~ 51200 5291 2400

Winchhandle Winch handle Winch handle Wirchhandle Handle Handle

83


J & c ~ m9icm

Stainless steel band clamps Inner race to fudder shaff

Bearings Harken's plastic rudder bearings are strong, lightweight and nearly impervious to corrosion. Free rolling carbon-black Delrin balls rollers require no lubrication and operate either immersed or dly. Note: These are not watertight bearings. Plastic rudder bearings are available in standard and custom configurations and are subble for boats of all sizes.

~ ~ , " , " ~ $ ~ ~ ~ f l loads

-

[the st 111not . ..le rudd-.. . ...u~ be.a carry positive means of holdina the verlical rudder load n such as a tiller head or ttirough bolted lost ' ' cap. Contact Harken for recommt

Uniaue center caue isolates rollers and keepcthem ~arallelfor less friction, hlgher efficiency

v

I

1. Boat Model

2.~owrall

3. Lengm Wa$m 4. D'kpbmnt 5. Typa of b a t (monohul, Catunaran,bimaran)-

-


Fiberglass Rudder Tubes Inside Pan Fits B Weight No. bearinns in mm OzIH kglm 635 3054,3055,3056 4.506 114.45 22 2 05 636 3057.30583059 5.006 127.15 26 2.42 637 3060,3061,3062 5 506 139.85 30 2.79 638 3063,3064.3065 6.006 152.55 35 3.26 Tubes available n these lengths: 2' (610mm): 3'(914mm): C (122 m); 5'(1.52m)

Modification to standard 10 is p a d number 641 Psrl No. 3054 3055 3055

3051 3058 3059 3060

3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 Use %"

Description 2.5Hub up flange 2.5Hub downflanpe 2.5Plaln 3.0Hub up flange 3.0Hub down flange 3.0Pialn 3.5"Hub up flange 3.5"Hub down flange 3 Y Piain 4 0' Hub up flange 4.0Hub down flange 4.0'Plain 4.5'Plain 5.0Plain (6 m m ) FH Fasteners

Rudder shaft B in mm

2% 2% 2'1; 3 3 3 3'1; 311: 3'1: 4 4 4 4% 5

A

63.5 63.5 63.5 76.2 76.2 76.2 889 88.9 88 9 101.6 101.6 101.6 114.3 127.0

Flange thickness:

B

in

mm

in

65 6.5

165.1 1651 177.8 177.8 190.5 190.5 203.2 2032

5.75 5.75

-

7.0 70 7.5 7.5 8 8 -

C mm

146.1 146.1 6.25 158.8 625 158.8 6.75 1715 6.75 1715 725 18415 725 184.15

-

-

-

-

-

-

D

in

mm

449 4.49 4.49 499 4.99 4.99 5.49 5.49 5.49 5.99 5.99 5.99 6.49 6.99

114.0 114.0 114 0 1267 1267 126 7 139.4 139.4 1394 152.15 152 15 152 15 164.85 177.55

in

2.506 2.506 2.506 3.006 3.006 3 006 3.506 3.506 3.506 4.006 4 006 4006 4.506 5006

E

F

mm

in

mm

63.65 63.65 63 65 76.35 76.35 76 35 89.05 89.05 89.05 101 75 101.75 101 75 114.45 127.15

2.800 3.656 3300 2.800 3.656 3 300 2.800 3.656 3.300 2800 3.656 3.300 3.300 3.300

71.1 92.9 83.3 711 92.9 83.8 71.1 92.9 838 711 92.9 83.8 83.8 83.8

in

4201 4.201 4 201 4.201 4.201 4.201 4,201 4.201 4.201 4.201 4.201 4.201 4.201 4.201

mm

Weight lb kg

106.71 10671 106.71 106.71 106.71 106.71 10671 106.71 106.71 106.71 106.71 106.71 106.71 106.71

2.0 91 20 91 l7 77 2.3 1.05 2.3 1.05 20 91 2.6 1.18 2.6 1.18 2.3 1.05 3.0 1.36 30 1.36 26 1.18 3.0 1.36 3.5 1.59

'l? (12.7m m )

85


Spinnaker Pole End Fittings

Automatic trigger mechanism

Metric sizes

Spinnaker pole end fittings are strong, simple to operate and reliable. Ail pole ends are hard anodized aiuminum with stainless steel pistons and pins. They fit appropriate spinnaker pole cars shown on page 87. Piston type ends offer internal and external release levers. Use on outboard and inboard ends of poles for small and midsized offshore boats. Use oell Mhngs on medium and aqe owls which dlp pole I De. The oe I and socket arranaement strona-. easv. ro enoaae and allows me oo e to alticuiate properly in all conditions. Toggle track slides accept bells and come with or without pin stops.

A

A

1 Stainless steel pistons and pins

147/100

Use for: Spinnaker poles Whisker poles

Hard anodized aluminum

. No. W31,60 Bl3lnO Bl31nO W311(0 0121130 0121180

Dltalpllon k l l end for pole Bell end for pole Bell end for pole Bell end for pole Bell end lor p& Bell end for pole ~lnnooBell end foi p&

"

mm 50 60 70 80 70 80 100

mm 46 55 65 75 65 75 94

..

mm 85 85 85 85 H0 110 . 110

...."'.. 8 220 350 440 540 364

4MI 670

Pail h. rladpllon WtU TracksRdariorbsH WIM TrackrTerfor Ml wMop W Track slaer for bell W8B Track slider for bell wlstw Fb B13 B1M B1M B1M 8120 8120 0120

No. Dealptlon 0lllPSO Piston pole end s l w Plsmn pole end B l M O Pistnn pob end B 1 W Plsmn pole end 0147nW Plston W $ end wnrigger

mm 50 60 70 80 100

MW

E mm

D mm 95 95 95 95

35 36 35 35

mm 46 55 65 75 94

mm 93 146 175 175 134

.."

1 -

# 5W 550

M

SU)

32

470

27

26 26

mm

20 28 30 30 36

WIIM 3709 620 g 1.4 kg 1.5 $ 1.33 k@


popular pole ends

Pole Cars

A

Harken spinnaker pole cars feature recirculating ball bearinas to ~ermitadiustment under anv load. Thev

roll freely on low profile traveler track toallow crew to adjust for optimal sail shape.

jibing come in Small Boat and Mid-Range sizes. Mid-Range and Big Boat cars accept two p o p ~ l a togg r e studs an0 rlarien be1 eno f nlnps. Cars are a so aval.aole from the Harken custom Division. Cars with rings for end-for-end

Reclrculatfng ball bearings

W

782 783 784

Pan No. 7.30 7m 782 783

DlurlpUon Small Boat rlna car Mid-Rangering car Big Boat bell car Big Boat toggle car 784 Blg Boat toggle car 1578 Mid.Range bell car 1579 Mid-Rangetogglecar 1581 Mid-range togglecar

1580 Mm spln 8111 inn

1T

900 1350 2000 2000 2000 1500 1500 1500

Special features see Pages 94-95. Pin

'm

Llnm In mm

ol

85 125 l86 186 186 140 140 140

4% 5% 71' 4 71' 4 7% l 5 l

13 23 35 36 35 21 23 21

111 133 184 184 184 133 133 133

B

Welghl I 369 652 992 1020 992 595 M2 595

In

mm

-

-

'h

12 16 12.7 12 16 12.7

% '%z

h l

-

no. 01 SWL balk lb kg €4 1125 510 W 2100 953 72 4050 1837 72 4050 1837 72 4050 1837 W 23W 1043 60 23W 1043 60 2303 1043

-no lnCk Small Mid-Range Big Boat Big Boat Big Boat Mid-Range Mid-Range Mid-Range

Poll end linlng Piston Plston 8120. B130 bell end Sparcrafi toggle Forespar topale 8120. B130 bell end Sparcraft toggle Forespar toggle

87


Eyestraps Eyestraps are useful accessories. They form light dAy moJnr ng bases for blocks serve as lash down po nts and can oe Jseo for fa rleads. Forged eyestmps are extremely strong and their smooth shape won? chafe line.

m Q@.

I

W u*lY U

&

h

rhr

16hbN@flH 074 a i s wm l=s ? 8 K W I 2CI 16 45NORH M 18 45 *RH B 23 Y'" 410 .5 144lORH 09 25 #RH 1658 1 28 1'", U28 35 1 0 n O R H nao 21 B n-

yuLlil A

n 5 6 6

5 4 6

5 4 6 5 6

1600 7211 1814 35331381 1sOO 726 10W 454 3WO 1381 1Boa 726 1000 454 anxl 2722 3970 l E 4 ptao 3 0

m

h 1%

w4

2 1% 1'1" 2%

m

43 83 51 48 36 71

2K

W

l'h 21' , 2'1~ ~w~

38 57 53 59

B C D l a m m t n 'h 12 1V4 32 h v+ 10 1% SE K k 19 1% 38 R Yt 10 1% 38 h VI 7 12 l'/u 27 '14 'Yn 23 2R 52 h l9 k 2 51 'Y 7 10 1Va 27 X Ya 18 1Y4 45 V9 'In 145 l 43 v. 19 is 47 v,

m 11 16 l6 14 11 22

19 l1 16 13 1s

E h m Yn 5 K 16 YI 16 V, 6 R 10 '/1 l9 Y 16 'Yt 10 11 R 10 v, 12

F

b '1s

rr is

l 'Is

k Ve l 1%

K K

P

~ 11 14 14 11 11 19 12 11 29 10 12

b

H

l

- m - - - -

~

8,

l

l

- - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - -

- -

K

16

- - - - - - -

Padeyes Padeyes are great for mounting blocks and are also used as attachment polnts for staya~k,reefing block and hundreds of other items. Harken o f f e a~m g e of sta~nlesssteel paoeyes. The diamond-shaped padeyes. MKI and 689 are 316 a n l e s s and are often used at mast bases where the d.amona snape allows them to be mounted very clwtogether. llw, 627,629 and 648 padeyes are 17-4 PH stainless. For maximum strength ahwys align padeye bails to the load. Load AWLS +

A

3 Safe Working Laad

Flb b IMm

-

1566986 1566365 423

280 418

-

-


Stainless Steel Forged The beautiful stainless steel shackles we have recently been using on Harken blocks are now availaole separate y We nave ncreaseo the range in ootn conhg~rarons and sizes Harken shackles are electric forged out of 316 and 17-4 Prl sta nless steel anapol shed to a h ah l~ster.The rlarken name an0 shac( e s ze inmillimeters are stamped on the sides.

rken shackles are Shackles are eiectr

316 stainless steel

This number denotes the diameter of the screw pin in millime

The breaking strengths shown are derived from tests that supported 80% of the length of the screw pin that is unsupported, which is similar to the area of a post in a block. Safe working loads are no more than half the minimum breaking strength.

resistance shackles are ed "HR" and are forged 17-4 PH stainless steel

420 Vanguard Satbmts - Onne v80 dei Wal Photo

Forged "D" Shackle pin Parl NO 2102 21011 2115 2122 2126

B

Description

in

5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10mm 12mm

%r

mm 5

%

6

Ytr

8 10 12

?*In l

Wsl~hl oz .48 88 2.W 4.22 6.70

g 13.5 25 59 120 1%

Breaking

In

A

'%a

Y< 1 1% 1'1~

mm

In

17 19 25 32 38

%

B

"/,a lY14

'71s

mm

in

10 14 17 20 24

-

C

mm

-

in

D

mm -

-

-

-

Ib 1190 1650 3040 4870 7120

kg 540 750

Ib

kg

2380 3300

1080 l500

1380 2210 3230

6080 9740 14240

2760 4420 6460

High Resistance lHRl "D"

Shackle pin

art

A

Waloht

A

E

C

D

slrenwth

SWL

SW1

Breaking sirenuth


Forfled Shackles

hrc No.

nw

Daarlptlq

smm 2111 6mrn 211a 8mm

.

W CI b 21. V4

%I

m

m

MM

A

I

m ~ h m i r n S m z 2 1 ~ , 3 8 H 6 l s l 3 8 l k 4 4 5 8 301 855 2% Sl %

n

t 13 18

C

l

o

n

-

-

m

-

-

-

m

-

-

-

-

D ~

~

-

m

m

.LI I

1190

W

16s

760 1SW

90UI

h )

saoo WO

~m Is00 emcl


Stand UD Bases

Accepts a variety of blocks

Blocks W!//not hft deck

Stand up bases allow a wide variety of block to be held upright, swivel freely and pivot for fair leads under load.

Ball and Socket Swivel Bases

Sw~velsand prvots freely

The ball and socket design allows blocks to swivel freely and pivot to a 45" angle. Bases may be fitted with springs but block won't hit the deck without them. Select blocks carefully as the maximum working load of either base is often less than corresponding block.

Lowprofrle desrgn

Stanchion Mwnl Base

Mrd-Range block stand up base

The 061 stanchion mount base attaches blocks to or 1" (22 or 25 mm) stanchions or pulpits and is often used to lead furling lines to the cockpit. Allows block to swivel and pivot for fair leads. MM-Ran@ Stand Up Use the 1573 stand up base with Mid-Range block. The low profile design is ideal as a mast base halyard lead block. Combine the 1573 with single Mid-Range ratchet or Fiddle block. Doubles and triples will fit the 1573, but their safe working loads are higher than the base.

1 1

USE tor.

Ball & Socket Bases Dinghy mainsheets S h n ~ h i ~Mount n Base Lead furling lines aft Light air spinnaker sheets Flag halyards Mid-Range Wand Up Mast base halyard lead blocks

.-..

psr~ WO. 010

Dmrl~llon BalVsocket* W I Large balVsocket'

HBI~M

In

W~IOM s 0 3 85 4 113 2 57 7 198

mm 1% 44 2 51 061 Stanchion mount 1% 32 1678 Mid-Rangestand up" 1Ws 49 V 1 0 (5 mm) FH fasteners "*%" (6 mm) RH fasteners

e

in 2Ya 2%

aOii~-0 Pin slm woiimiload

mm 54

in mm in mm Ib YI 10 Ytr 5 4W

54

%a

-

-

21'8

73

K 71s

12 10 15

% Y)r hr

6 5 8

400 350 l800

Lp 181 181 159 816

almnmh Ib ko 13W 590 1300 590

Use wllh

-

-

2.25'A'mIe Fiddle/ratchets Fidd1eB.W crulserlratchets BulleVBlg Bulletn.25Yratchets

5000

2267

Mid-Range blocks

91


Accessories are useful items that complement the product line. Some pieces are designed to make standard blocks more versatile and others are small pieces that fill a special need.

Hand Hold The 062 hand hold is popular on boats like Solings and scows to help hiking crew re-enter the boat. It can also be used as a handle for engine covers, etc. It has drain holes.

Bullseye Faltlcad Use the 237 where there is little deflection in the Ine such as wnen routing a spinna~er pole foreg~yatt along the cabin ~ O J S ~ .

Sall Chaio Rotsctoa Use these handy devices to ease genoas over lifelines or past shrouds and to help large roach mainsails clear backstays.

Pnhedlr Use with racing foils or with furling systems.

Haqlng Tab Suspend blocks from lifelines with shock cord. Tabs can be added to older Harken Big Boat and stainless steel blocks up to 4%" (114 mm).

snap Shackles Snap shacldes fit a wide variety of Small Boat and Mid-Range blocks and make them removable. Many use a snap shackle on the lower vang block so that it can be moved from the mast base to the toerail to use it as a preventer.

I

mus

Springs are used to suppon b ocks on paaeyes. eyestraps bases and traveler cars. KWDSblocks fmm K i n g the deck

mow cclrw ~ a o k

The 433 Dinghy Clew Hook is designed for Lasers and other loose-footed dinghies. It installs permanently on the boom andallows you to instantly attach your sail in high wind and waves.

D l n m vane 8rvlrs1 The 439 ~inghyVang Swivel is perfect for small dinohies like Lasers. It swivels freelv under racino loads and allows you to adjust the iang while hi6 ing outboard.

r i z

Y"c Pad D H#. OeW$4on B 662 Hand h&' H4 146 3'12 89 - Pall 077

A

DMa6apler

918 U-adapts pJ7 Bullsaystalkd" 286 C911 811

92

Sall chafn pmtecmr Mt Omghy &W hook

Prefe6der 1698 Mid-range U.adamr 'X10 (5 mm) FH fasteners "#l0

B

I

32

'Vls '118

'h

12

18

38 ‘ ! ' l

2%

70

-

17 11 32

-

vs

hs

--

5 5

-

- - - - - V2

12

(5 mm) RH fasteners

7/1

22

6

8

057 111 112 489

624 1603

"lph:

m

A

V;" (10mm)

sbada

B

m h mm k mm Sand up sprlno 2 51 '11 22 - Small stand up spring 1 2 5 b 1 9 - - Snapshaelds 3 85 211s 65 8 5 Laws snap shackle 45 128 3 % 88 - v4 6 Dlqhyvang s w m 2 57 2% 67 %B 5 t!anglno tab lk44 1 2 5 - - n 8 MM-Range stand up spnng 2% 64 1% 35 - l,

-

-

*m Ib

loo0 1500 450 IBOO

$

4.54 680 2W

816

- -


T

Travelers


m

Traveler Features

Horizontal bearing races allow a very low profib car design

Harken introduced recircuiatina ball bearina tmvelers. They are designed to move freely u i e r even hiah non-vertical loads. Thev offer a multitude ofinique features that rnakithem the lowest. freest runnina and most versatile travelers in theworld. Fwe ranges of Harken travelers are available h fit any boat fmrn the smallest dinghy or beach cat to the largest rnega yacht.

Trim caps dress track ends and prevent sharp edges

Risers allow easy retrofit of cabin top travelers

Recirculating TorlDn balls ride directly on track so cars won't bind under non-vertical or rwisting load

Control block assembiies mount on track for easy installation

!

b available with stand up toggles that accept a wide variely of blocks

Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easily under ail loads Pivoting cam arms permit traveler adjustment from a variety of positions in the cockpit

AirTrack is extremely lightweighttrack that is useful for mainsheet travelers, genoa tracks or spinnaker pole cars on racing boats.

Rack sp~icsLlak

Track Splim links join two pieces of track temporarily to keep them in alignment before th are permanently fastene?

I

~ i cam m

Trim caps finish back ends when ConuoI assamblies are lined.

Every car. end stop and wntml assembly features ener absorbing bumper? to cv-"-E"Stops

'?e high

S~O$IYIO~~Sof accidental ilbes.

Pin 8100 Rack

I


Cars with Two Stand Ups

Cars with two shackles or stand up toggles are ldeal for 2:t rnainsheets.

Rack MOI

m

~cks

Ball bearin CUI,~UU,YIYLK, av.,,a~,e to fit Small, d d - ~ a n g eand Big Boat track.

Track available in low profile or high beam configurations Track risers articulate so that either straight or curved track can be fined to any cabin house

Car Mounted Conlrol Blocks

Single. double or triple controi blocks are available for Mid-Range and Big Boat cars,

Adjustable Stops

Adjustable stops are available for many tracks for use where control lines are not desired.

L swivel Ears and LL..

.

Stand Up Toaale

Stand up toggles hold blocks upright so they will not hit cars or deck when the sheet is slack.

HI-~erlormanceLead cars

Tdrack lead cars feature ball and roller bearing sheaves and carriers that pivot and swivel. They can be adjusted with a towing line or pin stops.

I

-!,.V...,=.

wlntiwarti Sheetlna naveler cars

Windward sheeting cars allow sailors to pull the car above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. The car stays in position during atack and can then be pulled above Centerline in the other direction.

m

ik~e

Swivel ears allow a choice of control blocks and the low pivoting shackle allows load to be applied at severe angles without btnding.

cars wnh cam cleats

Small Boat and Mid-Range tiavelers are offered with cam cleats on the car for simple multiple purchase systems.

Ravsler

. .-... . Couplers are available to join some cars, increasing load carrying ability while maintaining the ability to roll on tight radii.


naveler Use Chart This chart shows travelers for three categories of boats: dinghies and small daysailers: srnail offshore boats and heavier keel daysailers, and large offshore boats. Traveler specifications are based on mainsail area and the position of the sheet on Me boom.

D1nghlea)Llght Daysallers

... '..

'

.

I

''

'

.

.

'

Manohulls

Multllulh

Maximum malnnll area

M~almummalnwll an1

Small Onshore BoatsMeavy Daysallers Mnnohulk

Traveler Cars

R

18,159.172,210.211

150

214,215. M

l90

1508,1575,15Y

260

1509,1576,15%, 1604

300

UP 14 17 5 24 26

M~MhnlIs

R

mP

fl2

125

11 5

135

End.loom Phmutln~ "2

mP

R 110

mf 10 11 5

150

14

1W

15

125

21 5

20 22

21 5

20

1W

15

240

22

190

17 5

240

Mulmum m l w l l arm

Maximum malnwll a m ,l*. f m

m= 125

Mld-boom shmdn# ."z

"2

End-boom SIIOOIIU#

Mld-boom shwHw

"2

"2

."2

I*


-

- -.-.. .-....-. . -

YsrUul Bend, Ends Dom This is the most common bend. it is usually used tor main sheet traveiels mounted ovsr the cabin house. The curve matches the cmwn of the cabin house for aesthetic reasons and allows the track to clear the companionway hatch while mlnimizing the heiQhtof the track risers.

..... .

Honronh,l#md- In a nor zonw oend lne lracr sla,r flat and tne enos cLne l0 lne oow 01 slem of 1he boa1 nor.zonl oends al,o* me trare el to tol.0~the rao JS of tne Doom as I %.VIMS across the..boat use0 for ooom anas an0 accaslona~~. tor swu. .. o n ale some1 mes ~~-~~ sails, especially those wim bourns. ~~~

~

~

~~

~

Vsrllc#I#urdr. Ends U# /at let)- Some racing boats use a vertical bend with the ends up ~- to relieve leechtension~g'which'occurs when ths traveler car is moved on of the wnterline. a pnsnomenon un cn S &aceroateo when part of tne malnsneet wckle S paced on of lne traveler car Tnese benas are a~sofrequenlly use0 for slafsa ISTne track S DBnl10 a #a0r s e q d to tne .P 01 mesa I p LS tne a stance tram me c ew to me track The tracr. r tnen ma,nted on r sers an0 an0 eo fomard to face tne c ew of !he sa ~~

~

h p o # o d Bend- Compo~nooenas ere a como.nallon of a ben ca and a noruonwl oeno A common ?*amp e ro.10 oe wnen a track s ct.r*eo in lne nor zonwl plane to to1 ow the ,a0 LS 01 me Doom and s moLmea l0 a dec* e n m has a r tpht vertlca cram

Curved Track Traveler track is often bent to follow the curve of the cabin house or the radius of the boom. Occasionally, tracks are bent vertically with the ends up to relieve tensioning of the leech as the traveler car is moved off of the centedine of the boat. Very shallow curves in low profile tracks can often be bent during installation, but if necessary Harken will bend traveler track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound bends can be made. Bends cannot be extended completely to the track's end, but typically leave 2" to 5" (50 to 125 mm) unbent at each end depending on the type af track Harken traveler cars must be matched to the radius of your track The load carrying ability of a car is diminished in relation to the severity of the bend. Consuk the charts on the traveler track pages for the minimum radius a car will ride on. When your loads demand a long car and track needs to be bent in a tight radius, you may need to use two short cars joined by a coupler. Standard Harken mini-maxi and maxi traveler cars cannot ride on veltical bends with a radius under 50' (15.25 m).

\

Radlus

Chom Length

Oldsting Mannatlon To order curved traveler track, please specify the following information: 1. Part number of track 2. Length of track or length of chord 3. Direction of bend: Horizontal Vertical, ends down Vertical, ends up Compound horizontal and vertical up Compound horizontal and vertical down 4. Chord depth or radius of bend ~ammuncite Ule nformation caret~ly m Harken or your HarKen aea er ro nsdre lhat yoJr track is ben1 correctly To determine the price of a bend, see chart for part numbers.

Slmpla bend pall no. 274

Mnlor bend pall M. 275

1 s r t . r ~1515, . rmo

1527

1511 616,110, 769,181P,lM7 560,17Ol.170(. 1848

1530 789 792

1528 1531

?m&+ 14,1U,154,155

m,

Compound bend: ma/ur pall no. Pall no. 276 286

ala~~la

1529

1581

790 793

1532 791 794

1582 576 577

705

7%

795


naveler Cars Harken Small Boat Traveler cars move freely, even under high non-vertical loads. Low load dinghy cars use Delrin ball bearings, while hi-load cars for large dinghies, keelboats and offshore boab to 27' (8 m) use Torlon balls to increase worldng load. The 1250 series cars feature a longer body and Tooon balls for maximum load carrying ability. Use lravelers wlM fctea sneaves and eyestraps when the mainsneet load is witnin 10" d ven~cal.Cars with pivoting shackles accept loads up to 40" from vertical.

USE for: Traveler controls


Small Boat llack & Accessories Small Boat trackcomes in low profile or high oeam conlq~ratons Jse lo;r pro11e iracn i n e n Ican be s m o n e d a1 eacn lastener noe ,se high beam track when spanning a cockpit or other unsupported area. The first fastener hole on 1541155 track is located 2 (51 mm) from the end; 50 mm (1'51,s") on the 1421143.

included

End Stops and Mm Caps Use 173 and 174 end stops for small dinghies and low load situations. The 446 line shedding track end stop is low profile and snag free. The 263 and 264 heavy duty end stops absorb the shock loads of unintentional jibes and are used on larger dinghies and small keelboats. Use 261 and 262 trim caps to finish track ends when using control block assemblies. Sold in pairs.

Cunred Rack Harken will bend track to your specifications at a modest additional charge.

Track Bending I naveler Car in 156 - 159. 209 - 212. 42 171. 1 7 2 . 2 ~ 1 5 8 ~ 1 1 7 5 214. 215. 247 80

a

d

1.07 2.03

T Hi Beam Track Soannino Chad

1"

V


Small Boat naveler Controls

Bail bearing sheaves

PivotinQ cam arm

Harlcen Small Boat traveler controls allow installation of 2:l to 4:1 purchases. Assemblies secure to the traveler track and cams mount on pivoting arms to permit control lines to engage and release from a variety of positions. Use the 255 single sheave control with the 211 or 212 windward sheeting traveler car for a 3:l purchase. The 255 builds a 2:1 purchase for the 249 genoa lead car on boats to 25' (7.6 m). The 258 builds a 3:l tackle for the 249 genoa lead car on boats to 28' (8.5 m).

tI-

h 5

F ~ S ~ B ~included BTS

I 365 Cam-Matic cam cleat

Shock absorbing bumper

Use for: 2:i to 4:1 purchases

Part No.

lhnc wnPol w m l l l l o t a &I1 tm Un&r 1 4 0 B Undw 13 m2 140-17Sft2 13-16m2

lihrn

m

Derflptlon 11 mm Slnole sheave 1% 29 rsl Single s h W c a m (poii) 1% 29 257 Single sheavelwm (md) 1% 29 258 Double sham 1'1~ 29 259 Double shawcam (port) 1'18 29 2 U Double shaWcam (stbd) 1% 29 r"(6 mm) RH fasteners. Fits d l Small Boat track

100

mm

in 41'4 4% 41' 4 4% 4% 4%

mm 108 108 108 108 108 108

h'lrn mm 1% 40 R 40 151 40 1% 40 1Yx1 40 1Y18 40

in

7

%I Rr

il'h 11'12

8 13 13

21 3:l

Mar 1110 B

mwLo 198 326 326 227 367 367

R~mn

%I

RI RI RI

mm 8 8 8 8 8 8

h 1% 2 2 2'12 21'8 2

nm 44 51 S1 W 73 73

lb 3W 300 300 MW)

6W 600

Lp l36 136 136 272 272

272

lb 600 B00

BW 12W 1200 1200

Pvrtll" 272 272 272 544 544 544

21 21 21 3:1/4:1 3:114:1 3:114:1


Mid-Ranue ltaveler Ears ct Control Blocks Use Mid-Range recircubting ball bearing traveler cars on offshore boats from 27 to 34' (8 to 10 m). The 1561 stand-up toggle fits all Mid-Range cars and holds blocks in an upright position. The 1557 coupler joins two 1508 cars to provide a high load assembly which rolls on radii as tight as 96" (2.44 m). The 1614 flat pbte coupler joins two 1508 or 1509 cars when a block is secured to each car. You can use these couplers in conjunction with Mid-Range control block. The 1536 traveler system is offered as a kit and builds 4:l systems for offshore boats to 34' (10 m). Maximum mainsail area for end-boom sheeting is 275 ft2 (25 m2). 225 ftz (21 mz) for mid-boom sheeting. Track and control lines sold separately.

' Recirculating ball bearings

use for: Mainsheet systems

Speclal features see pages 94-95 Suggested uses see page 96 Suggested traveler systems see page 202-203.

Cars Part No. 1508 1509 1557 1 W 1586 16M 1614 Coupler

Max load No. Lsnglh Wldlh Welght capaclty of D.rcrlpllon In mm In mm 02 p lb kn balls Car 4'14 108 2 70 10 284 1800 816 48 Long car 5% 133 2% 70 12 350 2300 1043 80 Car coupler 5'1s 130 2% 70 7% 194 2000 907 Carlcams g'/** 232 4% 111 26 737 1800 816 48 Long car/cams 9Va' 232 4% 111 28 794 2300 1043 60 2 toggle car 7% 184 4 70 23 652 3000 1361 86 Flat plate coupler 4'h 114 I 36 2% 71 2760 1250 load 30% of mainsheet load. ' Length is measured t o outer edge of cam plateassemblies.

-

Ball E in mm Yts 8 h8 8

-

-

%r

%, hr

8 8 8

-

-

Brnating strenglh lb kg 5000 2268 5000 2268 4000 1816 Joins two 1508 cars 5000 2268 5000 2268 6000 2722 WOO 2722

AECB~OI~~S

WeipM Hslght above pan Lenglh 80th tnck NO. D ~ c r l ~ I I o n In mm 01 9 in mm 1512 Control tang kit 251a 67 % 14 28 1513 Single control blocks (pair) Z5/8 67 2% 71 1% 32 1514 Single control blocksmecket (pair) Z5It 67 3 85 1Ya 44 1515 Double control blocks (pair) 2% 67 4 113 1'18 48 1526 25 Torlon bails- h i (8 mm) Fit Mid-Range cars 1536 Traveler kit Purchase track and control lines separately 1561 Stand up toggle' 2Y1s 59 3% 99 Fits all Mid-Range track. 'Accepts 3.00" Small Boat single. Fiddle, Mid-Range blocks and 57 m m AirBlocks.

-

SWL Ib l000 300 300 600

kp 454 136 136 272

2500

1134

Breaking drenglh Ib kp 2000 907 2000 907 2000 907 2000 907

Purchasa 1:l 2:l 3:l 4:l


Mid-Range lkack & Accessories

1524

Mid-Range traveler track comes in either low profile or high beam configurations. Use low profile track where it's suppotted for its entire length. 1596 track has %" (10 mm) holes spaced on 1%" (34 mm) centers to accept 1597 adjustable pin stops. 1511 and 1610 tracks mount with bolts riding in a channel in the bonom of the track for a clean look and for easy installation. Use the 1511 to bridge cockpits and companionways and 1610 for mainsheet travelers or genoa tracks which are supported for their entire lenoth. End ~ t o ~ s r mcaps ln Polyurethane end stops absorb shock loads when control assemblies are not used. Trim caps finish track end when control assemblies are used. Sold in pairs.

tastenen not

Hi Beam Slide Bolt Track

Traveler Minimum radlus

Spllce Unks

1508 1509

Splice links join track and keep it aligned during installation.

8 9

2.44 2.73

mclt Rlsers

Track risers come in pairs. They facilitate installation of midboom travelers which need to clear companionway hatches. Risers articulate for use with either straight or curved track and fit most cabin houses.

SPAN (InchesiMelers)

Ameltera lfack Psri No. 1510.3 1510.4 1510.5 1511.6 1510.7 1510.1 1510.10 1510.12

mmm

usroriptlon Low h a m Low tmam Law beam Low beam Low beam Low beam Low beam Low bmm

1535-9Wmm Low beam 1535-1.2m Low beam 15551.5m Low beam 15351.8m Low beam 1555e.lm Law beam 15352.4m Law beam 1 W m Low beam 15359.6m Low beam 15554in Low beam 1586-1.2m LowbeamRnsmphale 1596-1.51~ Low b w v R n smp holes 15%-1.1~1 Low beanvPinstophole 15116.3111 LowbeaWinstopholes 1596-3.6m Lowbeamminstopholes 1596-m Lowbeamminsmpholes

aF"'m 'YY2 3 4 5

6 7 8 10 12 2-115 3-11'L 4-11 5.10% 6-lffh 7-105 l

11-914 19-8'1. 3-11'1. 4-11 5-10"L 410'h. 11-PI. 194'1.

WeloM

oz

,914 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 3.05 3.66

4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4'

101.6' 101.6' 101.6' 101.6' 101.6' 101.6' 101.8' 101.6'

.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 3 3.6 6 1.2 1.5 1.8 3 3.6

3'Ihc 3% 3% 3"h 3'31 3% 3'Vr 3'Vr 3'%. 3"ha 3% 3"Ae 3% 3'5. 3%

1W" 20.7 100" 27.6 100" 34.0 loo'+ 41.3 100" 48.2 100" 55.1 100" 68.9 100" 82.7 100"' 137.8 100" 25.6 100" 32.0 100" 38.4 loo*' 64.0 1 W " 76.8 lW"128.0

6

21 28 35 42 49 56 70 84

595 794 992 1191 1389 1588 1985 2382

Faalners in mm % 6 FH % 6 FH 1'4 6 FH 1'4 6 FH '14 6 FH % 6 FH h 6 FH V* 6 FH

586 1', 781 'Ir 977 'Ir 1172 1', 1367 1'4 1562 % 1953 '14 2344 1'4 3906 'lr 726 1'4 908 1'4 l089 1'4 1815 1' 1 2178 1' , 3630 1'4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

FH FH FH FH FH FH

1815 2268 2722 3175 624 936 1246 1872

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

End #opt nlm cap 1W524 152211524 1522n524 152211524 152211524 152211524 152211524 152211524

Spllcs l l n u Tna dier 1W153811W/1Wk 1Wk 1536 159& l=/-

153% ISSO/153W153W-

FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH

152211524 152211524 152211524 1522il524 152211524 152211524 152Pn524 1522n524 1522n524 1522n524 152211524 152211524 152211524 152211524 152211524

HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH

1523n525 1523n525 1523n525 1523n525 1522il524 1522il524 152211524 1522n524

-11849 -11849 4849 4849 -11849 -11849 -11849 8-l/49

M

1510 1535

1

W

153W 1W15W1W1W1538,15381-1538/1531k 1531/-

Bolt s d e s

1511

1 1538

vsrlable Hole Maclng lhck 1511.4 1511.5 1511.6 1511.7 16101.2m 16101.1m 1610-2.4m 15105.6m

102

'1st hole 2

Hi-beam Hi-beam Hi-beam Hi-beam Low beam Low beam Low beam Low beam "1st

hole 50 m m

4 5 6 7 3-11'h 5-1Vh 7.1% 11-9%

1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 1.2

1.8 2.4 3.6

Slide ball Slide bok SlideboR Slide bolt Slide boR Slide bait Slide bait Slide bolt

64 80 96 112 22 33 44 66

1' ' h % V4 V4 V4

V, %

1596

1 1610


Mid-Range Traveler Controls

Fits low proffle or hi-beam track Ball bearing sheaves

Mid-Range traveler controls allow installation of p~rchaseifrom 2:1 to 4:l Assembles secure to tne trave er track so tnere is no need to make additional holes in the boat. Ball Dear ng sheaves (nsLre can ad.ust -noer loao and release instanr v n a aLsr Cams rnoJnr on pivoting arms so cdntro~ines can engage or release from a variety of positions in the cockpit. Use the 1597 pin stop on 1596 track to provide a positive adjustable stop for genoa leads, traveler cars, self-tacldng jibs and staysails.

c

included

Shock absorbing bumper

Control blocks won't hit sheaves

Use far: Traveler systems Genoa leads Self-tacking jibdstaysails

Tnwlar C o m l Purehaso Rsrommsndalions Sal1 a n a End-boom shwll8d Mld.boom ahaltlno -~ nz m: F mi Under 125 Under 12 Under 140 Under 13 125-200 12-19 140-235 13-22 7 1 5 - 776 77 S 7 M - 7SO 19- 7 3 ~~

.. .

No. Oascrlption 1518 Single sheave? 1519 Double sheavet* 1520 Doublesheave/cam(polt)+* 1521 Double sheavdcam (stbd)$* 1587 Mid-Range pin stop.'

-~

In

mm I 38 111~ 38 1'12 38 l'/! 38 1'12 38

$ Fasteners Included Fits Mid-Range track

in

-~mm

4% 114 4'12 114 4% 114 4h 114 4h 114

In mm 1% 44 1% 44 1% 44 1% 44 1 44

oz 9 10% 16'1~ 16% 5

g

in

255 298 468 468 142

Ye YS

Va )h Y8

'ha" (8mm) RH fasteners "Requires l596 track

mm 10 10 10 10 10

~

In 1'1s 2'18 2% 2%. 11' 8

mm 38

lb

300

54 600 60 WO 60 6W 35. -

$ 136 272 272 272

-

Ib 1500 1500 1500 1500

-

kg

680 680 680 680 -

P Y ~ C ~ S ~

2:l 3:l 4.1

Purehare 1:lQ:i 3:1/4:1 3:1/4:1 3:114:1


Stand up toggle

Traveler Cars Recirculating Torlon hall bearings allow Harken Big Boat traveler cars to roll freely under high, non-verlical loads. Cars feature pivoting shacldes and accept loads up to 40" from veltical without binding. However, load carrying ability decreases proportionally to the angle of loading. The 1928 and 1929 cars feature a stand uo toaale which holds a variety of blocks in an uprigM position. The l& toggle kit can be added to 515 or 558 cars. Bio Boat cars will ride on curved Tracks, but oaa carlying abll ty iecreases proporbonally to the t~ghtnessof the n d us See page 109 for m nlmum radii Cars accept a variety of control blocks and allow a selection of controls from 1.1 to 6.1. See pages 105and 106 for couplers and controls.

Recirculating ball bearings

Rugged Hardkote anodized body

FChoice of control blocks

outhauls Genoas

I

W E N "

Speckll features see pages 94-95. Suggested uses seepage 96 Suggested traveler systems see pages 202-2W. Pad

No. DascrlpUon 515 3000 Series 547 Torlon -.. balls 558 4500 Series 18% Stand up toggle 1928 3000 Serievstand up 1929 45W Serieslstand up 1939 SOW Serlesl2 Ioggles 1941 SOW Serles!3 toggles Fit all Big Boat track ~

104

~

Lnngth In mm 5'16 133

In

Wldlh

351

mm 84

HnlpM In mm 1% 43

or 24

680

No. of balls 50

35

992

27 38 40 48

765 1080 1130 13W

Wmipht g

R~O h* .RI...2.11. ... ...parr-.

7'14

164

3Y16 84 1% 43 Accepts Mid-Range blocks and 75 mm Black Magi@ AirBlocks. 5% 133 3% 84 1% 43 7% 184 3% 84 1V4 43 8%: 216 3% 84 1% 43 10% 267 3% 84 1% 43

Fma

rolling load

Br~klng rtrsngth

lb

k#

3000

1361

lb 7W0

$ 3175

72

4500

2041

90W

4081

50 72 90 110

3000 4500 SOW 60W

1361 2041 2268 2722

7WO $000 l0000 10000

3175 4081 4536 4536

96 L"


Bis Boat Car couplers

A

Couplers join two cars to form high load assemblies and are especidly useful on culved track. The 580 and 752 are high load couplers and are useful for single point attachments though muliple sheet blocks may be used. They are typically used to join 515 and 1928 cars only. When Using the 580 or 1812 couplers use appropriate control blocks like the 1515 or 1799.Use single, double or triple 57 mm Black Magic AirBlocks with Me

+ -..

n \

/L=-:

-

2

$.

p$ .;:L -.,: L

1 ,*

--

A

580

Cars not iocluded

752.

P

%

584

-. . -. -

-

P

, A i * ~ , U - L

.

.-

.

-

h

Brslklnfl Wllyll

SW1

h

mm

a

g

l

k

lU

k4

1W4

273

28

794

gOW

4082

18000

8165

1770 Flat plate coupler

Custom couplerlcar assemblies available for 55811929 cars upon request

naveler Kits,

llack Risers & Dodger Blocks melsr K&

The 561 traveler kit is a 4:lsystem suitable for onshore boats to 43' (13m). Maximum mainsail area is 400 ft2 (37 m2)for end-boom sheefing and 300 ftz (28m2) for mid-boom sheeting.

Rack Risers 1849 track risers permit easy installation of midboom travelers which need to clear companionway hatches. Risen articulate for use with either ~ straight or C U N ~track.

Dodaer Blocks ~odgerolock roJre traveler control lhnes to the from orldge mOJnted have ers so they can pass ~nderthe dodger to cam cleats mo~nted within easv reach of me crew. Botn MSare so a as a pair; (he 1892 kit includes fasteners and spacers.

sec(

Welflhl

PIIi NO. SS1 1040 11192 11115

D~CllpllO~ Big Boat trawler kin Track riser (pair) 4:l Dodger block conversion kit (pail) 6:l Dodger block conversion kk (pall)

Flb 516, M,758,759 or 1847 Track. Track and control lines sold separately

Ib

-

kfl

560 563. 564. 585, 566 Traveler control blacks 1893, 1982, 1963 Traveler control blocks

8.2 10.5 02

3.72 298 ,227

802

105


Big Boat naveler Car Control Blocks

Mrd-Range cars

Car mounted traveler control blocks feature free rolling ball or roller bearing sheaves and are designed so they won? hit your track or end controls. Use the 659 or 1512 as a dead end for 1:l controls. Use the 659 wnen control 0 ocks swivel to meet bnlair leads. or for c ~ w e dtract. Tne 1513 is loea for 2:l controls on smaller boats.The ligM duly 1514 and 1515 build 3:l and 4:l tacldes respectively and feature ball bearing sheaves. Use wiih 515 cars (see Control Block Selection Guide). Use hi-load 1797, 1798 and 1799 control blocks with roller bearing sheaves with 515 or 558 cars for larger boats. Low profile 1845 and 1935 prevent damage from mainsheet blocks. With a 1512 deadend control tang, the 1845 builds a 5:l ourchase. The 1845 and1935 are 5" (127 mm) W ae. There may oe c earance oroblems wnen backs run in trodahs or deck recesses.

Does not hit track or end stops

bBcnmhlPRom

Spea;tI teatures see wges 94-95. Suggusfsd usss sus page

CemN prsk.la 1:i 2:i 3:i 411 5:l 6:1

lhfor: Mainsheettmveler cars Genoa lead cars

. ..

,

-r... . . . .,

5lM(U 659 or 1512. 1513' or 1787 1514 1515 or1845 1845md 1512 1935

Pm No. 1512 1514 151s 1787 1708 1789 1845 lOJ5

106

r*lptr Daalpaan Swivel bracXeis (pair) Canfml tanw (pair) SiqWx&ei (pair) DOUM (pair) Hi.load sinpk (pair) Hi-load singl&ckst (palr) Hi-load doubk (pair) Law pmfik double (pair) Low prafik alple (pair)

In 1%. 1% 2%

m

m m

3 3 3 26/18 2%

76 76 76 59 70

01

2 1 3 8'11 8'h 1D'h 14 5% 9

-

ZI(blW

1797 1798 17980r1845 1845ad 1512 1935

1797 1790 1789or1845 1845and 1512 1935

2x1850 2 X 1851 2x1852

-

-

-

-275 R (25.5 W)),mid-boom -240 RI (22.3 W)

W#IIbl

mm 35 30

21MStltl8#

659

1S&l#4l

6111(m 659 1797 1790 1799or 1 W 1845Md 1512 1935

'Max mainsail area: end-boom

M.Sw6sted travakrr sysfsms see pagm ZM.M1.

I 57 28 85 241 241 298 397 161 252

L l g M &ova bl* In m 2% 70 Y8

20

lY4

44

1% 1% 2% 2% 1% 1%

48 40

60 W 45 45

lnaklno SW1 Ib 1WO 1000 3W 600 750 1125 15(XI 1WO 1500

hl

Ib

h

454

2WO 2WO

807 807

2WO 2031 2500 25W 2500 2500 25W

W

454 138

m M O 510 680 453 680

907 1134 1154 1134 1134 1134


Big Boat

naveler Controls

Sal1 bearing sheaves

Double sheave h ,on,/

Big Boat traveler controls allow installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track so no additional holes are required.

Ball bearing sheaves insure cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so control lines can be engaged or released from a varieiy ty positions on the boat.

use for: Traveler systems Genoa leads Self-tacking jibs & staysails

Blue~dhlr420, Bwafer YacmS, W,

m Bmwnett POolo

Special featurns see pages 94-95. Suggesfsm,uses see page 96 Suggested traveler systems see page 20202203. Thwlnr conlml p ~ r t h l ncmmondatlms ~e Sall ana End-boom IhlMlnp M l b w m shostlnu Purchar, '.v

Slum Pan NO. ~ ~ ~ ~ p l l ~ n W huble sheave W Double sheaWcam (port) 665 Doubk sheavelcam (stbd) 568 Single sheave 519 Miustable screw stop 703 Miustable pin stop 704 Adjustable pin stoplrhackle Fit all Big Boat track

B In 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%

LngM mm In mm 44 5% 140 44 51'2 140 44 5'1t 140 44 51' 9 140 44 3 76 44 3 76 44 4% 121

Wldtll Weipht In mm oa p 21 ' 1 54 21 595 21'6 54 28 7 2118 54 28 794 2118 54 18'1~ 524 2% 54 51'2 156 54 71'2 213 2% 54 13 369

Max llns B in mm K 10 K 10 B 10 Ya 10 K 10 h 10 8 10

-S

-9

Hslclhl abovs bath SWL In mm 1b 1@ 2'%r 68 7W 318 2'Ka 68 700 318 2"h BB 700 318 l 44 350 159 5/a 16 24 - 21' 8 54 35W 1588

Br8BLlnp slr~nglh lb g 20W 907 2WO B37 2WO 907 20W 907

- - - -

3:lor4:lpurchase 3:1 or 4:1 purchase Acceplswinchhandle

-

107


Low profile triple wrfh becket & cam

Shockabsorbrng bumpers

150 Cam-Mabc cam clear

Hi-load traveier controls are designed for boats with mainsails over 400 f t 2 (37 m2). They use Big Boat sheaves and hi-load aluminum sideplates to withstand the shock loading generated by unintentional jibes on offshore boats. Hi-load traveler controls allow installation of purchases from 2:l to 6:l. Hi-load bearings Mount !W 30, BarlonB o a W -BiW Ba l EX Phom

6: 1purchase Fasteners included

Swiallearurss see p a w 94-95 Suogesred uses sm

p a p 96 Sumesiedfrevekrsystems seepws m-267

W a r -1

Use for:

Sal1 am End-boom ahwunp I d d o o m shahntlnp C n+ iP m' Under 450 Under 42 Under 4W Under 37 450-BW 42-56 400-554 37-51 Ovsr BOO Ovsr 56 Dvsr 550 Dvsr51

Traveler controls Genoa lead car adjusters

HWsd Pan NO. 780 753 735

omlpllon Single sheave Double sheave Double sheawam (port) Double sheavelam (slbd)

~ m t d u nmmmmmdallOns

HOW

Lln#lh In mm 7% 194 7% 194 7% 194 7% 1

Wldn mm 2 56 21' s 56 2'k 56 2'k 56

WmipM II 27'h 780 35 992 41% l180 41'h 1180

abatlma In mm HIS 56 W!, 81 W*# 81 XIS 81

8%. 61'2 61' 2 6# 61' 2 61'2

2'/n 2'In 21' s 21 '0 2'lm

20 21K 28 28 28 28

1% 2% 2 272 2H 21' 1

In

W

MIxIIM B mm h 12 h 12 'h 12 'h 12 In

RrCham 4:l 6:l 2:l whulreh

lmaldnp

SW

*n#lh

Ib

Ip

Ib

Ip

2000 1400 1404 14W

SO7 635 W5 635

4OW 28W 2800 28W

l814 1W 1270 1270

11W 15W 11W l100 15W 15W

489 680 499 499 680 680

2500 1134 2540 1134 2544 1134 2500 1134 2500 1134 2500 1134

Purchan 2:l 3:114:1 3:1/4:1 3:1/4:1

Lnr PmnlC 1&3 OoubleOecket 1936 biplelbecket 1982 DoubleIbeckeVcam(part) 1083 Doublmck?Ucam(sibd) 3000 Tnpldbecketlcam(pan) 3001 Tripldbecketlcam (stbd) Fit all Big Boat Track

108

165 165 165 185 165 165

PI#

56 56 56 56 56 56

567 610 794 794 794 794

%

38 60

%

E4

K

64 M 64

?I Y8 Y8

l0 10 10 10 10 10

4:l 5:1/6:1 3:lN:l 3:114:1 5:116:1 5:lE:l


Bio Boat llack Big Boat traveler track comes in either low profile or hi-beam configumfions. Use low profile track where it's supported for its entire length. 680 and 759 tracks have 71is"(12 mm) holes spaced on 1'13" (34 mm) centers to accept 703 and 704 adjustable pin stops. Use 1847 AirTracP for travelers, lead cars and spinnaker poles on racing boats. 560 and 1846 track mounts usina bolts that ride in a track-bottom channe tor a c ean IOOK ana easy nstAlat on Jse the 560 to or age cockoils ana comoan~onbaavsana the 1846 lor malnsneet travelers or genda tracks which are supported for their entire length.

hslo~~~~~aps 548 and 562 end stops are polyurethane to absorb shock loads. 631 and 632 trim caps finish track ends fitted with control assemblies. Sold in pairs.

CuvcdRach Harken will bend track to your specifications.

Hi Beam Slide Bolt Track Spanning Chatl F I \ l Mid-boom l

-

45 8-6

75

W

852

89

SPAN (InchesiMeters)

Traveier

Track bending Minimum radlus

car 515 558,1929

n

8 18

m 2 44 5.49

2 r 515

8

1939 1941

24

2.44 7.32 16.76

55

It

+

1,1111 32 mm

516. 680, 758, 759,1846.1847


Windward Sheetina

Leeward cleat opens autornat~cai~

BuIn in Cam-Matfc Pfvoting shackle

Accepts stand up spmg

'leats

-aa&*\,

m-*

-0-

Sail with a Harken Windward Sheeting Traveler Car and you'll wonder how you ever sailed without one. Pull Me car above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in the same position, ready to be pulled to the new windward side. Use cars on tracks mounted in the cockpit at, or near, deck level. Cars come with modified 150 Cam-Matic cleats. Windward sheehng traveler cars are available for boats from dlnoh es to larae otknore ooats. All Blg Boat and Mid-Range cars accept the stand up spring

ns

Dlrwlpllon Small soat

248

1250 Series

NO.

S

Rll No. 211 212

Draulpllon

Small Boat car HI-load Small Boat car M 1250 Series Small Boat car Fit Small Boat track

110

LOW In mm 6% 175 6% 175 6% 175

In

~featurn I see

wlm mm

3 3%6 3%6

78 78 78

156.157, 158. 159.171, 172 215

m s W-95.SuQ@Sseduses sea ppge Sb Sug'mted ~

wmlgm 01

21. W 27

- .-..

.. .

UlYllw an

0 652 652 769

rsee

Rrthow 2:1/3:1 2:1/3:1

s m-m.

.Fmr rolling NO. o l

ball: 42 42 64

; lord lb Irl 500 227 850 386 1250 567

aranl~~~~ann~n Ib 1200 20W 30W

kg 544 W 1361

Rnohxlem80l l l o l L I 2:ll3:1R55 2113:ln55 2 1 3:1/255


'

8 1T

m-.

'a.

,575

m-

Car can be pulled above

Windward ShsWn8 illdapta Klls Fib Harkan

Part No.

cam 515,558 1508.1509

Oascrlptlon 610 Big Boat 1577 Mid-Range

art No. 608 609 1575 1576 1830 1931

Description 3WO Series Big Boat car' 45W Series Big Boat car* Mid-Range car*'

mm

in

mm

W,, 243 9% 6% 6% 9Vja 958

' Long Mid-Range car*' 3000 Series carlstand up* 4500 Series cadstand up' 'Fit Big Boat track "Fit Mid-Range track

243 162 162 243 243

IRMIW

hahaso 4:1/5:1/6:1 3:114:1

-

. ... .....

wldth in mm 5 127 5 127 4% 105 4h 105 5 127 5 127

WOIUM 01

61 72 34 36 64 75

8 1730 2040 964 1020 1810 2130

NO. 01

balls 50 72 48 60 50 72

ro~~i";ioad lb tp 3000 1361 4500 2041 1800 816 23W 1043 30W 1361 4500 2041

m n m Ib 7000 10500 5000 5000 7000 10500

tp 3175 4763 2268 2268 3175 4763

hrrhasshon(ml blocls 4:1158g5:1-6:1/563 4:1/5665:1-6:1/563 3:1/1516 4:111516 3:1/1516 4:111516 4:1/566 5:l -6:11563 4:1/566 5:l -611563


CuStOm cars available with StainlehS Steel Sideplates

naveler Cars Mini-Maxi and Maxi travelers bring the ease of dinghy traveler adjustment to large offshore boats. Can ride on two rows of recirculating Torlon ball bearings and roll freelv, even under hiah, nonverhcai oaas chstom can to handle her zontally cdrvea rraca avaihble upon request Custom configurat~onsalso ava~lable

/m\

HI-load plvotnrg shackle

Low pmffle design

Integral control blocks

Black magic Control Blocks

W 2:l Traveler control system

Rec;rculat;ng Torlon ball bearings

Nauta 84. Rsichal Pugh - Man0 Psdol P h m

Special features see pages 94-95Swgested uses see paoa 96. Sugwrted systems see m e s 202-m

Part

an. oempam

3068 Mlnl-Maxi car 3070 Maxi car

112

Llnllh h mm 10 254 13'18 353

wim h 4%

5%

HBI@M

mm in mm 02 111 3% 95 81 133 5 127 179

1111

WO.

M km 2.3 5.1

11 halls 68 100

P

in '/a

1

mm 12 12

nn hsfhmlal lllnimum neim vertical mllln# BnaUng m n s m II m n m ib Inadkm 11 km 50 15.25 50 15.25 8750 3968 18(100 81W 100 30.5 50 15.25 12WD S443 WXKl 11340


Mini-Maxi & Maxi Track & Controls 1701 and 660 tracks are designed for aDDlications I ke mainsheets on large yacnis 1706 and 661

Iraclcs with Din stoD h0 es are ideal for aenoa lracks on these boats. lira light 1848 mini-&i AirTracP is ~erfectfor ail aoolications on racina boats and has been a popular choice for custom ~aiicarsystems on vely large cruising boats. Tracks can be bent to your specifications (see page 97). End stops and control blocks ail feature energy absorbing bumpers and are offered in a variety of configurations.

Energy absorbing bumoer HI load composite/ball sheave

-

Lsnath WO. Dercrlption in mm 682 End stop* * 4 121 664 Adlustable stop 3'18 90 1702 End stop* 3% 95 l m 7 End sfoplpadeye l 133 lmn <lnn ~-, b h l ~ 771% OR .. .~ d, l ~ .-~ -. SOB6 End stoplbeckel foot block 5% 143 3071 End stopibeckel fool block 7'1s 181 'Y< (10 mm) FH fasteners "llr" (12 mm) FH fasteners

-- - ----

--

Width in 3% 3% 2% 2%

mm 95 95 67 67

in 2 2H 1%: 3'h

7% L ,"

A7 ",

?U1 -,,"

2% 31' 4

67 95

21' , 3%

HdnM mm 51 64 38 79

WelnM uz 28 26 13 29

57

."

0 794 737 369 822

15

A76 .L"

70 86

25 56

710 1596

--

SWL Ib

kg

-

-

7800

3540

4950 4900

2245 2223

Fib 660.661 660.661 1701,1706,1848 1701. 1706. 1848

-

17n1 ,.-,, 17°F. 111411

1701,1706,1848 660,661

+mL6:k7 Part NP. 1701 1706 l

n mm

_I 660,661

1701,1706,1848 Mini-Maxi Rack' LOW prnnla

Part Nu. 1701.1.6m 17ll.m

~ o pwr n ~ l s wbtop holes Part No. 1706.1.5m 1706.1.6m

~rrraw

width In mm ll%a 42 l'%@ 42 l"11r 42 170.2 1706.2.4nl 1V1r 42 1701.3m 1706.3~1 1"itt 42 1701.3.6m 1706.3.6m 1W.3.6m lnl8r 42 1701.6m 1706.6m 1848.6m l'%@ 42 '%' (10 mm) FH fasteners "K' (12 mm) FH fasteners

-

Part WO. 18411.1.5m

-

tiaipht in mm 1'1 22 'In 22 % 22 % 22 % 22 /'a 22 'Is 22

or,W 17 16.25 13.25

Rack Weight PaflNO. 660 1.58 1.51 661 1.23

kqhn

Maxi Rack" Fartenlr hole LOW rwic LW iwottta TAC~ spacing part WMOP holes Isnolh Width in mm No. h r t HP. H m in mm 2'56 75 4'11' 1.5 2% 64 2'Ylr 75 5'1W<" 1.6 2% M 2% 75 660.2.lm 661.2.1m 6 ' 1 W 2.1 2K E4 2'56 75 7'10%" 2.4 2'12 M 2'Yia 75 660.3m 661.3m 9'10 3 2% 64 2'Ylr 75 660.3.6m 661.3.6m I l ' Y ? 3.6 Z'iz 64 2% 75 880.6111 19'8%" 6 2% 64

-

-

-

-

or,W 33 32

neionl in mm l'/a 29 1% 29 I 29 1'1s 29 l'la 29 I'ia 29 1'18 29

kp!m

3.09 3.01

Farlenar hu~s spaclno in mm 3'Y>s 100 3'Yjs 100 3'%',s 100 3'ha 100 3'%i 100 3'Y8r 100 3'Ylr 1W

113


365 Garb@ cam for precise iine entrv

O i n ~ Jib h ~ Leads Dinghy Jib Leads are for dinghies and small sDort boats with jibs to 140 V (13 MP).The positive spring-loaded pin stop is &y to adjust, even with cold hands. Track oinstop hole soacing offers precise adjustme& The plvotlng cleat model nas a contro~ledp~vol angle M me cleat is a ways with n easy reach. Lse the wle on the 450 with a spring and block For the J timare iiahhveiont svstem asn on the 2651 Ti-Lite. ~seihebuiiseyicar for gradual turns. Tracks available in 12' (305mm) and 18' (457 mm) lengths.

365 Carbd cam for 57"rotation keeps line wlthin reach

1

Radiused edges

7

cam arm

,,dck bottom relieved to

accept curved spars Trackand car 6061-T6 aluminum Ham'kote Anodized. Teflon impregnation

Lawlh

hil

No.

Dmrlptlon 451 Dinghy jib leadlqestrap 451 Oin~hylib leadhuilseye 4 2 Dinghy jib leadlbullseynlswivel 453.12 Track 453.18 Track

IHarken Genoa

in

mm

2511 l

67 bZ 79 305 472

3'18 12 18

'Available December 1999 "Available Janualy 2000 Dn=W

Wllih in mm 1 5 1 ~ ~23 '5ihs 23 3'118 87 $18 16 $18 16

HJoht in mm llhb 27 l"h8 46 2'116 62 'h 6 'h 6

WiOM 01 g 2 55 3 77 7 194 1.5 43 2.3 65

SW1

Smllm

ib 350 250 250

to 159 113 H3

lb 700 SW 500

kg 318 227 227

-

-

-

-

-

-

Low friction sheave features carbon matrix rollers and side load bails

Lead Cars

A \

Great genoa lead cars should be strong, Harken offers lightweight andcars feature for T-track low friction whichsheaves. are great for retrofits and for cruising applications as well as a range of f u b adjumble lead cars which ride on recircuiatingbail bearings.

4 -

friction sliders car fromisolate track

F z ;y ;F ;;fair ieads

-

Cars may be adjusted from the cockpit LOW

F

FIO 453.12, 453.18 453.12. 453.18 453.12, 453.18

i

1

two sheets

1

Lightweight, modem design

Cars may be aadlusted from the cochplt

Sheave passes two sheets LOWfnctlon .,,,.,. features T o h n miler bear~ngsand stde load balls

153711599 wlth 1845


Adjustable Genoa lead Cars

LOWfr!ction rolier/ball beanng sheave

Harken adjustable genoa leads ride on Torion ball car bodies which adjust easily under full sheet loads. Rod cars require more effort to adjust, but are remo~blefrom tracks. Blocks feature wide sheaves and will accommodate two sheets during sail changes. Sheave carriers pivot to either side to accept changing lead angles. Mini-Maxi cars come with control blocks for a 2:l purchase or puller tangs for a 1:1 system.

W ~ d esheaves pass two sheets

Low prof~le genoa tracks A/um!num sheave

Cars Purchase 1:l 2:l 2:l 3:l 3:l 4:1 4:1

Blockson Track Car

2491323 255 082 or 146

55411874 730 1540 or 1950

58711873 730

T r ~ k

Track

255 0830, 147 258

Cal Tract

-

730 1541 or 1951 733 1952 733

car

186911870 l703

li9i

153711599 1516 1513

566 1798 563 1515 563

1516 l514 1519 l515 1519

'i13

P

P

P

P

Special features see wgts 94-95 ,hishee! ii,niliriy lomulas s e Jage 192

Sheave

B

Parl NO. 249 323 554 587 1537 1599

Description Small Boa1 S r a l l BoaVsl3er ruci Blg Boa1 453C B I Boat ~ hl~d~Ra!~ge h4~-Range:sli!rr roas

1869 1873 1874 3072

Mnl-bl~u8:puller t i l l g 814 a0at~sllde'~ods 3 g Boat 4500:sder r o l s Mini-Erlax:ilijus:cr block

in 2: 2':. 3 2'; 21: 2':4:;

2:! 3 4:

Length mm in mm 54 43:; 111 64 4 114 76 9'1 248 64 6 203 d q j : 133 G: S!. 133 17.1 64 76 114

I

. R

9',r 13::0

417 203 248 348

Free load

Weight oz g 18 510 19 539 59 16i3 37 1049 27 7Bj 78 604

Carwidth in mm 2%. 56 2'): 56 3l:i 85 3':3 85 2". iO 2:;; i0

rolling lb 1250 1250 4500 3000 2300 2300

160

4:: 3' 3 '; di-:

901C 200j $500 9000

3; 5Y 164

4536 l049 1673 4649

111 85 R5 1.1

kg 557 567 2041 1561 1043 1043 4082 1361 iS:l

CJ82

Breaking slrenglh lh kg 2500 1134 2500 1134 90J0 4082 6000 2722 4600 2086 L600 2086 lB0CO 6000 9000 18000

8161 2722 1082 8164

Harken track Slrall Boa! S~nallBoa! BIQ Boat Rig Bmat Irl?-Pins: MC-Pinye

h41rMax1 819 ecal RIG Rod1 ~,l,",-E!laxl

115


High Performance

Lead Cars

fore and afl

l-Rack Harken T-track cars feature rollerhail bearing sheaves for great t r i m m i ~performance. Sheaves accept two %s" (12 mm) sheets to facilitate sail changes. The sheave carrier pivots 45" to each side. swivels, and articulates fare and aft to accommodate changing lead angles. A lever actuates the 1997's pin stop. Lock open to move the clr along the back. The 1998 features a high load adjuster sheave. Use with the 1844 control block assembly to make a 2:1 adjuster tackle. Cars ride on low friction sliders.

Lever easy to use with cold, wet hands

Lever locks open I

L

Pobllae

1

v L

Accepts shackle for towing line

State of the art 1663 Polyslide lead cars ride on 1596 Mid-Range pin stop track. The slider material is bonded to the body of Me car so cars adjust under load. The low p a l e sheave carrier pivots M)" side to side. Lock pin stop up to adjust the car,

Wide sheave passes two sheets Delrin sliders is;;t8tfack

Sculpted body

Available for metric or English track'

1997

F

A :.

:

.,.:

? :;

'

..

- ': Use for: ,',.>:.: ., i.,..:. .'. . : Genoa leads ~ ~ . ..W> " Cao rail leads :>.;?:, I...

,

~~

h11 Ilo. Duulptlm 1613 Pin slop car 1663 Polysllde pin stop car 1M4 2:l T-tradl end mntml 1897 T-track had carlOin stop lW7E T-track l a d carlpin stop 1998 T-track lead cartadiustersheave 1898E T-tracklsedcarladiuo$rshaave

16

Shuaw 0 In mm 2 51 2% 64 2'h 64 2% 64 21' 2 64 21' 2 M 2% 64

brim in 4'h 5 41' 2 6% 6'h 6'h 68

WalpM mm u p 114 18 510 127 22 620 114 81' 2 340 165 16 454 165 16 454 165 16 454 165 16 454

mltl in 21' 4 2'14 2 2 2 2 2

mm 57 57 51 51 51 51 51

in mm 'l!, 12 'AB 12 4 10 '/lr l 2

S h m h8lp1I Mm Bnm~np ubovotm* mhlnpload dmaw In mm Ib kp ib $ 2% 57 3WO 1361 MX)O 2722 2'14 57 30W 1361 60W 2722 2k 57 3WO 1361 2'14 57 3WO 1361 6000 2722

1' 1s l 1 ' 18

2 2% 21

MIX IIM

B

12 12 12

-

57 57 57

3WO 1361 W W 3WO 1361 SOW 3000 1361 60W

2722 2722 2722

Fltthrt 15% 1596 1%'132 mm 32mm 1'14" 32 mm 1~1,"


T-lkack Cars

aingle piece construction

Wide sheave accepts two sheets ,

Harken offers a variety of genoa lead cars and track slides. The Tri-roller car accepts two sheets for easy sail changes, won't flog during tack, and mounts close to the deck to sheet low clewed genoas. The vertical side rollers protect sheets and reduce friction, even with unfair leads. Tri-roller cars come with a towing bail for adjustment. The B1875 Tri-roller features a pin stop integral to the car. Order to fit metric, English or @On59Big Boat track. Genoa lead blocks offer the simplicity of a pin stop woe car. Lock pin stops in an up position to move along the track Trac6 slides prov de convenient anachment Doants for snatch bloc16or other ead block. ~las'ticsliders reduce friction and protect track. The oin s t o ~can be locked in an u .p position. . Low profile k c k stops are easy to open.

l"-

Venical side rollers

F fits metric or English track

Won't flog during tacks

B1875AM B1875ABB Mounts close to deck

B2057

'Available December 1999 Pad NO. D~~llpllon B154 Genoa lead block" B135 Genoa lead block" 8156 Slide** B157 Slide" H51 Slide** Bt87lA Tri-roller lead car* 81872A Tri-roller lead car' 81872C Tn-roller lead car" 81872E Tri-roller lead car** 8111731 Tri-roller lead car* B1173C Tri-mller lead car" B1873E Tri-roller lead car*' B1875AE Tri-roliedpin stop' B1875M1 Tri-rollerlpin stop* 81875188 Tri-rollerlpin slop" B1876AE Tri-rollerlcontml sheave* BlB76AM Tn-rollerlcon~oisheave' B11)76A88Tri-roller/controlsheave~ B2055 Slop' B2056 Stop* BZ056E Slop' B2057 Stop* 82057E Stop' 'Aluminum

"Chrome

Fm tntk In

-

-

Sheave B In mm 2 52

mm 32 40 26 32 W

2"Ils

68

-

-

-

-

26 32 32

1'%s l1Y,s

l11d

-

~'YIO

-

40 40

2% Z3/a

-

2% 1%

1% 1%

-

EEC5 1%

32 75%

-

l'% 38

50 50 50 60 60

60

50 I 1 Y j s 50 1'Yls 50 liY,s 50 1lb/ls 50 l1l1!e 50

32 6805 7595 26 40 l % - - 32 l % - - -

-

-

-

-

Laqth In mm 3 95

5 Refers to Big Boat track part numbers

Wldlh in mm 2% 54

5716 3% 3% 5%

142 80 95 142

68 1950 2314 13.3 377 11' 16 18'12 524 1% 38'12 1090 2Xa

70 37 46 56

3916 4'51!e 4'5116 4% 6"Ix 6"Ih

90 125 125 125 170 170

14 31'12 31'12 31% 57 57

400 1'Yls 900 2 h 900 2 9W 2% 1620 3% 1620 3%

6"h 6 6 6 6 6 6 1'14 llY?s

170 152 152 152 152 152 152 32 50 50 50 50

57 32'12 32'12 32'12 32'12 32'12 32'12 4 4 4 4 4

1620 923 g23 923 923 923 923 113 113 113 113 113

l1Y!a

-

Wai~hl az p 34 964

1% 1'5s

3% 2% 2% 2 2114 2% Z3/1 1'1~ 2'11s 231>s 23/t6 211j6

HeigM in mm 4'12 115

2

150 47 56 70

50 70 70 70 85 85

31'8 4Xs 4Y1s 45/ls 5'1s 5'1s

85 110 110 110 130 130

85 70 70 70 70 70 70 27.94

5'18

56

56 56 56

5111 1% 23116

130 43/js 106 43/18 106 4Yrs 106 43/tt 106 4% 106 4 % ~ 106 '31rs 18 1 25 l 25 % 23 1'8 23

Msx sheet0 in mm 3/ls 14 l

22

SWL lh 1895

kp 860

Braaklnp dranC Ib Lp 3850 1750

-

4475 2030 9920 2050 950 4625 3950 18W 8150 5500 2500 12300

4500 2100 3700 5600

12 14 14 14 20 20

1875 3300 4950 4950 4630 6945

850 1500 2250 2250 2100 3150

3950 7050 9900 9900 9920 14300

l800 3200 45W 4500 4500 6500

V16

20 14 14 14 14 14 14

-

-

6945 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 33W 1375 2650 2650 1750 1750

3150 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 630 12W 1200 800 800

14300 7050 7050 7050 7050 7050 7050 2850 5500 5500 3850 3850

6500 3200 3200 3200 32W 3200 3200 1300 2500 2500 1750 1750

-

-

Yt

9 %S Yx6

94 4 9/18

As

91 9118

*Its

-


Stainless Steel Three stainless steel T-lracks are available for luxury cruisers and cruisers/racen in metric sizes from 33 to 140' (9.5 to 42 m). Tnck come in two standard lengths: 2 m (6'6%")and 4 m (13'1'1~")or ordered cut to length.


S..':

.

,

...

-

. . .: . \ '.

Furling S Y ~ W ~ I ~ & - . . ,


Small Boat Furling

Hardkote anodfzed Teflon Impregnated 6061 T6 alum~num

Multfple stacked races of Torlon ball beanngs

Harken Small Boat furling systems allow the dinghy or trailerable cruising sailor to set and furl the jib from the cockpit. Use the below bridle furling on catamarans up to 20' (6 m) that use bridle wires. The furling drum on these units is located below the wire bridle to keep the foot of the sail low. The a r m s and halyaro swlves of these furl~ng systems feal~remu tale slacked races of Delr~n or Torlon bearings to ensure smooth rotation under load. All Small Boat furling systems require a jib with a luff wire properly seized to the sail.

Large d~ameterplast~c spool and h~rleadfor easy furl~ng

Furl or set your 11b from the safely of the cockprt

Smooth spool~ng

L~ghtwe~ghf, hrgh strength des~gn

-W ;

..

.

: . . :

:

..

., i ...

.

.d... .

-

436

(207,208)'

hon: 434 Dinghies under 16' (4.9 m) 435 Dinghies to 20' (6.1 m): catamarans to 18' (5.5 m) 436 Cruising boats to 25' (7.6 m); catamarans to 23' (7 m)

SmJJboat units ndsuiiabie for reetin0 hrl

m.

454 484 435

LmalptlDn Belw brIdl0 furl~r" Fuller+' HI-load Furler" Cruising Fuhr"

D*bm 'lad&g behn#n~ wpmably In mm n h . 1 drum 1% 39 2%

2% 4

64 54 102

162 164 207

163 165 208

P

Omm

In 2'11 1 1

l

Jaw

Lh8

mm

In

73 25 25 37

Ym Yn R

0

mm 4 4

Mnlun

wldm In mm Y 10%

wlm B In mm

Y

Ya

4

Ylr

6

Y8

8 8 10

h Ya

hs " includes drum and swivel $ Ifa stay adjuster is used, adjuster may need to be pinched slightly to M. 436

120

'/a

3 3 3 S

Cllrlr p h P

M U mthy

whM m E

In

mm

h l 'Ir

6 6

1 @I,

6 8

6% 2

Ylr

288 191 191 581

Ib

lmad

950 5W 950 2000

$ 807 227 431 907


Spinnaker Staysail & Gennaker Furling

Lightweight aluminum ~ t r u c t i o n

Hardkote annodized wiih TeHon impregnation

A

Multiple stacked races of Torlon

Spinnaker Staysail

Furled staysails are easy to hoist rolled and can be deployed or doused from the cockpit. In marginal conditions the sail can be struck instantly without changing the trim of the boat. Multiple stacked races of Torlon ball bearings insure smooth operation under load. Systems include a lower drum with snap shackle, fairlead and Cam-Matic cleats and an upper swivel with provision for halyard attachment.

overrides

Gennaker Furling

Gennaker furling was developed for large singlehanded boats and huge ocean going rnultihulls. The 1900 Gennaker furler is ideal for drifters and reachers on multihullsto 45' (14 m). Smaller boats use the 3049. The drum unit features afairlead, while the upper swivel is designed for direct halyard attachment. Custom designs are available for larger boats.

Screecher Furling

Use Screecher furling systems on multihulls to 32' (9.60m) and easily driven sport boats. Perfect for jib reaching, screechers are set on the bowsprit. They are often carried upwind in light to moderate conditions and used as storm spinnakers when it's blowing. Systems are sized to handle loads of 2:l halyards and multiple stacked races of Torlon ball bearings ensure smooth rotation under load. Fairleads allow the furling line to lead aft to the cockpit.

Narrow diameter swivel allows max luff lengths

Ths LP is a perpendicular

A

LanW

B Rti MO. oescrlpaon 1851 Smallsiaysaillurler 1852Largsstaysaiifurler 119Maxisiaysailfurler 1WO Gennakerfurier 5021 Small Screecher furler W9Lar~eScreecherfurler

Drum In mm 2% 73

4% 5% 511~ 2'1~ 4

108 138 138 73 108

Swlnl In mm

1 I 1% 1Y. 1 1111~

25 37 44 44 25 37

Drum In mm

5%~ 7% 71

6 3'14

5

132 186 191 152 83 127

Swkel In mm

4% 5'18 7 6 4% 5

'Smaller line may be required for spinnaker staysails with long foot lengths

106 149 178 152 105 149

Max llna 6' in mm 1 '. 4 l 6 Yn

718 Yo

'h

8 8 4 6

Max halyard l ~ a d lb ka

950 2000 3000 3000 950 20W

431 907 1361 1361 431 907

Welghl DZ p

13 28 34 29 9 24'13

366 8W $54

822 255 695

Mar luU lenplh 11 m

50 70 80 50 30 40

Mar LP m 15.25 13.5 4.1 21.33 20 6 24 28 8.5 15 28 8.5 9.14 13.5 4.1 12.19 20 6 R

121


The Unit 00 brings Harken quality and performance to small boat reefing and furling. Its Heli-toil extrusion is unique and combines three materials to produce a foil that is flexible for trailering, yet torsionally rigid for superb furling and reefing. The PVC exterior and double arooves let sails slide on and oft easily for fast sail polypropylene imer or provides an excellent beanng cnanges. sdriace wtween me foi and neadstav. A braided staln ess steel care ext~dedinto Me plastic foil ensures torsional rigidity. L~keHamen s other poplar j.b reef ng an0 f~rlingsystems, main comoonents of me Lnil00 are Hardkote anod~zed.Tellon imDreanated 6061-T6 aluminum.

Bearing shields pmtecl A i r S W and tack b&lrlnps from UV and dlrl

How To Order 1. Choose u n l based on boat length and wire or rod diameter.

j/

2. Measure headstay from center of pin at masthead toggle. 10 center of p n at stemhaad cnainpbte. 3. Choose accessories to complete system. 4. Select clevis pin to tit to your chainpiate (see chart). 5. Ask your sailmaker to add f i , 5/32', 4 mm luff tape to your genoa. Consider a leech cover to protect furled sail from UV rays.

~lght,strong AirSwvels turn freely on compute^ desfgned bearing races to reducs wfndage and weight aloft

J''

Bearings systems handle omni-directional loading - races evenly distribute radial and thrust loads to balls

Large diameter ball bearings minimize friction even under extreme reeflng loads

-

Keyway locks foil to lower unit detaches without tools for trailering

-

Large inner spool diameter increases mechanical advantage for more powerful reefing and furling

p !G;;.:. High strength SCulDtured aluminum line

r

-

Unit 00

Molded split drum mnvefis easily to racing

9

Unit detaches from turnbuckle for trailering by lifting metal srdeplates out and~overtheclevis pin

4.

-

B O LCII~NI ~ 20 W (6 8 m) nxiass~ ~ollo Cws MI -4,437 mm

'In,%.%B", 3, 4, 5 mm

HladStay Lenglh

Standard 29. (8.84 m); max 35' (10.67 m)

FJrlinQP Q l n F~rllnosynsm - mm neadstav ZY l884 m1 Dln-t&pm Clwis Pln Assembly Required sold rapan(ely Ill2

-

Optional Pa* 284 M4

M1 P01

Lead block ki:3x166, 1 xO1S. 4xD51.1 cleat Snap shackle fortaclvhmd leach shackle) Stanchion mount base ?!a yam restra!ner (L% only m e n reqb red)

Cons-n wdh narken II boat length exceeds specd~cationsabove

k",K,",,.V W. (6. 8 . 9 5 , ~mm)


Unit OOAL Jib Reeling & Furling

Aerodynamic aluminum airfoils handle extreme reefing loads

Unit OOAL is the perfect jib reefing and furling system for small cruising boats under 26' (8 m). It combines most of the features of larger Harken furling systems in a simpler unit. Like other Harken systems, the main components of the OOAL are 6061-T6 Hardkote anodized aluminurn with Teflon impregnation. Features include a free-soinnina, omni-directional bearina svstem with muitiole ball war ng races, a do~blegriovw fo I for racing sal1 ciaiges, and a 1qhtv;e ght halyara SW ve to mlnlm ze vr ndage and welghr aloh Tne f~rler'sarge nslde spool proades plenty of mecnan ca advantage lor smoorn easy reeling and f,rl~ng There are enough aluminum foil sections to build a headstay with a pin-to-pin measurement to 31'6' (9.60 m). Harken offers an additional foil and connector to extend headstay length to 35' (10.7 m). Note: you must cut your headstay to install OOAL furling. You must also purchase a Harken clevis pin to match your chainplate.

I

Shaped feeder for singlehanded hoistingfast sail changes

How To Order 1. Choose unit based on boat length and wire or rod diameter. 2. Measure headstay from center of pin at masthead toggle, to center of pin at stemhead chainplate. 3. Choose accessories to complete system. 4. Select clevis pin to fit your chainplate (see chart). 5. Ask your sailmaker to add #6,6/32", 5 mm lutftape to your genoa. Consider a leech cover to protect your furled sail from UV rays.

Bearing shields protect Airswivel and lack bearings from UVand dirt

Note: Because Harken uses sectional aluminum toils,you must cut the headstay for installation. mpically the top of the headstay is cut anda new eye instalM. Purchase standardswage or mechanical eyes from a rigging outlet.

-

-

Large diameter ball bearings minimize friction; require no lubrication or isolating seals

I

Small AlrSwivelsg turn freely on computer-designedbearing races to reduce windage and weight a1017

Keyway locks ffoi to loiver onif Detlches w~thouttools tor rrarienng

A

t and over clevis pin

W l n B ~1118SSl ' / I , Yn, 58".3.4.

5 mm

Rod B

Clarts Plfl B

-44.37 mm

'I?, R', 318". %i', (6, 8, 9.5, 11 mm)

Length Standard 31'6" (9.60 m): max 35. (10.67 m) Part Nu. Derrriptiun

-

Clevls Pin Assembly Required sold separately 1106 %'(6mm)

v Large inner spool diameter increases mechanical advantage for more powerfui reefnro and furlino

Pressure cast sculptured aluminum line guard is open for easy line access

;:

1107 1108

31,,m(8 mm) 'Id' (95 mm)

4

F,

"

"I,,

Optional Pat$

i;

g00

:i

1112 266 884 081 W

Enra 5" (152 mm) connecior

Extra 3.5' (1.07 m) foil earusion Lead block kit: 3 X 166. 1 X 019.4 X 061, 1 cleat Snap Shackle for tacwhead (each shackle) Stanchion mount bare Halyard restrainer (use only when required)

Consun with Harken if boat length exceeds specifications above.

123


MKlll Jib Reeling & Furling

Aerodynamic alumfnum AirFofiS handle extreme reefing loads

Hatken jib reefing and furling systems are the best in the world and aboard more than 50,000 ocean going yachts, coastal cruisers and around the world racers MKlll Jib Reefing and furling systems are strong, lightweight and aerodynamic. They feature freerolling Torlon bearings, computerdesigned stacked bearing races, and large diameter drums for easy reeRng and furling. Free-spinning, high strength AirSwivelP reduce weight aloft to minimize pitching and heeling. Independent head and tack swivels shape the sail when paltially furled. Deep penetration Hardkote anodizing ensures years of corrosion resistance. MK Il ,ib Reeling and luning sysrems come wlm New England low-stretcn Sta-Set b acd line and are des~gnedfor owner installation. Seven year limitedwmanly.

Stainless steel feeder allows quick singlehanded hoisting and fast sail changes Strong, lightweight AirSwivel rotates freely on multiple rows of M bearings

"/

Large diameter Torion

Bearing shields protect AirSwivel and tack bearings from UV and dift

.,/' friction; require no lubrication or isolating seals

Mult~plebearfng races evenly distribute radd and thrust loads to balls; fofls turn freely under halyam' loads Independent swivels furl sail center before head and tack for improved sail shape

Units fit over exlsrino rod or wire headstai to maintain the integrity of the rig

I Tapered torque tube m;n;m;mr<,;l "",, 9trefch and wrinkles

.

High strength sculptured aluminurn line guard is open for easy line access

l

Large inner spool diameter increases mechanical advantage for powrlul reering and furling Molded split drum m for raclng

s oft easiN

New England Sta-Set, low stretch black line is abrasion and UV resistant; standard on units to 2.5

BufH-m nfckei-plated sihcon bronze and stainless steel tumbuckle makes installation and mast tuning easy

124

Tough trlpla Interlock foil joints withstand years of torque loading


Furling Dimensions A

B

C

o

3%' 95mm

6'1,a" 160mm

9 229mm

it

Unit

O0

16mm

F

E

Max

Min

Max

2E 7llmm

28' 711 mm

7]!< 187mm

G Min

Max 61' ; 15fimm

n

I

5,1' 14fi mm

5"hl' 144 mm

J

Min

-

MXI

Z r ' fiR mm

Min

-

Foil Dimensions Unit

DO

K %' 20 mm

:V

GOAL

20 mm

0

20 mm

1

21 mm

1.5

"!a,"

'%."

L 1" 25 mm 1" 25 mm 1" 25 mm

l'r

28 mm 1'K 28 mm l 35 mm

7 2.13 m 7' 2.13 m 7' 2.13 m 7' 2.13 m

2

21 mm l'!,; 27 mm

2.5

1%"

7'

27 mm

36 mm

2.13 m

l'!"

l,'/: 43 mm l"!.<' 43 mm l'%< 49 mm

3 3.25 3.5 4 4.5'

l'!,<

33 mm 1 33 mm 19!.< 40 mm I,%< 50 mm 2'1,," 68 mm

2%r' 61 mm

3%~" 81 mm

Lull

Foil length

7 2.13 m

7

213m 7' 2.13 m

9' 2.74 m

9' 2.74 m 12' 3.66 m

'Rod sues -1 15 with splicing connectors. Contact Harken for nfarmation.

tape

'h.'

X5

(4 mm)

X6 %r' (5 mm) X6 'h.' (5 mm)

%%" 15 , mm\,

#6 (5 mm) #6 %r'(5 mm) %.'

U6 %S"

15 mm\

U6 X? (5 mm) U6

%2' (5 mm) X6 %." (5 mm) X6 'h1" 5 mm) X7 %: If3 mm) #6 h 5 mm) X7 'h; mm)

Shackle Feeder Entrance

t


1. Determine unit based on boat length, wire, rod and clevis pin diameter. Typical boat lengths are listed. Check with Harken if your length varies. 2. Measure headstay from center of pin holding headstay to masthead toggle (A), to center of pin holding headstay to stemhead chainplate (B) to determine if extra foil and connector are required. 3. Choose accessories to complete system. 4. Choose terminal required. Headstay stud sold separately. Swage fiings must be installed by rigger with special equipment. Sta-LOPor Norsemanocanbe installed without special equipment Rod headstays use a special adapter fining and must be cut and coldheaded by an authorized rod service center. 5. Sa I modlf cat ons: Ask your sai malcer to add corrects ze l ~ ftape f to your genoa Consider a leech cover to protea sa Ifrom UV rays m e n ifs Wed.

m

standard 384" (H.@m); m s x i (13.82 ~ ~ m) h

F

-

Headshy Tsrmlnal Rwimd sold m~aratelv 616 616 Bll 618

Sws* S".4 mm =l ~ t a - ~ o'G k Swag8 X.; S mm )28 Sta.Lok5 mm Swage'h' S24 Sta-Lok 6 mm (Qp 316 only) Swage 6 mm (Qpe 318 only) W5 Rod -4 (4.37 mm)

me

sn-Io r v-"

d mm

m

rids 15R1 mm)

Optional P a b

W

EmaT (2 13 m) lutrfol extrvston Ema B' (152 mm) mnnsetor L8edblocklo13xlffi,lx019,4x061,lclsat Snap -for tack w head (mhshacM)

M1

~ n m u n t b

166 OUI

Bull# blodr Isomat a W r M (lncludas st6inYI S tcgobl W resusiner (use onb when rnqured)

g@ OM 2(6

W

,

Type 316 stainless steel only


Unit 1 mica1Boat am 28 - W (8.3 - 11 m) ~

~

.

~

~.

~~

~

~

'h', V=', 6.7.8' mm -8, 5.72 mm, -10.6.35 mm Max. Worm size X" (7 mm) - requires special terminal.

~

-

~

-

~~~

~ -

-

'l!'. (12.7 mm)

bI#th Standard 45'8.. (13.92 m); mm 52'8.. (16.05 m)

-H

Part No. DsrcllpUon

Headstay Termlnal Required -sold separately Sta-Lok 'h",7 mm

817

Swage'r

822

8iS ...

Swme+h" -..-- .-

Sh-lnkfimm .... - ...........

878 874 879

Swage6 mm Swage7mm SW98 8 mm (Vw316 only)

8111 Sta-Lok 8 mm (type 316 onb) 828-8 Rad -8 (5.72 mm)

268 884 061 l

823-10 Rod -10 (6.35 mm)

,..- ......, "" .... .eaOoocr.Llr3x1ffi.1~0194xffi1.1ceat Fnap srwcae to1 raheao each shard? stanchion mount base R l l l l hlnrk ~

' Type 316 Stainless Steel only.

Unit 1.5 mica1B

O ~

Wln B H a 1 9 S )

Rod B

%r", 8 mm

-12, 7.14 mm

u*a

W (1i.a m) Pln B

Cl-

(15.9 mm)

I/<,

Dvlorm reouires sDecial terminal.

Hea(LltPY l e n 4

Standard 46.2. (14.07 m); max 53.2. (16.21 m)

Part NO. DeDalptfan 892 Furling system

-

Headslay Terminal Required sold separately W 8%

sta-LOPX i , 8 mm Rod-12, (7.14 mm)

Optional Parts W7 810

Extra7 (2.13 m) luff foil ehrsion Extre 7' (178 mm) comector 256 Lead black kit: 3 x 166.1 x019.4 x f f i l , 1 claf 884 Snap shacldefor tackhead (each shackk) 061 Stanchion mount base 166 Bullef black 942 isomat adapter kit (includes stemball &toggle) W Halyard restrainer (use onb when required) Consult Harken if boat length or headstay length exceeds specifications above.


Whfl llXl8Sl

R#lfl

ClWIS HI fl

%I", %". 8.10 mm

-12.7 14 mm, -17, 8 38 mm

%', (15 9 mm)

Max. w o r m size U" (10 mm) - requires special terminal.

m pin no.

Standard W60.2 (18.34 " m); max 67'2" (M.47 m)

o~tt~pan

638 Fuding system

H e a d w Terminal Reuuirad -sold marably 852 SwpeY;.8mm m7 S$-Lok Y' 8U 816 8W

Swaas'h" Sw@elOmm Sta-LolC1h;', 8 mm

8W

Sta-Lok 10 mm m 1 2 Rod -12 (7.14 mm) W 1 1 Rod -17 (8.38 mm)

k-

Optio~talFa& ExiraT (2.13 m) lunfoil exiru$on Exira 9' (229 mm) connector m ~ e a 6Mock kit: 3 x 168,i x 019.4~061.1cleat 885 Snap shackle for $cklhead (each shackle) I 1 Stanchion mwnt base 168 Big Bullet block $42 lsomat adapter kin (includes stembaH 6 toggle) 945 Haiyard restrainer{use onty when required) 89l 899

Unit 2.5

BWI

mm fl n X l B s s l

~enmul*r W (15m1

Rod fl

'l*". 11,12 mm

-22.9.53 mm Max. w o r m size3K (10 mm) - requires special terminal.

-H

Stlndard 6010. (18.54 m): Max 67'10.. (20.68 m)

R d m. Oartlptfol 'YU) Fumg sysfem for .lm 9(9 F u l g sys$m for md

Headsby Ternlnal Required -sold aparaisly 985 Sta-Lok-'h,', l 1 mm #M Sta-Lokl2 mm'

057

Rod -22 (9.52 mm)

~

Optional Parts

W

WaT(2.13 m) lufffoil extrusion M m Q (229 mm) mnnectar for WIN Ddra 9" (229 mm) mnnenor for md LeadblockMl:3x168.1x019,4xffiI1l~ Snap shaddefortacWead(each shackle) an Slanch'mn rmunt base 168 Bii Bullet blcd 943 Isomat adapter Ml (includes stemball 6 toggle) 1115 Halyarc restrainer (use only when required) ' Type 316 Stainless Steel only. S32 199 26l W

128

CIWb Pia B 31*", (19.1 mm)


Unit 3 mica1BW~ a l- (C r 03.7 - 18.3m) '.IS",

'12'

11, l 2 mm

-22.9 53 mm. -30.11 10 mm

11.'.

!e'

(191,2230 mm)

Mar. Dvform slre 5s" or 12 m m - rea-ires soec al termlnal Do not use 'h" Ovlorm.

m Standard74.8.. (22.76 m): man 81'8. (24.89 m) ..............

-.. ..

lW6 F u d q m m '

Headshy Terminal Raquired -sold separately 984 Swe'h;, l 1 mm 9E5 W e U ' 970

m

Swage12mm sta.LalP'U. 11 mm

%-L& Y" %-L&12mm 17022 Rod -22 (9.53 mm) xiih cannectar bushing #fD.BD Rod -30 111.1 mm\

987

979

Oplional Parts M ExVaT(2.13 m) lhfflail m s i m W Extra 10. 1254 mm\ connector

.............

029

Immat adapter kit (Includes smmbal18 tagde) W restrainer (use onty when required)

915 H

' Line not included

V<'. 14 mm

-40 12 7 mm

'11"

1' (22.2.254 mm)

Max M o r m s ze ' K - reau res soecial terminal.

-H m standard 74.9 (22.78 m); max 88.9 (27.05 m) mrl NO. Daraipllon 1W FuMo system for wlm' 1081 Fudng system far md' (spedfy Nablec or Riggama)

Headslay Termlnal Required- sold separaialy l W StaInP'h;. 14 mm 10% Rcc-40 (127mm)

Optional Parts %E 1092 OBD 989 W1 1M W '

EmaT (2.13 m) lufifoil extrusian Ema 10. (254 mm) wnnemrfwwlm Ema 10. (254 mm)mnnectortamd Leadblockk't:lx011,3xWl,lxW9,1dd Stanchion mount base Big Bullet block somm aaamer m ( rcluoes stemba & topgle) MS hayaro restraner (.re on? men reqdlrw) ..m not nc!.ded C o n s ~ IHarken l if boat englh or neaostay lengtn exceeds spect.cat ons above

Lit3 m ~ ~ c a i s a r * r * r s - * . n ~ - 2 u m 1 R~~.~~ ldP

WlnP ~XIBMI ...............

-

s/n", 16, 19 mm

C. M~$ Pln P - ~ ~

~~~

-

~ .

-48.14.3 mm %", 1'. 1'18" (22.2, 25.4,28.57mm) Max. Dyform size %." (14 mm) requires special terminal.

-

k mm Standard 76.10. (23.42 m); max 94.10. (28.91 m) Plrl No. Daraipllon 1W Furling system forwlmwllh a d * 1063 Furling system far rod wllh gud' (SW@ Navlec or Rlagamal

Optional Parts I n 9 M r a 9' (2.74 m) lhfffail extrusion l(56 Ertra 10'(254 mm) mnneclor 989 .mdDOE~~n1~011.3~Wl.lx009.1ceat + Line not included


WlmB clxlasn

WO

C W M B

22 mm

4Q.16.75 mm. -78. 17.91 mm

I~I,", (31.75 mm)

Max Dyforrn skze >L" (19 mm) requires special terminal.

m m LW@

standard 87' 5" (26.84 m); Max 114.5" (34.87 m)

R* NO. oarrrlpaa IW Furanp warn for*ln' laS Fudn~system for mdvlhm1' (%wily Navm or Rlaama)

Optional Paris I W Enra 9' (2.74 m) luftfoil extrusion

0 Continuous rod only. If sectional order 4.5.

Llne not included.

..... -

..

~~

25 mm

~-

...

--. ~

-76 (17.91 mm 91 (1950 mm) -115 mmj

(2)i.b

thwm m Slandard 10YIV (31.24 m): max128.10" (38.87 m)

0-m

1Ed Extra 12' (3.56 m) lufflalekwsion 1051 Extra 18h" (343 mm) c m a

Llne not included.

130

l'k', I ' V , 1 % i (31.8.34.9.39.7 mm)


MKlll Hydraulic Furling

Independent swivels at headand tack improve sail shape

me only hydraulic lurllng wllh Investment cast stainless steel gear housing and doublernveloplng, cone-drive worm gear. MK II nydra~t f ~ lng r allows y o to~ reef, f.rt or se1 sal s ~11ththe to.ch of a DJ!ton The MKlll hvora~r fur er IS made of rlard6ote anod zed a l ~ m l n ~Mm m investment cast stainless steel components polished to a high luster. The stream Double swivels at the tack and lined housino fits easilv within existina ouloits. , head help s k p e sails when reefing. A standard winch handle activates the headstay adjustment and tensioning system that uses a self-locking bevel gear lead screw mechanism in a sealed oil bath. When a winch handle is inserted, the manual override automatically diverts oil flow from the hydraulic motor to prevent accidental activation of the powered system. The furler's lower toggle rotates 90" and accepts any chainplate direction. The reversible hydraulic drive uses a high reduction, double enveloping, worm gear to prevent a reefed sail from unfurling under load. Suitable for cruising boats from 50 to 120' (15 to 36.6 m) with headstays as large as l " (25 mm) wire or -115 (22.2 mm) rod. Worldwide parts and service. Large diameter Torlon ball bearings rninlmize friction: require no lubrication or isolating seals

Shaped stainless steel and sal/ changes

7

Sculptured torque tube minimizes sail stretch at tack

I Aerodynam~cA~rForlPhandle extreme reefing loads Tough tr~ple~nterlockio~ljo~nts shaoed to match 1011s secured with with screws; adhesive removes point loading withstand years of torque loading

Independent headstay adjustment with winch handle operation on self-locking bevelgear screw mechanism

,

:

/

Sla~nlesssreel mdestment wsr gear housing lealures nardened steel gears runnrng ,n 011

Investment cast stainless steel cover with cast and integrally welded hydraulic tubes

Flip switch, inseri winch handle - manual override automatically divem fluid from hydraulic system for safe operation


W,

,,

114'11'

.

1 .m

,lb.80 mm)

5f. 17 90 mm m 1%" (31.80 mm) ............... .26 .. 80 m ..35 03- ... 1" -76.17.9 mm 102'7" 126'7" 1%- (31.80 mm 4.5 25 mm -91. 19.50 mm, -115, 22.20 mm 31.27 m 38.58 m 1%" (34.90 mm), 1.M (d9.70 mm) s i i do nat apWto Dyfwm wira "CamktbWm I omsrman N i i c M md tContinwus md ant$ msachbnsl ordw4.5.

6

'h

6.7

'

5 h

5,6

"

Furling Dimensions Ult

A

B

I).

34%" 876 mm

24%613 mm 24%-

35'

625 mm

689 mm '%73 959 mm 47%' 1 2 mm ~ @hn 1235 mm

3.5'

25' 635 mm 3I2P 797mm 32'6"

826 mm

D 6'hS 241 mm 10" 254 mm 1Vh" 2(U mm 14" 357 mm 14'h" 378 mm

C

20'U

524 mm 21'P 537 mm 21'6" 546 mm 27Y' 682 mm 28U' 718 mm

E 1Whw 273 mm 11'A~ 288 mm 11%" 295 mm 15" 381 mm 15'6" 403 mm

kil Dimensions WI

Ult I)

826

K l'%' 33 mm 1'h" 33 mm

35

1%" 40 mm

4

*% =,l SO mm 2"ha' BB mm

4 5.

L in/". 43 mm 1"ha" 43 mm l'%' 49 mm 2,M 61 mm 3%" 81 mm

WI 7' 213m I' 213m

v

274m

v

274m 12' 366m

Uf bp 18 %' (5 mm) 18 S" (5 mm) 18 W (5 mm) 18w 5mm nT/2 l8mmj 18%' 5mm ne.Iemm{

F 12" 335 mm l?hm 318 mm irk* 327 mm 17" 432 mm 1 7 ~ 6 4 mm

8 FA" 184 mm 7%" 197 mm 7'hnS 194 mm 8%" 216 mm 8'h" 216 mm

W 7%. 2W mm ?hm 2W mm P'hi 195 mm 96" 244 mm 9h244 mm

I 7%197 mm PI? 197 mm W" 233 mm 1vh" 270 mm 14" 356 mm

J 12" 305m 12' 305 mm 13'L" 335 mm 151" 387 mm 16'6" 480 mm


WlmUri~irss~ %G'. W',11.12mm

RadU

C l w k Pln B

-22.9.53 mm. -30, 11.10 mm

%", %", (19.22.30mm)

LlllPth Standard 75.6" (23.01 m): max 82'6" 125.15 ml

......

Exba 10' (254mm1 connectw' Exba 10' (254mm) connedw' for -22 rod

OW W7

'Order one for each foil extrusion. Max Oylorm size %; or 12 m m requires special terminal.

..... -

.........

%B".14 mm

.

..........

-40,12.70mm

H13d41Y bum

'18'.

-

1" (22.20,25.40mm)

Standard 75.8" 123.01 m): max 89'8" (27.28 m)

Pal( No. Det%lptlon IOU Furlng syslem urn, So-.odionemanlerm~na 1015 Fun ng system 101rm lermna (speaty h a m or R ggama, b58 Extra 7' (2.13 m) lull foil enrusion C ...

..A ..

m r a l U ,254mm conneaor' lor loo an0 r '(12 mm! DyiOlm 'Order one lor eacn l o l enruslon Max Dflorm s.ze 'h' or 12 m m reqJlres specla lerm~nal 960

Unit 3.5 WlmB u x i n s s ~ $h',16.19mm

HsadS1IY bnm

RlQ B

C k r k Pln B

.48,14.30 mm

%',l", l'/< (22.20.25.40.28.80 mm)

Standard 77.4- 123.57m): max 95.4 129.06 m)

.... .. ,....... , ....... 1066 Exba 10'(254 mm) connector' 'Order one for each foil extrusion. Max Dylorm size %C or 14 m m requires special terminal.

Unit 4 W

~ cixirss) B

Hsadslar LEl#th Pal( NO. 1067 lW8 1086 1069

M#

C l d s pin B

-60,-76(16.80,17.90 mm)

W ,22 mm

1'k' (31.80mm)

Standard 87'11'' (26.80 m): max 114'11" 135.03 m)

OsmiptlOn

Furling system w@hSta-LoWlorseman terrniml Furling system for rod terminal (spew N a v k or Riggam) H rod is sactlonal order 4.5. odra 9'(2.74m) foil edrusion odm 17(305 mm) conrector' 'Order one for each foil extrusion. Max Dyiorm size %'or 19 m m requires special terminal.

- -

wire# (ixicss)

r. L..ru

HB8&by

C l d s PIU B

nod B

....... mm)

m Standard 102.7"(31.27m): max 125.7. (38.58 m)

Pal( MO. DacliptlOn

1072 Furling system Mh Sta-Loluhlorsemanterminal l073 Furling system for rod termid (specify nawc w Riggam) 1051 Extra 13%' (343mm) connector' 'order one tor each foil extrusion

."

1'1.. , ,. , 111." , , 13!, , .,,.

(31.80.34.90.39.70mm)


Furling Accessories 061 stanchion mount bases provide an ideal attachment method for furling lead blocks. The ball ioint socket acceots most small boat swivel blocks. includino ratchet blocks. Bases fiiall standard W' and 1" (22 and 25 mm) pulpits and stanchions. The 319 is useful for boats with continuous line furling systems or when leading multiple l~nesafl.

Fudlng lead Blocks Furling lead block kits include ball bearing blocks. Hexaratchetsto provide proper drag on furling lines, stanchion mount bases, and cleats. Mount fixed leads on boats with bulwarks to keep sidedeck clear.

~ a l y a dReslralners Harken offers two sizes of halvard restrainers. Each is a stainless steel bracket shaoed m e grooved for both'w~re to 111raOl~Sedspars Tne hardkote anoomd a ~ m ~ n usneave and roDe halvaras and r oes on Tenon mDreonatea eDow , , , oearlna " Hakaro . restrainers should not be used unless required.

-

M Ne. M1 266 26l 810

U8 UO

884 1185 944

946

Oe~lrptlon Stanchion mount base Lead block kit Lead block kli Stanchion mount double imd Fixed kdd Fixed lead Snap shackle Snap shackle Halyard remlner' Halyard reminer*

947 Prefeeder S69 Lead block ldl * #l0 RH (5 mm)

134

W8IgM U B 2 57

-

-

6 2.1 2.1 2.3 5 3 6 1

170 60 60 65 141

p

" Blocks wwi swivel posts only

85

170 28

-

MBI wohlq load lb kg 350 159

-

350

159 136 227

15W 23W

1040

-

3x15611 x019Nx061/1 cleat 3 X 16811 X 01W4 X 06111 cleat

3W 500 -

tnd11w

680 -

-

-

1 X 01113 x wl/l x W 1 cleat

UII rlh Bulletglp B u l W r @ i y 7 mm Carbon.25"hkhe" 00, WAL, 0,1,1.5 2. 2.5

0.1.1.5.2.2.5 3,3.25

.

, , , . 2, 2.5

00,O(UL, 0, 1, 1.5 2, 2.5. 3. 3.25 All 3.3.25


Mainsail Handling Systems


Balten naveler Systems Full length battens exert tremendous loads making raising and lowering a fully battened mainsail extremely difficult. Loads are alsa from all directions - p~shing,p~llinpana w~stlng.Sa I slldes can1 hanale these loads ana s ~derb e systems can? handle the variety of loads exe-tied by sails. harkan Battear systems suppon the batten enas and headboards on hee rolling reclrculabng ball wanng cars aes gnw to control tnese forces ana allow sa~lsto be ralsed, reefea, ana ao~sedeas lv. even when Me boat is not head to wind.

There is a lightweight track for each size system with slugs for flat or round mast grooves. lfyour mast does not have internal sail track you can attach track by drilling and tapping the spar

.., A v a r w of ball bearing cars is offered to accept most standard batten terminals

Headboard couplers place high leech loads on two cars. Using a bridge spreads the load properly The 1807 headboard car shown at right can be used with existing sails on smaller boats with no sail modifications, while special headboards are offered for new sails or larger boats Raise, reef and doust8 your main easilL: even when you're not head-to-wind

Harken Bancar systems suppofl the batten ends and headboards on free rolling recirculating ball bearing cars

Smaller boats use the 1777 fuff slider

L ~ fcars f hold sail to the mast between battens

Harken's Battcar is a simple, Iighnveight assembly with full articularion

Harken's batten terminal for System A and B accepts either flat or round battens

J

m


Ordering Battcars Ordering the correct Battcar system for your boat involves choosing the correct size range, choosing the ....correct ... ...numbkr . .. of . cars .. .for - vour , -sail. -~~ .~and d e termining the proper track and mounting slugs for your mast Your sailmaker should be consulted in the Drocess because vour sail will need modification: but you can chdose the correct components by following the five steps below. Owners of unusual boats should contact Harken for further details. ~

~

1

2. Order the correct number and configuration of can for your boat. Choose cars aner consultationwith your sailmaker. Each system needs one headboard car assembly, the correct number of batten end cars, and short luff cars for between the battens.

3. Determine the correct number of track sections.

4. Determine the coned mounting slugs for your mast. Each size system has slugs for flat or round mast grooves. Each mounting kit includes enough slugs to fit one track along with fasteners, Loctitk, and a connector slug. Order one mounting kit for each track section. If your mast does not have an internal sail track which will accept Harken mounting slugs, you must attach conventional Harken traveler track by drilling and tapping the spar. System A uses 142 or 154 track with 278 splice links; System B uses 1535 or 1510 track with 1538 splice links; System C uses 758 or 1847 track with 1786 splice links. 5. Order one end stop kit. Each kit Includes WOend stops, fasteners and special mounting slugs for track ends.


System A Bancars are designed for boats from 27 to 48' (8 - 15 m).The 1944 can be used with either flat or round battens. Use the 1807 headboard assembly with existing headboards. The 1977 will accept the Rtitgerson batten tensioners with their new universal pintfings. System A hi-load cars are equipped with aluminum end caps and Torlon balls.

ia

3

m 76

1lU

2%

Y

Wl

3 3 3 3

78

l

1944 1979 1OZl

m

76 76 76

r % 1% 41 2 1% 41 2 4% fi h 1% 41 2% 1% 41 1% 41 1

51 51 64 71

- E4

-

-

-

l

W

19 216 146

-

-

V+

19

l

'ic V4 Yn

51- 8" '14

95 6 5

T

6

-

'1,

6

**Uselocknuk

HI. DncdFlon 1762 Headboard car assmbiyhmdboard 1807 Llght duty headhrd car asaembly Hl-laad headboard canare reqmred ta larger mansails To ord.:

138

WeIgM WlWl 01 in mm 37 1063 2% 56 20 562 2%r 56 add HL'tothe part number

Ball U In mm 'h 6 'Ir 6

1901 1944 1976

i

ha 8..

NI. Balls 52 104

MIX h8adbWrd thlchnu in mm '1% 12 '12 12

#Iload

LII~IMI

iO

1700 1300

771 590

nttbla 1800(142.154) 1800(142.154)


Banenllutf Cars Ball

.NO.

-

Max load capacily . . ib kg 200 91

Track 1800:142!154

-

-

350 200

159 91

18001142i154 180011421154

12 16

F1at1Round FiaVRound

350 350 350 350

159 159 159 159

180011421154 18001142/154 18001142t154 180011421154

Max banen Lenolh B in I& in mm

weinht Wlnth B No. ....... g in mm In - m m 8alls Description az 1777 Slider luli car 1 28 2Yb 56 !i 6 - - 8 219 2Y8, 56 a! 6 40 - - 1825 BattcarIlO m m stud' 1894 Ball beartng lufl car 5 129 2311, 56 '/A 6 30 - - l7 471 2+,, 56 'ir 6 40 1'18 41 :1 1901 Battmr1adlustable Bansiide 1944 Ballcart40 mm receptacle 10 272 2'116 56 :a 6 40 1% 41 '11 5 154 2'1,~ 56 'is 6 40 - - 1976 Bancar far :h stud Battsilde* 5 152 23tla 56 'is 6 40 1977 Uolversal Bancar' - - - - :1: 6 21 - - 176 Replacement Delrin balls . p . 6 21 - - 177 Repacemellt Torlan balls IHL cars1 H-oad Bancars and lun carsare requred for aiger mainsils. To order, add 'HL' tothe pan number Does not apply to 1777 u l i cars 'Batten receptacle not included D.+ ",.

Banen

-

-

-

-

-

Mast Cross Section 1803 Fitsfat mast grooves!yth a "?,'(S mm) gap orgreater but less thari S;:' (11 mnl) 1823 Fits f a t ,mart grooves with a;,,,' ( l 1 mm) yap or greater but less than l;'(16 mm).

Actual Size

Track

Fastener Par1 Length Wsighl spacing no. Description in m ourt glm in mm 1800 Track 80Y, 2.05 4 16 387 ~'YII 125 1421154 Smai Boattrack for drlllng andtappng See page 9910 order

Fastening melhod Mountno siuys DrlIng and tapping

1803

1802

c

1803,1823

i

I

G ,

:p

1802 G.

'I'

-

'3 '

1

1823

'i

i

l

Actual S ~ z e

Ar:tual

1805

1806,1824

S2e

Mountinfl Klts Part

NO. Description 1802 Deep round mast groove' 1803 Fiat mast groove' 1823 W d e fiat mast groove'

Maunling slug Length Weighl in mm 02 g t 19 c! ' 6 21: 19 '71 8 ir 19 1 10

Number per kit 15 15 15

End Stop Klt 1805 Deep round mast groove' 1806 Flat mast groove' 1824 Wide flat mast groove'

1:. 1'1% l'!

32 32 32

'11 13

10

2

3

'i

16

2 2

Connector slug Length Weight oz g in mm

'M5 x

20 C 22 1'14 35 8 X 16 mm fasteners

'M5

8 x 16 mm fasteners

2'18 2,!a Z5/1

67 67 67

Vr

Number Per kit 1

Kit includes

Order

Sugsifa~1eners: Lo~tlte

One klt per !enQth of 1800 track

S1ugs:fa~tenel~I Lo~l~telpair 263 end stops

0,ne k ~ per t mast or l800 track

1

-

X


Svstem B Battcars are deslaned for monohulls i r n ma~nsallsof less thani75 112 (63 m') or muklhulls W th less than 550 V (51 m?) hkloaa can Hnlh aldmlnum end c a ~ sand Torlon balls are used on monohulls with mains to 800 ft2 (74 mZ) and on multihulls with mains as large as 650 ft2 (60 m?).

Pm

...-

A

C

B

-.

.-

1170 3'Vw 97 1'Yu 49 1011 3'51 97 l'% 49

Pln B

D

."

v.,.

.- ,.

- - - - - % 20

YII

V,

. 8''

" 6

"Use locknuts

-6m Rn

mlw

Wm i

WI II

No. Dc3crlpl!4n .1P mm oz 0 In mm 1718 rnMcar aswrnb(yhwdbard 37 1050 2% 70 % 8 HI-Load Batcars and heddbard cars am requlrd lor larger mainarlls To order, 6dd "HL" to prt nurnbr 140

Ye. d 48

Ikr hullotld rnkkmu In mm

K

16

Whl #8pac@ L kg 2500

113.1

Ik*


cars Ball Part No. Dercriplion 1794 Battcar!adlustable round Baltsllde 1826 8ancar:lO mm stud 1895 Ball bearlng iutf car 1902 8ancar:adlustabte Bansl~de 1946 8ancar!5O mm receptacle 1978 BancadPO mm receptacle 1979 Battcar tor .!c stud Bansllde* 1980 Uniirersal Ballcar' 1526 Replacement Torloil balls (HLcars) 1583 Replacement Derln balls H-Load Battcars are regulred

Welghl 01 g 23 652 13 369 6 170 22% 638 14 388 12 322 9 244 8 234

-

.

0

Wldth in m m 2'14 70 2% 70 2% 70 2% 70 2?:r 70 2':r 70 2::? 70 2 :A 70 p

In '11; !;I;

!lla ::$E :,,B : E

'P

41

:l.$

p

mm 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

No. ol balls 40 40 30 40 40 40 40 40 25 25

Max banen Widlh B in mm in m m - - 1'; 19

-

-

-

-

-

-

--

-

lsli 41

2 1'11

51 41

12 19 16

1; '11

a':

- - - - - - - - -

-

Max load capacih Banen Ib kg Round 850 386 850 386 375 170 FlatlRound 850 386 F1at1Round 850 386 F1at1Round 850 386 850 386 850 386

-~

p

-

Track 1808i151011535 1808i151011535 l8081151011535 18081151011535 18081151011535 180811510i1535 18081151011535 180811510!1535

-

'Batten receptacle not lnciuded

Mast Cross Secllon 1811 Fts flat mast grooves w t h a 'ii'(11 mm] gap or greater but less l i a n % ' 116 mm1

Actual S ~ z e

Track Part NO. l808 151011535

Das~ripti~n in m Track 81'ir 2 06 Md~Rangetrack see Page 102 to order

Faslaner spacing in mm 3'Yt 100

Weight

Lenglh olnt 5.92

g/m 551

Fastening method Slugs Orillng and tappng

Mounting Kil Pan No. l810 1811

Descriplion Deep round mastgroave' Flat nast groove'

Mounting slug Lenglh Weight oz g in mm ;/R 22 .:l 8 ;ia 22 Yi 12

Number per kil 19 19

Conneclol slug Length WeigM oz g in mm 3 76 1 28 3

Oe~cription Deep round masl groove' Flat rrrast groove'

1h

43

1

Kit in~Iud86

Order

Slugsllastenersl Loctite

One kll per iength of 1808 track

'M6 x l 0 x 20 mm fasteners

EndSloD Kll Part NO. 1813 1814

76

Number per kit 1

Mounting slug Length Weight oz g in mm l 12 36 l'!.: 36 3: 12

Number per kit 2 2

Connsclor slug Length Weight mm 02 g in

-

-

-

-

'M6

X

-

-

-

-

Number per Kit 1 1

I o x 20 mm fasteners

Klt includes SI~gsifa~tenerSiLocttel p a r 1522 end stops

Order One kit per mast for 1808track


System C System C batten travelers are desianed for monohulls with mainsails of less $an 1400 W (130mz)or multihulls with less than 1200 fP ill1 m?).Custom or modiiied systems are amilable for larger boats.

A

Put

B

... 1 m 1

4224

lwll

4%

4,

-,,.

121 121 121

-

56 55 2% 2 % ~ 59 r/n

-,,. 4Vr 1 M 4 k

3%

Pln I

P

C

1M 81

-

I WI 12

241 182 305

,

U

h

8

7%

8 9.5

m 9

228

"Use locknuts

I , .

pan No. 1782

142

Demlptlm Headboard car assembiyhssdboard

w.11* U 72 2040

width in mm 3'la 84

in

mm

No. of balk

V&

9.5

50

L R

B

MmllQdblad tllr(na

In "h

mm 17

Y111md ~ C i W

lb 42W

kg 1905

Tnch 1818/1&(7R58


Cam

h11

No.

a

Lon@h Dsrcrlpl~on in m 8118Iir 208 1816 Track 75Sna.37 Use big boa1 track See Page 1 W to order Pnd no.

1817 1818

Welghl ozm nlm 938 874

Fastener waclng In mm 3% 100

Max b a b n

XM I

load

Faslsnlnp msthod Slugs Drilling and tapplng

i I

5 1820 1821

% '

V

nwMllkH In I 1 1

M Longlh mm 25 25 25

2 2 2

51 51 51

Part NO ~otcription 1817 Shallow round mast graave* 1B18 D e e ~round mast groove* 1819 Flat mast orwve'

o sluu ~ Waiphl 01

'1, SI '

K

~ Humber ~ par g kit 10 19 10 19 16 19

Connsolor slug Lenplh Welghl ~n mm oz g 4% 105 1% 46 4 105 1% 46 4'11 105 2% 66 ME X 1 25 X 40 mm fasteners

20 20

2

-

2

-

End m 1820 Shallow round mast groove' 1821 Deep mast groove* 1822 Flat mast groove"

Y< 314

1

3

0

2

-

-

-

M8 X l 25 X 40 mm fasteners

Numbor Per 111 1 1 1

-

Kit lncluder

Order One klt $er S l u g ~ ~ langth ~ l of 1816 track SlugsJIasteneni Loct~lelpalr548 One kll per mast alumlnum end tor 1816 track stops

143


Use Harken's furling outhaul car wlM in-mast or behind-the-mast furlers on boats to 45' (13.5 m). Recirculabng ball bearing car features a high efficiency rollerhall bearing sheave to ensure smooth. efficient furlino and reefino. Car runs on Harken Bg i Boat track mounted to the boom. Order track on Page 109. Dead-end shaclde for 2:l outhaul included. See System 5 on page 200.

-

-

-... ... ~

r

No.

E9S

(

D#rdfllon FVIIW main oulhavl car

in 2

I

mm 64

~~llth a m 5'k

133

WIP 01

41

ko 1162

Card(lh II m 3'11 85

m~~i"iiold unnw ib II LI 3WO 1361 60W 2722

t h k a n bark 5161'758

Single Line Reefing Single Line Reefing makes shortening your mainsail a auick, earn three-steo o r o m : ease the halvard to a predetermines marntknaon the reefing ik and retrim the sail. HarkenS svstem is based on Gar~vHovt's patented concept and includes everything you Aeed to install the system except the line and a cleat or stopper. Sails with reef points do not need modification.

Lam Jacks Lazv Jack contain mainsails durina reefino and dousing.l?Iey work exceptionally well wflh full h e n e d mans. but are also bsed wlth conventional sails. K& include pre-swaged vinyl coated siainless cable, ball bearing blocks, rj&aps, line, a cleat, fasieners, and pictor!al instructions.

Ptr(

144

' I U

Bcal I m m

U. Wdp1l01 262 Small

II 21 - 28

253 2%

27.37 35.42

Medium Large

--

mm@ w m m I

~ o o mlsnm

m

n

6.4 - 8.5 8.2- 11.3 10.7 12.8

7-13 10'6"- 16' 12-18

-

Malmll IuH lenph

m

It

m

2.13 3.96 3.2 - 4.87 3.7 4.9

24 32 32 - 42 35'7 - 48

7.32 9.75 9.75 12.8 10.88 - 14.63

-

-

-

-


, , ,

.

Winches

~

.

..

.,*:;gi,i:f:Ea


Winch Features Harken winches are designed to be reliable, rugged and extremeiv efficient. Thev feat~remore beannos than comparable winchiiand have woe diameter spindies to decrease bearing loads for reduced frict~on. Harken self-tailing winches now have an improved system that holds line better and is easier to assemble when servicing the winch. The new one-piece sculptured, chrome plated line guide with integrated line peeler is easy to install and eliminates Me separate plastic iine peeler, spring, and plastic guide ring. Line entry is lower, closer to the drum. The self-tailing arm is still adjustable to 22 positions after the winch is mounted. Winches up to the 53 have new composite fiber-lied self-taiiina iaws that have a gentle angle and tooth design for easy entry and .sLper noldifl~withor wltho~t oaa. Larger winches wve a < m n u miaws FOX s~rinas . - ensure that laws ooen evenly so iine is easy to insert. New sfl-ialilw eaDnot be r0boiiW to mkting Harksn winclres.

All winches (from the 42) feature a stainless steel handle socket for

New composite self-tailing jaws for winches up to the 53 have a gentle angle for easy /he entry and "super holding" with or withoul load. Winches 56 and larger have aluminum jaws

Winchesas small as the 48 feature roller bearings in every gear High load canying gear pins are 17-4 PH stainless steel for maximum strength and durability Stainless steel ball beanirgs carry vertical load of drums

46

Set-tailino arm is adjusiabliio 22positions after the winch Is mounted

Drums are for service by removing only one screw

--

All bases feature large drain

B53.2STC pictured Features vary by winch model

High load mnying gears on winches as small as the 32 are 17-4 PH stainless for strength, durabili& and efficiency

Larger winches use two gears to drive drums. This reduces the load on the drum gear and loads the drum symmetrkaily which improves efficiency


Winch Use Chart

TH

This winch use chart will give good results, but it requires that you know the exact dimensions for your boat. If you do not know your exact dimensions, use the graphs below for average dimensions for your size and type of boat, but be sure to confirm the dimensions before ordering a winch. Rig dlmenslons have precise oellnlr ons ~nderthe rac na rues, those snown are genera oescr ptlons onlyWhenever there is a question regarding winch selecb;on, please contact Harken.

60

I".

Distance Imm the deck m the top of the fore

1

trilnnl.

12

Distance from deck to staysail halyard

--

Distance from front of mast 10 haadstay at deck level J2

Distance from front of mast to inner headstay

P

Length of mainsail lull Length of mainsail foot

E

Dimensions

18.3

H E: H E:

Fractional Maslhaad

-

Boat Length (fesumetersl

Boat Length ~fssllmetsrsl

.

Malnsall

Genoa 8h.d

Halyad

WlYcn Mox nail ana (IxJx.~

I

"""On malnshm~t

Halprd

4:l Sham1 mar sal1 n a (PxEx.5)

Mar "P"

Staysail

Spinnaker RwI

Shael

(IxJxl.8)

Halyard

Topping ILifV

f o n l ~

Hallad ~~

I


Single speed winches are used tor sheets on vew sma I Doat5 and tor halyards on small an0 mediim sizea boats. They are also usef~ltor a variw of control functions on many boats. Harken single speed winches are the finest small winches made. They feature all metal bases and bushings or bearings where other brands use plastic bodies and no bearings. Small two speed winches are useful for orimaries on small ana rnedl~rnsized ooats an0 for na yards on med urn slzea boats Tne 832 2 and B40 2 both have roller bearings on the interior center shaft and 17-4 PH stainless primary gears, features generally found only on competitors' larger winches. r sheets on racing Three speed W nches are p o p ~ kfar DOatS Mere fast line soeed s ~rnoortantd~rinatacks. The 848.3 is a direct h e winch'with a very fkfirst sear First aear is selected bv de~ressinathe nameplate next to me handle sodiet. h handie roration e reversed, the wnch will automat ca iv move ta Me next gear in sequence. First gear i n be ignored in heavy air,

I

Pul

t.4

* (-Wm), A

NI.

I 1 M6.2 &.2 040.2 W.2 2

048.3 l

h. B

08 I

B11.2 ,

082.2 040.2

M2.U W.U W.=

148

I

hun

RI1 In Fh Ph 2% 2"ha S

3%

4 4

mm @l

m M 74 78

90 102 102

8m In ?h# 4'h 4% Vh B'h 6'6 7'6 7h'

nn 90 115 120 136 145 185 190 190

HalgM In 3% 3%. 4,h~ 5'h 5% E'h Ph* P~I

Bnrrdlo I 1 1

1 11 11 11 P51 251 11

mm 82 90 112 134 148 182 192 192

z

a

2.31 4 1 81.1 731 101 2 5 1 101

-

i

8.41 7.31 721 68.1 671 1 1 121 51

Ummln~m ib 16 7G4 23 1 55 25 73 33 65 36 136 6 17 20.6 9 34 20 9 95

*me

1&l *l a 1

a

m- m * m . 111 1 2%

66

-

ay. 3%

so

4%

105 112 128 156 155

-

-

M

-

U3 121

U3

-

4% 5% h 6%

90

BxYPqBx6W

.~XYJ~I~XBFH

SxYcH5x6FH Sx'hPHSx6RI 5xYFHJx6FH 5x%FH5x8FH 6xXFH6x6FH 6x%~FH6xBFH

WeIgM Ib 2.9 44 71 94 11 9

-

-

Chome

h 1 33 19 32 43 54

-

-

Une mm imlgiw in m 1% 33 1'h 36 2 50 2'h 70 2?1 70 3% 85 3% 1W 3'% 1W


Self-Tailing Winches Self-tailing winches are ideal for sheets, halyards and control lines on racing and cruising boats. The self-tailing mechanism means that one crew can quickly and easily trim or raise sails. The B16ST is a one speed winch. The handle drives in one direction and ratchets in the other to facilitate cranking under high loads. The B32.2ST and B40.2ST are two speed self-tailing winches. All have our new self-tailer which features "super holding" compasite jaws and a one-piece sculptured line guide and peeler.

&q> B48.2STA

Ilr B532STC

Use for: Halyards Sheets Control Lines

W i i o n a l Infornution: See page 147 for suggested uses. Oldsdnp Infonnatlon: Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

.

part

No.

81687 852.281 WO.25T BU.ZST W.2ST BM.2ST 1153.2ST

B Omn

In 2 ?*h6 3 3'h 3'%a 4 4

mm 70 74 76 92 100 102 112

Baso -~~~ In mm 4 120 5% 136 5% 150 6% 170 6'h 175 7'h 190 8"la 220

-

Hold1 In mm 142 5 6.h. 164 6 176 71 196 8% 210 6% 222 9"h. 245 ~~~

Part

m a r nllo

Wlluhl Alumlnum Chrom~ Ib tg $ lb 7 3.2 8.5 3.9 5.4 9.3 4.2 11.9 10.6 4.8 14.1 6.4 16.4 7.4 20.5 9.3 19 8.6 24.1 10.9 23.4 10.6 28.6 13 29.3 13.3 36.5 16.6

P a r r nllo

Mln In 'h h' a h' . $8

%E %o

'h8

Llns E mm 6 6 8 8 8 6 6

Fnhnen

Faatenor drrls

Mar In

%e

mm 12 12 12 14

'hr 'hr I

14 14 14

'h ,h 'h

UnE OnlR. hriQh1 In mm 2 50 2'1. 70 2% 70 3% 85 3% 3% 4%.

90 100 105

149


Large WOspeed sell-tai ing W nches are used for sheets and halyaros on arge otkhore boars The self-tailing jaws accept a wide range of line diameters. A new, one-piece sculptured line guide has an integral line peeler. All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to im-prove efficiency. The drums are supported by ball bearings and all center shafts and gears ride on roller m all shaft pins are 17-4 bearings. Two gears drive the d ~ and PH stainless steel. By special order, the B74.2ST is available with power ratios of 85:l or 92:l for use with very high loads.

Halyards

A@iitlonal hrtonmHon: S@ paoe 147for suOgested uses. O@whg Mfmatko: Specll winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn),

Rrt In. W.2111

w.287 5.7:l 186.287 7 3 1

B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.

~74.281 7 3 1

9 Pad

no. B~.28T BU.2Sl B66.2Sl B74.2ST

150

In

Drum

4%

h 51 h

mm 120 130 150 150

Gearntlo 2 5:l 13:l

P m r ntlo 1 2 21:l l

1

16.5:l 22.s:i ZO:~ 2s:l 221 251

in 8' 9 O h 1Wh1

mm 225 245 265 265

HalgM In mm 10% 270 308 12'h 1l"ha 3Kl 11"h~ 300

I:IUmIM~ 34.5 46.3 59.7 60

15.6 21 27.1 27.2

Chmme LD Ib 41.5 18.8 59.5 27 70.5 32 72 32.7

M:I 68:1

h 8%

I

a'!+

210 225 225

S x % m S x 10 RI 6 XYFH 6 X 10 m 6 X YFH 6 X 10 M

~ln8 e

WEI*

Bsro

F s l l M r clrcle R a n n In mm In mm 7"h. l95 6 x %FH 6 x 8 FH

In %S

'L

Y lh

Mln

mm 8 8 10 10

h

'h

'h "he 'XI

MIX

mm 16 18 221 21

Llna nntq llslgM 11 mm 125 4% 5'h 150 5% 150 5% 150


Three Speed Self-Tailing Three speed self-tailing winches are ideal sheet winches on larger boats. The three speeds allow sheets to be trimmed quickly, even in heavy conditions. Self-tailing allows one crew to handle the entire trimming task - perfect for cruising or racing boats. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's Large drum diameters, three speed self-tailing winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided with power ratios of 85:l or 921 for use on high loads such as found on vely large boats or multihulls. All large three speed winches offer drums supported by ball bearings, two gears driving the drum, 17-4 PH stainless shaft pins, and roller bearings on all gears.

B563STA B66.3STA

'I

Use for: Halyards Sheets Control Lines

loshiba Wave Warrior - P FlIOto#raPnY

Md'lonal Informallon: See oaoe 147 for suaaested uses. ordering i~onatiGl Speeify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by specid order only.

Plti un

..-.

l

~ 5 6 . 3 2.2:1 ~ ~ ~ 6 4 . 3 ~2.3~1 ~ 8 6 6 . 3 ~ ~2.8:l 874.9ST

2.8:l

Gear mllo 9

3

1

S:I 5.73 731 7.3:i

13:l 16.5:1 20:1 22:l

g:+ 9:l 9.31 9.3:l

Power nllo 2

3

21:1 zz.5:i 25:l 25:l

%:I 64:l 66:l

71:l

Fastener circle 1 ..1 .

mm

7%. 8'1. 8'h 8'k

195 210 225 225

~~~~~

Fasllnen in mm E.X%.FH~XBFH 5 ~ % F 5H x 1 0 ~ ~ 6xSk~~6xlom 6x'kFH6xiOFd


r'*) m - k.4

Wide Body Self-Tailing Winches

9

"C '

',-.'%

Wide body self-tailing winches are used to trim and raise sails on the largest yachts. They are generally used with pedestal, electric or hydraulic drives. The large diameter d ~ m S prwide extra Surface area for holding extremely high loads and also offer high speed retrieval of line when sheeting. The B1140 is available with a backwind feature which allows the winch drum to turn in a counterclockwise direction to ease loads on the winch before the sheet is released. The B980ST is offered as either a WOor three speed winch. The B1100ST and the B1120ST are three speed winches. The B1140ST is a three speed winch with backwind designed for use on mega yachts.

B1120.2STC

8

eeify winch d m mt&l by adding A (aluminurn),

bmm) Or (aluminu*niess steel) to Art number. P O I I S ~ bmnze ~~ by s p e cider ~ onty. or d& add PD to the part number. M

110. 1SW.m bSW.SST B1110$7 BllZOSl BlllOST

152

c

"V.

Ofum In mm h 175 h 175 10"h. 275 ll'shs W . 380 14'hs

0

IUI in mm 285 h 265 107h, 342 13%510 2crh 562 22%

in"'lpMnn 11% 3W 1iUh8 3W 8% 210 14"h~ 380 L 4W

l l l D U T 7.3:l 27.81 -.m 2 8 1 7 3 1 W l l M 1:l 9&:t ~ 1 1 2 0 2:1 ~ ~ 11.4:i 11140ST 2.9:1 12:l

AlumInum ib 81.7 28 29 83.8 23.9 52.7 52.5 115.7 113 249

@ m iM Clmm Ib ~p 77.2 74.9

-

-

35 36

-

-

"

-

21:i 27.8:1 8:l 43.6:i 1.85:l 4.9:1 3.4:1 44.1:l 4:1

Al~rn/8S ib h 40 88.2 90.4 41 88.15 30 58 127.8 2P) 136

.

a 1 21.1:l 17.43 ls.3:l 16.9:l

in

%

Lh %

,,,

"

-

h h l 4 18%

(0:l

80d:l

m:r 62.M

Mln

... .. 225 225 272 385 460

una B mm 10 10 118 14 19

In '$1

h "h, 1 1%

Mol

".S

6xYFH 6xlOFH 6 x'hfH 6 x l 0 FH E x8hHH B x l0 HH 12 X Y H H 12 X t o HH 8xYHH8x12HH

mm 20 20 22 25 32

Uneeiwyhl#d 11 mm 5% 150 5% 150 3% 84 5 150 8 203


Powered winches offer oreat convenience to cruising sailors. Thev allow small crew to handle tie hign oads of large ooats.~heets,~ l y a r d ~ . an0 maior conrrol l~nesare al we I suited to the use of oowered W nches. ~arkenoffersboth electric and hydraulic self-tailing winches in a wide range of sizes and configurations. Electric winches offer the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. The winch is wired wlh two switches and a control box which mounts in a sheltered location below deck. Harken electric winches through the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches all use 24 volts. Motors on most winches through the B980 are mounted either vertically or horiintally to match your installation requirements. Because each electric winch has a motor and is easy to wire, it is generally less expensive to use them when plans call for just a few powered winches. When many winches or other functions need to be powered, hydraulics, which use a central power source, should be considered. Many large cruising boats use hydraulics for windlasses, fuding, centerboard lifts, vangs, and backstays and this power source may also be used to drive Harken hydraulic winches. Use of a central hydraulic power source reduces weight and noise as only one motor is required to dri~e the entire system. Harken offers both hydraulic self-tailingwinches and hydrauiic power sources and control systems which can drive winches and other accessories. All hydraulic motors are mounted vertically. All hydraulic lines and motors are standard hydraulic components so that winches are easily serviced anywhere in the world. Every Harken powered winch including the smaller sizes, operates in two speeds born when using the powered mode and when using the manual mode. This two speed capability in the powered mode on smaller winches is unusual and is of significance for primaly winches on smaller boats and for halyards on !arger boats because it insures high line speeds

-s-V~/-+~.

under low loads while retainino hiah oower for hioher loads. Powered wtncnes lrom me B56 may oe-orderm with threespeeas for vety nlgh llne soeeds under low oaos Operation of all Harken powered winches is by use of simple waterproof switches and reliable, easy to service, electric controls. The crew may select ether first or second gear depending on load. Winches revert to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so the boat can be raced or cruised without use of the powered system. Insertion of the winch handle automatically disconnects the powered system to prevent use of Me motor with a winch handle inserted. Powered winches are self-tailing winches with chromed bronze or alurninum drums. Polished bronze drums are available by special order.

Hldnullc Power Unlls Harken offers four sizes of hydraulic power units plus custom sizes for special applications. These are centrally positioned power units supplying hydraulic power to different functions on the boat. With these power units it is possible to serve all of Me hydraulic requirements on a boat winches, furling, windlass, steering, centerboards, and davits. Power units are driien by either 12 or 24 volt electric motors. All of the hydraulic connections are made with standard high performance hydraulic fittings. These systems are very simple and use commonly available hydraulic components so that service is possible worldwide. The Hydro 6 and 8 use two motors. A manual switch allows selection of one or both motors at any time. Two motors allow extra power and provide a backup power source. Every power source is tailored to its specific use. Pressure and flow are adjustable and each valve can be fmed with separate pressure and flow valves. For large boats, custom power unls are available.

Hydro 4 power

HimkW SolllYBIfer 59

..

DRS104P switch. Switches are mounted near winch and can be posi#ofl&i for hand and/or foot operation

874.2STCH hydrauiic winch features large diameter bearings and efficient sen-tailing mechanism

power hydraulic unil functions supplies for six

Hydraulic control box contains switch controls. Supplied with hydraulic power unit

EleMc winches have an attached motor. instailation involves wirino the winch, installing two switches and mounting a control box below decks


Electric winches offer cruising sailors the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. Harken offers the most complete line of electric winches available with sizes ranging from the B40.2ST which is suitable for use as a primary winch on boats as small as 28' (8.5 m ) and for halyards on boats from 32' (9.7 m). The 402STE-H is offered in kit form with winch, control box, circuit breaker and switches. All Harken electric winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the electric motor or when Cranking b y hand. Electric winches from the 56 may be ordered with three speeds to provide very high line speeds. The 81120 is available as a two ar three speed winch. The B1140 is a three speed winch with backwind. The backwind feature allows very high loads to be relieved before sheets are released by reversing the direction of drum rotation. Operation is by use of simple waterproof switches which are located near the winch. The crew mav select either first or second gear oepeno ng o n tne oao Tne a nch reverts to mama1 operatloh hen a loc61ng nano~eIS ~nseneaso tne ooa! can oe raced or c r L ~ s e o!vflhout dse of the e ectr c system lnsen on of the nand e automatically disconnects the electrical system to prevent use of the electric motor with a winch handle inserted.

L ~ X

Harken electric winches through the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches use 24 volts. Motors are mounted either vertically or horizontally on winches through the B980 to match your iistallation requirements. The anchor plate allows separate disassembly of the winch and the rnotorlgear reduction assembly. Both the motor and gear reduction box feature special anti-corrosion orotection.

40 ElecMc Winch Kit Part .,-

includes

Dsrcri~tion

'Line rpssd Is measured nth no laad "lisrumer thre speed winch

Additional Information: Lino speedhinulr~ 1 2 See page 147 for suggested uses. tl m It m fi Ordering information: BIO.ZSTE-H 39 11.78 21.6 Each winch requires WOswitches, 2. ,B m.H - 50.2 15.2 15.5 control box and breaker. See page B46.2STT.H 52.1 15.8 14.9 160. The B1140 requires a n addi- B4B,2SIE.H - 55.8 16.9 14.2 tional switch for the backwind. Bu,2sTE.H 49.2 14.9 12.9 Three 'peed winches from 56 are B56.2STE-H 74.7" 22.78" 33 10 12.9 by

'pecia'

Order Specify

winch drum material by adding A B (polishedbronze) Or C (chrOrnedbronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only. ..'Omm

31 27.2

B74.2STE-H BBBOSTE-H BlIlOSTLH B1IZOSTE.H B1140STE.H

27.2 32.3 27.4 22.8 87.5

73.6" 85.9" 133.9" 133.9" 110.8"

22.42.. 26.19" 40.8" 40.8'" 33.76"

9.4 8.4 8.4 9.8 8.3 6.9 26.7

m 6.56 4.7 4.5 4.3

10.6 9.9 9.2 8.6 8.9 7.9 21

3.9 3.9 3.2 3 2.8 2.6 2.7 2.4 6.4

24V WO

1ZV 500 WO

WO

WO

-

WO

600

600 600 1WO l000 1000 1000 2000 2600 4300

600 600 1WO 1000 1000 l000

-

-

Amps 24V 12V 70 50 100 50 100 50 100

2800 2800 2800 2800

Fastener d n l o Fastonera In mm in mm 4"11t 125 5x'hsFH 5x6FH 5% 145 6xs/JH 6x8FH S*%# 150 7 X F .,I' H 7X ~ F H 6'h 155 6 x%FH 6x8FH

50 50 70 70 70 70 120 150 270

2800 2800 28W 2800 2800 2800 2300 2300 1950

7 7"l%s 8'1, 8% l 8'h 10'1. 14'It. 18%

-

100 100 140 140 140 140

-

-

RPM

180 195 210 225 225 225 272 365 4W

6 x'hJH 6 x 8FH 7 xsh.FH 7 x 8FH S x W H 5 x lOFH 6x3hFH 6 x lOFH 6x1hFH 6 x lOFH 6xAIuFH 6 x lOFH 8 x8hHH 8 x 1WH 12x'hHH12xlOHH 8 x 'hHH 8 x 12HH

iB aluminurn wflh ibiniesl steel sleeve. Chrome not mihble.

Part NO.

B

Drum In

BU1.2STE-H 3 B44.2STE-H l B46.2STE.H 3'31 8411.2STE-H 4 B53.2STE-H 4%. B56.2STE-H 4% B64.2SR.H 5'h B66.2STE-H 5h 874.7STE.H 51' s B9BOSl€-H 6% BlllOSTE-H 10"h BllZOSTE-H 11'%a BlI4OSTE-H 1431~

154

BW.2STE-H 77.6" 23.65" B66.2STE-H 73.6" 22.42"

Power watts

3

Base

mm

in

mm

76 92 100 102 112 120 130 150 150 175 275 3W 360

'l l

155 165 170 190 220 225 245 265 265 265 342 510 562

6"1,. 7'h 8"ha 8% 9'1 10Va 101' ,a 10%a 13% 20'dr 22'1.

Height in mm 8%. 8'lrr h h 10'1. 11'1, 12"h8 12'1,. 12'h. l 81' 4 14"Ila 15%

205 211 215 236 260 285 323 315 315 315 210 380 400

Aluminurn ib ku 26.2 46.6 49.4 58.8 59.6 65 85.6 99 97.8 102.2 165.38 187.4 341.5

WripM

Chrome ib kg

11.9 29.7 21.2 50.9 22.4 54.5 24.4 59 27.1 67 29.4 71.9 38.6 98.8 44.9 109.8 44.3 1W.8 46.4 117.7 75 65 231.4"' 155.2 391

-

13.5 23.1 24.7 26.8 30.4 32.6 44.8 49.8 49.8 53.4 90.5"' 178

Line B

Mln in

mm

'h*

8 8 8 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 16 14 19

'As

h' a h' a l/s~ s/rm 'hi

'h '/B

,h 'h 'h lid

Maz in

mm

'h

12 14 14 14 14 16 18 20 20 20 22 25 32

%S

%r %a %B

I/" h '3. '%a

"1,s 1 1%

Lino enlq hobht in mm 3% 3'31 4'h 4'11 41'4 5'1% 6%

6% 1 b/r 3% 5h 6

90 1W l05 115 120 140 165 165 165 165 84 150 204


Mote: unlike competitor's winches, ail Harken electric winches have two speeds and drive through the transmission to increase power or speed without additional baftery drain.

Pad No.

E F in mm in mm 2 5 0 5'h 140 PI. 66 ?he 1M) E PI. 66 r118 180 2% W 8% 175

m m

m-

in 10 l0 10 10

L N D mm in mm in mm 255 255 1% 385 5'6 140 255 25515h385 5% 140

- - - -- --

241 60 8% 175 10 255 15%385 5'6 140

M4Slf 2'1. 58

?#a

196 11'h 290 1% 420 6'1. 1M)

.

NO. 1 B44.2STE-Y W.2SlE.Y 159.2SlE.Y 156.2SlE-Y 84.6" B64.2SlE-Y 87.6" M6.2SlE-V 83.3" Bl4.2SlE-V 83.3" BwC6lE-V 105.1"

-

P '4

2'1. 58 T 3 h 198 117ha290 15% 420 6% 160

m 2% 58 7 % 198 11'he rJO 15% 420 6'1. 160 P - - - -

m

-

-

25.8" 26.7" 25.4" 25.4.' 32.03"

U 57 64 56.1 37.9 29.4 26 26 30.4

m 17.4 19.4 17 11.5 8.9 7.9 7.9 9.2

m 5.3 4.9 4.4 4.4 3 2.9 2.6 2.5

it 17.5 16.2 14.5 14.5 9.9 9.6 8.6 8.3

in 5"ha 6 7 7"hv 8% 8% h h

mm 145 155 180 195 210 225 225 225

in mm 8 x %.FH 8 x 8FH 6 x3hmFH 6 x 8 M 6x%&H 6x8FH 7 x%.FH 7 X 8FH 5 X bFH 5 X 1OFH 6 x W H 6 x lOFH 6x3hFH 6xlOFH 6 x J h M 6 x lOFH

mm

Line snhy halgM in mm

- - - -

Bll4USlE l'% 30 14% 372 20% 520 "'Drum b dumbum with minkss rtsd s l a m Cham ndaualabls. 0 Pm Drum Baa~ Hoighi MO. in mm In mm In mm

Alumlnum ib km

WllM Ib

Chmme km

in

Mln

Llno B mm

in

Max


Hydraulic Winches Hyara~lc w~nchesuse a central power soLrce to drlve a I ot the powered wincnes on laroer CNIS na boats The d other t;nmons same power soLrce can be ~ s e ior on me boat s ~ c as h w c k s .m . vanas. - . hrlina. ". or centerboards. All Harken hydraulic winches, including the smallest sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the hydraulic motor and when cranking by hand. This two speed abiliw in the powered mode is unusual in small winches and is of significance for speed of trimming and hoisting sails. Hydraulic winches size B56 and larger are available in both two and three speed models. The third speed is useful where high line speed at light load is desirable. The B1110 and B1120 are three speed winches. The B1140 winch is a three speed but also has an additional "backwind speed. Backwind is useful on vely large yachts for relieving the load on the winch before a sheet is released. All hydraulic motors are mounted verticaliv and all nydraullc tmngs are i0d~sb-Ystandara fo;ease of seNlce and compat~biity wlh other components.

I Note: unlike compeMive winches all Harken hydraulic winches have two speeds and drive through the transmission to increase power or speed without additional bafteiy drari.


118

ssrsruce Fan a ArrocMlrer - Robeno FrdrVOniPhofl

Use far: Halyards Sheets

'Based on 4gallonYminuts (15 iimMminutd innut oil flow me. "Mumerlhree~ed wlnch

Additional Inlormation: See page 147 for suggested uses. ~rderlnflinlorrnaiioii Each winch requires two switches and a control box. See page 160. The B1140 requires an additional switch for the backwind. Three speed winches from 56s are available by special order. Spwify winch drum material by adding A (aluminium) B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to pati number. Polished bronze by special order only.

Part un

..-.

R

1144.2STH B48.2STH BSS.2STH BS6.ZSTH BM.2STH B66.2STH B74.287H B98OSTH BIllOSTH B1120STH R4lAmTU

1

Line spaodlminuta' 2

...m

R.

.

..m.

.n.

42.9 47.2 41.5 167" 128" 121" 121" 142" 149" 111"

13 14.3 12.6 51.4" 39" 37" 37" 43.2" 45.4" 33.7"

13.5 11.9 10.9 28.1 26.4 23.4 23.4 27.4 23.4 19.5

4.1 3.6 3.3

91"

7Rfi"

?:,R

3

.m ..

.In..

-

-

-

8.5 8 7.1 7.1 8.3 7.1 5.9

10.9 9.2 8.6 7.9 7.3 7.6 7.9

3.3 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.4

BY, 8% 8 8% 9 9% 9'1. 9'1.

R9

6

l 9

L

.mm .....

225 225 225 225 235 235 235 235 ll'i.l 290 ll"he 300 420

in ...

II

.mm .....

4'31~o 4'V. 4"h. 4% 4"h6 4'58 4"11 4"h 4"h~ 4'lhr

125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 6% 175

Fastener circle in mm ... 145 5"h. 6% 155 180 7'h 195 7"11 210 81' . 225 8% 225 8% 225 81 315 1 365 14'he 18'1. 460 ~

~~~

Famenem in mm 6 X %,FH 6 X 8FH 6 X %EFH 6 x 8 M K x %.FH 6 X 8FH 7 x BFH 7 X 8FH 5 x%FH 5 X 10FH 8 X%FH 6 X IOFH 6 x3hM 6 X lOFH 6 x 'hFH 6 X lOFH 6x'hHH 6xlOHH 12xahHH12X 10HH 8x'hHH 8 x 12HH

..'D~lm is alumlnum win rldnless sleei 51ewe. Chrome oat auariaole.

B Part NO.

1144.2STH B48.2STH B53.ZSTH B56.2STH W.2STH B66.2STH B74.2STH B9BOSTH BIHOSTH B11ZOSTH B1140STH

Drum

in 3% 4 4% 4 5 5'11 51' , 61' 8 10"hs 11"Itt 14,La

mm 92 102 112 120 130 150 150 175 275 300 380

in 6'h 7'h 8"hr 81' 8

Bate

Bia

ID7/.. l l

13"h l

22%

mm 165 190 220 225 245 265 265 265 342 425 562

Height

in BLhl h 10'1. 1 12"hr 12'h 12% 2 8'1 14's1,~ 1511c

mm 211 236 260 285 323 315 315 315 210 380 400

Waluhl Aluminurn Chmma Ib $ Ib kg 37.3 16.9 41.4 18.8 44.4 20.1 49.6 22.5 M.6 22.9 57.8 26.2 55.5 25.1 62.4 28.3 67.5 30.6 80.7 36.6 80.9 36.7 91.7 41.6 86.3 39.1 98.3 44.6 83.7 38 99.2 45 79.38 36 171.9 78 171.9"' 78"' 249.5 113.4 249.5"' 113.4"'

-

Line B in %h

%s

h' e h' e h' e 1'8 '/a 'h >/B Ih

,/a

Min

mm 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 16 16 19

In %I %B

%I

'h 1 '.

"k '%S

'%a

"ilr

1 1'1.

MXI

mm 14 14

Line antry hsight in mm 3%. 100 4% 115

14 16 18

4% 5% 61',

120 140 165

20 20 20 22 25

6% 6% 6'h 3% 5%

165 165 165 84 1M

32

8

203


Hydraulic Power Units Harkeneofnf four sizes of hydraulic power units. Hydm 2 and Hydro 4 are single motor power units while Hydro 6 and Hydro 8 use dual motors which are capable of vely high flow rates and DrWide a baCkuD Dower source Hydro 2 1s ~ s e don boats to 45 (13 7 m) wn ch requlre two or tnree f~nctlonstiyam 2 is offered for eltner 12 vot or 24 vo t installattons araer u n k are offered only for use with24 volts. The units come with a control box which turns on the motors and interfaces with the switches to open and close the valves for each piece of equipment.

I

I 1

Hydro 8

Fbl A In. 18 mm W m 2 22% 580 H r b 4 23% 6W H f b 6 26 660 H V8 ~27% 690 Psrl

Un.

Hylro2 Hydro4 Hydro6 Hydro8

158

lumbnr ot hnctlons 3 6 9 12

B

In mm 14% SMI 14% 360 1Ww 480 Wha 52.7

C

mm 243 240 15% 390 18% 473

h

wb W&

D

in

mm 250 9% 250 ITHE 326 15 381

m.

ln 6%. Q'hn 6-h,

$*h

Mm cnmd Molar 1xlOWwatts ix20~watts Zx3WOwate 2x3WOwans

drsin anrpr 1W 150 350 350

llllr mpldlv I 10 10 25 40

~al 2.6 2.6 6.6 10.6

E

mm

im 170 176 241

11-15 0-5 15-33 5 - 10 33-5010-15

3 1 0

h r opnr Flow raw lrsPurn B 100 bar 1430 PSI Blr PSI llmln @aVrnln 140 20W 6 1.6 140 ZOW 9 2.4 140 20W 24 6.4 140 ~ W O 36 9.5

25 35 50

--

-,

Lu

$ 25 40 80 88

WI@M Ib 55 88 176 194

.

...

., ..-. ;. *.

. .. ..

,

U n rrlth winches 44-56 44 - 74 44-980 44-1140

. ... . . . . . ~ , . ' ..

.

,,. ;

11

FgMan mm 10

h ' 9(

Y

10 10 10

...:


Sangerman . m s Nauia 92 uses a Harken hfaraulrc popoNer unrt to dnve a turtrng unrt l100 and 1120 wrnches and to open and close the garage door at the stem

Hydraulic winches use a central power source to drive all of the powered winches on larger cruising boats. The same power source can be used for other functions on the boat such as backstays, vangs furling, or centerboards

Hydraulic furling allows sails to be reefed or set with a touch of a button

Harken offers srmple, water protected sw~tchesfor use wrth hydraul~cwrnches

1


& Switches Both electric and hydraulic winches require switches. In addition. electric winches reouire appropriate control baxes which must be'chosen based on the winch, the voltage and the number of winches to be controlled. Hydraulic power units are supplied with appropriate control boxes. tlarmen offers simple, water protecteo satcnes for Lse wrth etectr c and hvora~lc winches Order two switches for each winch, one for each speed.

ElecblCal Control Boxes E ectr ca contro8boxes contaln the so enoids to oDerate the winches Eacn box M! control one winch. Boats with more winches require additional control boxes.

Hl#h A l n ~ n fCl i~r e ~BnakBrs l ~arkenoffers f i e surface modnr h~ghamperage c ~ r c ~breakers. it These ~ n i are h IOW tor Jse Hnth electric winches. They are compact, waterproof, and ignition proof. When tripped a small flag shows and a button allows the circuit to be opened as if using a switch. Circuit breakers are rated to 30 volts DC and have 3000 amp interrupt capability. HT~lraullcControl ~ o x wa d P~BOIS ~ydraulicpower packs are supplied with appmpriate control boxes. Soecial contml oannls are often supplied wiM hydraulic systems. ihese panels can be mounted in the cockpit and show clearly which systems are in use and allow remote operation of hydraulic functions.

Part Yn. WISllW BRJlW

D&otlon RemotsswNct wlouard Remoteswitchwl~uarc

B

u r n 2% 66 3 76

Hel#hl in mm "h8 18 h 19

WoI#M

or

a

6 3'b

180

89

winch 40.2STE 44 2STE 46 2STE

%%inch 21wmd

Elecblc Control Boxes Pllt

Humber 01

LlnNh

HmIoM

OmNh

Ik.

urn

amp 40 50

HI.

MBS

H C M H E W

HCP720 HCWZI

75 100

W 5W 600

H C W

50

MEP721

ion

Mn

WO.


Racing Winch Features Racers at all levels know that light boats are faster. Leading edge boats are designed and buik to exacting standards to keep weight out. These boats demand extremeiy ligM winches with high efficiency and total reliability. Harlten answers rnese needs vvlrn a I ne of raclnfl w~ncheswn ch combine the meticu OLS attention to oera I of me oest ra !an craftsmen with the space age American technology which has made Harken an institution in racing circles for over 20 years. Harken's racing winches are Me ultimate winches for serious racing boats. Weights are extremely low and reliability and efficiency are extremely high. Racing winches are not simply standard winches modified for lighter weights. From the hard anodized alloy bodies and drums, and the PEEK roller bearings riding in large diameter cages, to the Torlon balls carrying vertical loads on the drum, and the 17-4 PH gears and gear pins, Ha&en racing winches are bred for performance. From small two speed sel-tailers to enormous wide body pedestaldriven winches, Harken offers the most complete range of racing winches available. They meet every need on any racing boat.

Wide body winch drums feature hollows between interiOr and exterior drums to reduce weight

for maximum durability

\ PEEK roller bearings ride in large diameter cages to allow more bearings to carry the load

Bail bearings carryve_i ioad of drum

P

Drums are hard anodized aiuminum with large winches offered with combination aluminum/ stainless steel drums

Large winches feature special 17-4 PH stainless drum gears for iong term reliabiiily

Large diameter spindles form a large bearing surface to properly carry the load

1

Drive gears are 17-4 pH stainless steel with specially finished working surfaces

i

i

l

More bearings than any other other winch

Larger winches use two gears to drive drums. This reduces the ioad on the drum gear and loads the drum symmetrically which improves efficiency

I

Center shafts on all racing winches ride on roller bearings

Pawls are held captive by the springs. hey are easy to ' remove but won't drop out accidently during service

Gears on winches .~~ . . .from . the . 45 . fear~relour pawls lor maxrmum rel~ao~hty ano 10 mlnmlre oacklash ~~

High load carrying gear Pins are 17-4 PH stainless steel for maximum srrength and ourao,l,ry ~~~

~~~~~~

~

Winches as small as the 48 feature roller bearings in every gear


All winches (from the 42) feature a stainless steel handle socket for maximum durability

Quanro" is a breakthrough in winch design patented by Harken. Evolving from the driven skirt sheaves of our large America's Cup winches, Quattro is a simple winch which offers four line speeds. The Quattm was developed for the Melges 30. The boat required extremely fast winches to handle the large asymetrical spinnaker but also needed power to trim the genoa upwind. The usual answer would have been two winches, but high performance boats can't tolerate the extra weight. The solution was to build a winch with two dNm diameters. For fast bimming use the large diame. more power use the norter lower skirt d ~ mFor mal upper drum. Two speeds X two dNmS = four line speeds. Self-tailing Quattm winches were developed for larger offshore boats which trim the spinnaker on Me cabin house winches. They need speed for Me chute, but power and self-talling abilky for the guy and for the hatyards. The M5STRQ debuted on Numbers and has been very popubr on Me the Corel45s. The M4STQ was developed for the Farr 40 One Design. All Quattrowinches feature aluminum drums. The M5STRQ is a racing winch with lightweight PEEK bearings and an alumlnum castle. The WOQ, 40STQ and B44STQ are based on standard nrincnes. AI three versions feat~rea ram of ball beanngs to s~pporttne @mica, load of the drum.

High load carrying gear pins are 174 PH stainless stssl for maximum strength and durab~lily For more power use the upper drum

Self-tailing arm is adjustable to 22posltions after the winch Is mounted

X.,"

B40STQ B44STQ B45STRO

m e ,.

rh.rn

drums =four line speeds

r

C

Mdltional Information: See page 147for suggested uses.

part No.

MOO MOST0 B45STRO

Orum 9 Upper ~owor in mm in mm h 145 3% B0 5'Xe 145 3%. 80 61 174 3,h 92 6'h 174 3% 92

Llne B Base B in mm h 165 h 165 8'ha 214 h 214

~eish~ in mm 5'he 138 5'hs 136 h 206 8% 206

wslph~ ib 9.6 13.05 19.5 13.6

b

Mln

Max In

mm

in h

6

,k Xr

12 14 14

'h

8 6

In

-

mm

4.36 5.92 8.84 6.27

5. h '1.

-

'ha

-

Llne e m halpM UDPW mm in mm 15 2% 70 15 2 70 20 3% 84 20 h W,

LOWI

'h 'h

1

A


Two Sweed self- ailing

Racing Winches

Two speed self-tailing racing winches are ideal fol most primary secondary, halyard, running backstay and control line applications. Six winches are offered to handle functions from primaries on half-tannersand halyards on three quarter tons to running backstays on maxis. These winches feature the all new self-tailing system with "super gripping" composite or aluminum jaws and sculptured one-piece line guide and peeler. Two speed racing winches are offered with hard anodized aluminum drums andfeature PEEK bearings for exceptional weight savings, low friction and high performance

Use for: Halyards Sheets Contml Lines

Additlow1 Information: See page 147 for suggested uses,

Part In. B15.2STR W.2STR B53.ZSTR B5U.ZSTR BM.2STA 874.2STR

Oear ratio 1 2 2.5:1 8.21 2.5:1 10:i 3:1 12:l 5:1 13:l 5.7:l 16.51 7.31 22:i

Power ntlo 1 2 13.8:l &l 12:1 U:1 13:1 53:l 21:1 56:l 22.51 W1 253 713

B Part No. B46.2STR W.2STR 853.2STA 856.2STA BM.ZSTR 874.2STA

L l n ~B

Drum In 3% 4 4 4% 5% 5'h

Htlghl

8110

mm 92 102 112 120 130 150

F ~ ~ e n w r i m l e hmnn h mm In mm 5 126 S x6h.HH 5 x 8HH 6'6 155 6xsh.HH6x6HH 7 180 6 X W'HH 6 X 8HH 7% 195 7 x3&FH 7 x 8 FH 6 210 5x1hFH 5 x10 FH 6% 225 6 x8kFH6 x l 0 FH

in 6"he 7'h 8"h 6% 9% 10'ii.

mm 170 190 220 225 245 265

In

mm

Ph

196 222 245 270 306 300

0% 9"hr 10'h 12Y 11"h.

WalgM ID 11.3 16.1 19.2 23.6 30.6 41.7

Mln kil 5.1 7.3 6.7 10.7 13.9 18.9

In

'h Xa

XI

'ha 'h

MXI

mm 6 6 6 6 6 10

In Ohs %S

#h* 'h

'h '%I

mm 14 14 14 16 18 20

Lh8 antry hdgM In mm 3% 85 3"h~ 1W 4% 105 4'31 125 5% 150 5% 150


Three Speed & Three Speed Self-Tailinn Racing winches Three speed winches are the heart of any racing boat's winch package. They are idea for most primary and secondajwinch appl car ons. Threespeea self-tail ng winches are used as secondary and MIyard winches on large racing boats and primary winches on shorthandea rac n(l boats. Tnev feature hara anod zed alJminum drums and ~EE~besrings for excepr~onalweight savings. The high speed first gear is enaaaed bv deoressina the namepiate nng. Lse first giaffor fast sneel tnmm ng in ignt air or ignore first gear in heavy air.

-

Additional Infornulion: See page 147 for suggested uses.

pan

No.

818.3R BSJ.3R 156.3m B64.3STR B74.3STR

164

11 4 4 4'h 5%

' h

mm

1 BNI 2nuo 3 1:l 2.5:l 10:1 1:l 3:l 12:l W.am 22:l 5:1 131 M 4 m . 2.31 5.7:l 16.5:1 874.3STR 2.8:l 7.31 22:l Rrl b. WJR M.SR

B mm 102 112 120 130 150

In

hn

7% 8"k 8% Ph

107h

mm 190 220 225 245 265

H~I~M In mm Ph* 192 Phs 192 10% 270 11"hs 1 H'% 3W

mlln Ibc 14.6 17.6 27.8 3W.3 46.3

b

6.6 8 12.6 16 21

1 5:1 431 9:l 9:l 9.3:1

Pmrntlo 2 3 12:l Ud 131 d 21:l M 22.5:i W 25:1 7 4

uns B

Mn In

-

%I

h' ,

Y

FI~I In 6% 7'6 7"k 8% 8'h MI

-

In

-

mm

8 S 10

Y Ih

16 l8 21

mm

'%I

Flhnn mm In mm 155 6x1hFH6x8FH 180 6xShFH 6xSFH l95 6x%FH 6 x 8 F H 210 Sx'hFH 5 x 1 0 FH 225 6 x8hFH 6 x 10 FH

CIKI~

Uns snq hslpm In mm 3% 1W 4'ha 105 4% 125 5% 150 5'h 150


Wide Body Three Speed Racing Winches Wide body three speed racing winches are ideal primary and secondary winches. The wide body's large drum diameter gives exceptional line speed for faster trimming. These wide body racing winches are ail supplied with a top cleat for fast, convenient securing of sheets. The high speed first gear on the B560TCR and B980LPTCR is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heay conditions. Direct drive wide body racing winches offer crews a 1:l overdrive speed for very fast trimming of the genoa in light conditions or of the spinnaker at any time while retaining a geared firsts air work. Gears are changed in the of three speed winches by reversing handle direction. Three speed wide body racing winches are offered with anodized aluminum ( drums. The B560TCR is also offered with a combination a Lm num and stain ess steel d r ~ mfor wire sheets.

. r

5

:

Use for: Haiyards Sheets Control Lines

Mdiiional Infannation: See page 147 for suggested uses. Olderlug Inlmation: Spec@ winch drum material by adding A (aluminum) or AlSS (aluminumlstainlesssteel) to the part number. For pedestal drive add PD to the part number.

RI1

no.

BUOTCR B53OlCR MODTCR WTCR BO8OOLPTCR B98OLPTCR

in 4% 5'6 5% 5% 6,h 61

Orum

B mm 120 130 150 150 175 175

In M 6"h. 6'h 81 1O'he 1O'k

ha8

mm 190 220 225 225 265 265

in

7%a 8% 9'1.

9% 1GJh 1115(

IillpM

mm 192 215 235 W5 270 270

Alumlnum II I0 16.5 7.5 19.2 6.7 25.6 11.6 25.6 11.6 35.9 16.3 36.5 17.5

Weiphl Ib

Mum188

km

-

-

-

26.9

13.1

-

Line entry MigM In mm 3'%1 100 4% 105 4% 125 4'%1 125 5% 150 5% 150

165


Laroe Wide Body Three Speed Racing winches Large wide body racing winches are used primarily in DedeStal driven n gh load appl,car ons All of lnese wlnches nave three speeds rvhl~eme 1110 senes IS also available as a four speed The 1110 vvlncn was orlg nally developea for the Amenca s C J pr~ mary lv but the IMS legal verslon Istea here nas been ~ s e ds~ccessf~ as the primaiwinch on top rated Maxi boats. The wlnches all have a cleat a~,ltnto tne center of Me orLm to secJre the llne They u t ize ~ 17-4 PH wars for sJDerlor strenaln al oy ho~singsfor l ~ hwe~ght, t and PEEK d l ~ mroller bearin& for low maintenance and hign efficiency. First gear is selected by Dressina a button on too in the center of m nch tnen a~to-shiftsfrom hrst to second to thlra the a ~ The on successive crann direction of roution changes. On four speed models, a knoo on me base selects behveen Me 'upmnd mode wnere the W nch aJto shifts from firs1 to third to fourth. and the "downwind" mode where the winch is locked into second and third gears. This is very useful when trimming large spinnakers.

Sheets Contml Lines

WlllhulSse*147far~ilseg.

Put NI. BHlO.$lCR Specify winch drum ma$rial by addkg A B1110.4TC8 (alumiMlmJorm(alum~nbssss$el) B11-

lmmgh#mut&n:

to the part number. Far padestal drive add PD to me part number. P

o ur m hr*nib l e a 4 1 z S 4 I n m m W 272 11 94914SEl 105'1 17.41 W.7:1 1 1 317.1 943.1 4 3 6 1 1 8 5 1 5 W 1 1741 OO.'tl 10% 272 2 1 H 4 1 449.1 - 34.1 1 9 3 1 M 14% 385

-

-

W1M .

i

hdmm

n m m 8xtcHH8x8HH 8x?(HH 8 x 8 H H 12xYHH12xlOHH


Large Wide Body Self-Tailina Racing winches Large wide body self-tailing racing winches are used primarily in pedestal driven high load applications. All of these winches have three speeds while the 1110 series is also available as a four speed. The 1110 winch was originally developed for the America's Cup mainsheet but the IMS legal version, listed here, has been used successfully as a mainsheet winch on top rated Maxi boats. New self-tailing features "super holding" composite jaws and one-piece sculptured line guide and peeler. They utilize 17-4 PH gears for superior strength, alloy housings for light weight, and PEEK drum roller bearings for low maintenance and high efficiency. First gear is selected by pressing a button on top in the center of the drum. The winch then autoshifts from first to second to third on successive crank direction of rotation changes. On four speed models, a knob on the base selects between the "unwind mode where the winch auto shifts from first to third to fourth, and them'downwind" mode where the winch is lock into second and third gears. This is very useful when trimming large spinakers.

F

Use tor: Halyards Sheets Control Lines

Additional Information: See page 147 for suggested uses. Ordedng Information: Specify winch d ~ material m by adding A (aluminum) or lVSS (aluminum/stainless steel) to the part number. Far pedestal drive add PO to Me part number.

B PM

Dnlm

Bane

part No. l w 0 . 8 ~ 2.21 ~ ~ Bg80LPSTR 2.8:1 B980.asTR

Dear 2 Ratlo 3 5:l 16.1:l 7,3:1 27,8:1 9,9:1 2,,sl

B1llO,aSTR

9,43:1

81110.4STR 81120.3STA

Hsioht

1:l 2:l

3.17:l 9.431 14:l I

AIumInum

4

-

43.6:l

-

Welghl

1 7.4:l 8:l 2.5:1

Power Ratio 2 a 16.2:l 55:l 21:l W:l 2 4 . ~ 1loo.rn1

1.ffi:l

17.4:l

80.7:l

-

10%

272

B X ~ ~ H8 H x8HH

1&:1 3.4:l

587:l 19.3:l

17.4:l 76:l

80.7:l

lo%

272 365

8x'hHH 8 x 8 H H lZx'hHH12xlOHH

AlumlSS

Mb

4

-

-

Llns B

Fasiensr C h l e Fartsnen In mm in mm 7"h1 195 6x%,FH 6x8FH 8'h 225 Gx'hFH6xlOFH 12 305 ~ X ~ I , B F H ax8FH

l

Max

Llne Entw Helnht


-

Winches

In the 1995 America's Cup, Harken winches were onboard both the challenger, Team New Zealand's Black Magic and the defender, Team oennis Canner's Young America. This was a great start for Harken's initial enhy into America's Cup winch competition. For the year 2000, we have lighter, improved primary winches and three all new touah and light seconda~ AC 2000 wincn system teat~resnclude more titan.um and carbon liber for reduce0 weight and amazing strength. AI new caroon fiber gear boxes. htrai ght caroon fiber drive shafh wth proven re iao e aonoed end fminas and carbon fioer beltdriwepedestals.Our unique push-butbn disconnect controls have also been lightened but are still reliable and easy to maintain. Our famous 1110 four-speed winch is used as the primary as well as in a sektailing version for the mainsheet and utility winch. 1110 winches all use a unique carbon fiber drum with a one-piece spun aluminum Hardkote a n o d i i friction surface that is replaceable. The new self-tailing mechanism allows more wraps on the drum. Although doing a complex job, the 1110 winch is very easy to service and has been proven extremely reliaole. Gear seien on is done by lne gr~noers,wno can feel Me load, lnsreaa of tne tailer Js,ng a loot-actwaled lever. The tailer has only to push the first gear selection button prior to the tack. For runner winches we offer our totally new 990.3STAC. This W nch in ia IMS legal lorrn was oeveloped specnically to handle me incredible load ng on a Maxi-boat runner system using the 1 W 1 third gear W~th carbon drum and tltanium gearno. Me 990 is perlect lor AC runners in hew Zealand where %knot winds are commonplace. For halyard winches, we have a totally new wide body 65.2STAC. This winch also utilizes a carbon drum and titanium gearing to achieve ultimate strength with minimal weight. The new 48.2STAC traveler winch uses titanium gearing and has a 20:l power ratio in first gear instead of the standard 12:l. This allows the faster first gear to be used longer for quicker adjustment

Pm h. W ~

1 M 4:1 W . 5.73 BIM.WAC 1:1 BillUC 1:1 BIllWTM i:1

hn

NO. U(.ZSTM B66.2STU: B100.8STlC H11MC B111OSnC

168

B

Drvm In mm 4 5.8 8 10.8 10.8

102 147

P'"'': 10:1 24:1 9 1 3.171 3.171

-

4

-

-

24.9:l 9.43:1 41.6:l 9.433 4 3 8 1

r7 Eleven out 01 sevenleen new AC 2000 yachts used comulete Harken winch systems. Sixteen out of seventeen used complete Harken doclc hrtlwors system&

1

PDnr ntlo 10' (2% m)m n k 1 2 3 4 20~1 a 1 162: 1 2.5:l 249:l l m . z t 1 1.85:l 5.87:l 17.4:l W.R1 1.85:l 5.87:1 80:l i

-

B Bars

whhmw In mm

-

203

-

275 275

15.4 15.4

392 392

wlo rhsaw in mm 7.5 190 9.8 250 10.8 274 13.5 342 13.5 342

in 9 7.8 9.4 7.6 8.3

HeIpM

mm 228 197 240 192 210

-

p.m ntlo

1

I"(228 mm) w n k

1.67:i 1.67:i

WnigM lb !an 16.1 7.3 19.4 8.7 32.5 14.8 37.2 16.9 43.6 19.8

Z

S

-

-

-

I

-

-

-

-

-

5.28:i 15.71:l 72.6:l 5.281 15.71:l 72.6:l

In 'he $hl

Mln

Futlnar rinb 11 mm 6% 155 8.90 226 12 305 10.70 272 10.70 272

Llnn B

mm 8 8

H

In 'A h

'h1 -

-

-

'he

11

%

%

Mm

mm 14 16 14.8 16.9 19

~utlmn in mm 6x%.HH 6x6HH 6x%8H 6 x 8 M 8 x W H 8x8M 8x'WH 8x8HH 8 xlWH 8 x 8HH

Uns s n q h a i r In mm 3.9 1W 2.8 65 3.5 89 3.3 84 3.3 84


AC cafbon and t#anium primay winch SeH-iaiiing w b n for mainshest and utility winches

AC runner witch


Pedestals & Accessories

Double bias S-glass/epoxy pedestals are designed for classes where carbon fiber is not permitted

Pedestal drive winch systems are favored for applications demanding speed and power. One or more crew can crank from a powerful standing position. Pedestal systems are customized to meet the specific needs of each boat. The components shown are Me "bu ldlng blocns" useito assemble the correct system. The systems shown below are typical of those in use today. The orocess of desianina - - a .orooer 'oeaeslal system for a boat is complicated and Harken should be involved early in the design process. Our winch specialists are capable of providing propr specifications and CAD drawings of pedestal drive systems for boats of any size.

1

Belt Drive Podectlls

Harken belt drive pedestals are a ~ i h b l e molded in either carbon fiberlepov or KevlarlS-GlaWepov construction depending on rating rules. Drive components are fabricated of Hardkote a n o d i i aluminum and 17-4 PH stainless steel. Roller bearinas and beit sprockets made of high performance enoineerina thermoolastic and Kevlar reinf o k d drivi! belts ensure the lowest possible weight. Ben drive oedestals are custom made bv Harken aid are offered in various heighis to match everv soecification. Handles are offered in either sirigle or doubk-grip configurations. In adddion to the standard below deck dnves, belt arive oeoemls can be sboolied in 'm ddrive" form. These pedestals nbt only offera significant weight savings, but am also useful in building a removable pedestal To open up cockpit space for long distance racing or cruising, these systems can be removed in iust a few minutes and the winches convelted to top action.

-

The unioue twisted drive oedestal, onlv bv hsst &ilia Harken. 'won the title of &rid's -.... product at me Manne Equipment Trade Show (M& TS.) In Hollana In 1998 This pedestal el~minatesthe weiohl ol rhe 90' gearbox when grinder tack ton,and a t . ~~

~

Carbon fiber pedestal represents the urnmate in lightweight construction.


Shafl Drlre Pedestals Harken shafl drive pedestals are made of a high strength aluminum alloy which is Hardkote anodid for a durable finish. Gears and bearings are 17-4 PH stainless steel. Shaft drive pedestals offer great flexibility because the input and output drive shafts do not have to be parallel and there may be as many as four output shafts. Shaft dr ve pedestals are avallabie In two stanaaro ne~ghtsMher helgMs are offered on a custom basis Tney are also avallao e WIM elther flxeo or rofalina neads Rotatina heads can be locdea In four pisilions to allow ihe grinder to face in a varietv of d~rectlons.Both single and doubiegrip handles are available.

-

Integral Pedestal Systsrm

Shaff drive pedestals are made of a high strength aluminium alloy which is Ham'kote anodlzed for durabilily

The B700 surface mount pedestal is designed for use on boats where underdeck installation of transmissions and drive shafls is not desirable. It is ideal for cruising boats which are raced and for all boats with finished interiors. It is especially suited to retrofit installations. The B700 will accept a 66,74 or 980 winch. The hard anodized base contains a spring tensioned drive chain connecting the pedestal drive shaft and the winch. The pedestal is offered in two height5 wim either a fixed or rotating head. Handles can be either single or double-grip.

Integral pedestal systems are especially suited to retrofit installations. They will accept a 866,B74 or B980 winch


Orlie Components

Gear boxes are connected to other gear boxes and oedestals bv drive snatts fitted wlth eiiher a u n i v e k joint or a wupling at each end. Our spherical couplings are extremely light but may only be used where the shafts are in-line to take up the small angles resultant for mounbng tolerance of flexng of me boat. Our hlgh angle un versa1 ,oinr 1s made of alumin~mwith 17-4 &inless D ns making it vew strong and aMe to oprate efficiently& shaft angles U0 to 20".

After the pedestal type has been chosen to match a boars needs, proper drive components can be specified.

g

C

Bevel Gear Boxes

m

Harmen offers three rypes of drive shatts. Extruded spl.nea aluminum drive shafts may be cut to length. Cdstom made tubular drive shafts are awable Hoth bonded end fmings in either carbon hber epoxy or S-glassewxv. Shaft cho~ceis determined bv load. cost, and weight coinside&iok. Your Haken representative k n provide details o i the best drive shaft for your boat.

Thls lightweight carbon gear box was orlglnally deslgned for America$ Cup yachts, but can be used on any boat where the rules allow. A round-shaped spline is available to handle smallangles.

Now /MS legal

Bear Boxes The bevel gear box is Me basic building block of Me drive system. Hatken offers two versions which work with bell drive wdestals. Tne B600 and carbon gear 00x8s can handle lmpJt hom more Man two DeoDle Tne 8604 wnlch is smaller, is designed - for a maxim~m of tvja people. The B6Ml and 8604 gear box housings are made of a high strength aluminum allw that is Hardkote anodized for maximum durabilitv. Gears, shafts and rollers are 17-4 Ph sblnless steel. The Ightweight carDon gear box was oriainallv aesmea for America's CLDyachts, b ~ t can be k e d on any boaiwhek theiules allow. This gear box feat~res a carbon fioerleooxv hous no. hion strength thermo~lasticbearinas as well as titanium'and aluminum components are useb to save weight. A Igear boxes may be SJpplied W th a slngle shaft as D ct~redor wlM Me horizontal shaft omtrudlna from 00th sides. Shafts mav oe connened directly to a drive shaft or; disconnect clutch may be added as shown. Custom gear boxes are also avaihble with angled sham for use with the shaft drive pedestal shown on Me previous page. There are many drive options available. Contact your Harken winch specialist for details.

-

Disconnects

Svstem disconnects can be activated meither levers or a two oosi11onpush-button. These may both be operated by elther hand oifoot, thOJah the lever is usuallv s u ~ ~ l i tor e d hand ooeration and the button is normally operated by fiat. h e illustrations show the push-buttons actuating disconnects on a below deck mounted B600 gear box. The levers are shown on a middrive ball pedestal.

To pmpedy space and support a gear box beneath a wlnch. Hatken supplles tuoes for bdh the B600 and B604 senes gear boxes Tubes are made to lenoth tmm niQh strenath aluminum alloy, hardcoated; or cirbon fibir epoxy with bonded ends.

1 172


Only Harken SpeedGrip handles have an independent swivel between the knob and the handie. This swivel keeps the wrist in alignment and helps prevent tendon injuries

SpeedGrip" Winch Handles Patented Harken SpeedGrip* handles have been widely copied but only ours has an independent swivel between the handle and top knob. This independent swivel keeps the wrist in alignment and helps to prevent painful and unnecessary tendon stress. SpeedGrip handles are ergonomically designed to match a wide range of cranking needs. At low loads the smooth knob is palmed for vely fast cranking. As the load increases slightly, the fingers naturally close to grip the knob. Under higher loads, the hand slides onto the vertical grip for normal operation. As the load increases further, the second hand grips the knob which brings the strength of the upper body and torso to bear in powerful two-handed cranking. The low profile SpeedGrip handles are ideal for both ligM and heavy loads. The knob offers higher speed and the lower profile reduces the bending moment. Since their introduction SpeedGrip handles have been widely accepted by both racing and cruising sailors who find that they are the perfect multipurpose winch handle. They were widely used in events like the Whitbread and America's Cup, even on boats not using Harken winches. Many boats are replacing their double-grip handles with SpeedGrips and saving weight without sacrificing performance.

The upper section of the SpeedGrip knob is molded in urethane fora comfortable feel and for bener grip when palming the handle

All winch handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficent and comfortable operation

I Maosllan Alpha, Open 50-elflylySlacXPhom

SpeedGrips are lock-in handles and are offered in 8" (203 mm) and 10" (254 mm) lengths In both aluminurn and chrome The low profile BBASGLP Is an 8" (203 mm) alminum SpeedGrlp handle with no vertical grlp. It is designed for use on small boats such as the J/24 where the concern is speed, not power

8" (203 mm) handles are faster because the hand swings through a smaller circle, but they reduce power by 20% 10" (254 mm) handles are the industry standard and have proven to be the most comfortable length for most people. Published power ratios for most winches are based on the use of 10'' (254 mm) handles

-4 A

BBCSG

!

Y

BlOASG Par1 Mn. BMSGLP BASG BESG BlMSG BIOCSG

Lanulh (L) Deacrlpllon Lock-in low profile aluminum Lock-in aluminum Lock-in chrome Lock-in aluminum Lock-in chrome

in 8

8 8 10 10

HBI~M(HI

mm 203 203 203 254 254

in 4"hl

PI,, ?hr 7% 7'1,s

mm 122 182 182 188 188

in 1% 1% 1% 13h

1%

m= In)

Wsi~m

mm

02

32 32 32 38 38

13 22 33 20 45

I 368 624 936 567 1290

173


Ball Bearing Winch Handles

Standard handles feature a cap which rotates with the grlp to prevent blisters and chafe on the hand

I

AN winch handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficient and comfortable operation

Harken w~nchhandles are a blend of good looks and smwth efficiency They are a perfect enhancement to any winch Harken handles fit lnternatlonal standard handle sockets Metal handles feature ball bearlng gnps for smwth, comfortable operatlon A ball beanng grlp ensures that your power e transm~nedInto the wnch with the greatest ePclency, wlth no annoying drag

Chrome vs Alurnlnum? Most handle lengths and styles are offered In elther chromed bronze or Hardkote anodized drop forged alumlnum

Locklng vs Plain? Lock-ln handles are easy to insert and release with thumb switch The B8AP a conveniently pos~t~oned and BlOAL come wlthout locks Some raclng crews Ihke plain handles because they are easler to Insert and are prlced less

Handle Lanalh 1 0 (254 mm) handles are the industry standard because they have proven to be the most comfortable length for mostsa~lorsPublished power ratlos for most wlnches are based on ths handle length 8" (203 mm) handles are faster because they swing through a smaller circle, but they reduce power by 20% 8 Handles are Ideal for smaller boats and for lhgM alr where speed 1s more Importantthan power

Plaln handles are the econom!cai cholce and are preferred by some crews ior the~rease and speed of Insemon

8 (203 mm) handles are faster because the hand swings through a smaller c~rclebut they reduce power

10" (254 mm) handles are the 1ndu5tw standard and have proven to be the most comfortable length for most people Publ~shedpower ratlos for most wlnches are based on the use of 10" (254 mm) handles

,+'

9

1

F

BlOCL

J

Most conhgurahons are offered ~ne~ther chromed bronze or Hardkote anodlzed alumlnum Cru~s~ng sailors tend to prefer the durab~l~ty and nch look of a chrome handle Racng salon opt for the Irght, but tough, J B8AP BBAL 0 drop forged aium~numhandles

pan

M. Dsrorlrdlon B8CL Lock-in chmm

IllUCL L d - i n ehmm B M P No-lockaluminum I I I L Lock-in aluminurn

-Rl.n-.AP .. 174

h 8 10 8 8

lenpa (1) mm

neinh~(H)

203

in 6%

254

7

203 203

6% 6%

168 178 168 168

mm

.."

Rise (R) In 1% l'h 1% l'%

...

mm 32 38 32 32

WO~M 01

9

28 40 11 11

815 1130 300 300

--

al~lmint~m ,NO-lock ....... . .. ......-. ..

10

.-

9bd

7

17R

111

1n

+,"C

A-

B1ML Lock-in aluminum BlOADL Lock-in double-grip aluminurn

10 10

254 254

7 11%

178 286

1%

38 38

16 23

454 650

l'/*


Snubbing winches are used on very large boats to reduce the dynamic loads on winches and to hold halyards after sails are raised. Many large cruising boats use snubbing winches in conjunction with powered or pedestal driven winches. After sails are hoisted using the pedestal, electric or hydraulic winch, the halyard is removed and secured on the snubbing winch, thus freeing the main winch for other uses. Snubbing winches offer greater strength than halyard stoppers, are gentle to halyards and may be eased safely and with control even under high loads. The winch has a top cleat so that halyards may be secured after being released from the main winch. The B812 is popular on larger boats like the BT Challenge 70s. It is offered only with a chromed bronze drum. B Part No. B112C

Omm in

4%

Base

mm 120

in 6'he

mm 160

HeluM in mm 4 102

WeipM ib 101

Accurate load informationis critical on racing yachts. This information is valuable not only for designers, but also for crews so they can duplicate sheet, runner and halyard tension. Now for the first time, WLD records these loads with a standard, readily available system. WLD works using an electromechanicaldeformation sensor applied on a static part inside the winch. This sensor connects to an external water-resistant electronic display via a cable going below deck or exiting the winch at deck level. WLD disoiavs winch loads in "real time." It doesn't restrict winch use. WLD n a i i n &dfl SW tcn tnat mJst be reset with no wlnch load oefore LS ng WLD S como~ler-~nterlace oon connecls the W nch sensor to a aptOp so v o i - i n recbrd valuable daia instantly using the optional software package ihat is available.

tp 4.6

Fauonsr circle in mm 4"Ar 125

SW1 lb 7718

kp 3500

Brsatlnu rtrenglh Ib ku 13230 6000

Fadener0 In mm 6xXsFH

6x8FH

WLD runs using standard 12124-volt battery power. Finally, boat designers can measure actual winch loads to optimize winch sizes and deck reinforcement structures and sailors can trim halyards, runners and sheets, record the loads and repeat them when similar conditions exist.

Ordering inlormalion: The WLD system is available only for aluminum racing winches. Please specify winch size and model. The WLD system includes winch with appropriate wiring for power and display, a water-resistant digital display with kilo readout and port for computer interface. Harken winch load interface software is optional.


Service Kits Simple service kjts are available to perml routine maintenance of Harken winches. Kits are available with drum screws, pawls, springs and winch grease. Harken winch grease is a non-aging, high adhesive synmetic lubricant wlh a temperature range fmm -200'C (150°F) to 1500°C (3020 'F). It is resistant to both sal and freshwater and protects metal gears, roller bearings and all maing winch parts from corrosion and wear. Note: Do not grease pawls, plastic rollers or balls. Mettic wrenches are also available for use with Harten winches. The premium quality BK4510 is perfect for heavy duly use in shops, while the BK4509 is a high quality wrench set for occasional use. Service sheets are available for most standard winches. These sheets show an exploded view of Me winch, list all component part numbers, and contain simple instructions for mounting, selvicing and repairing the winch. Service sheets are offered free of charge.


Specialty Products

izm.rs


L..> W.<-A

L"

Foam air magh uppar, ventilalion, drainage, quick drying. .e,,w,,7q,7..p. ,,..F Wave Embmldery and cl& rniaoRbers fw reduced stretch. L.&- t!,:, ~ y.~. ., : 4/.,,.. ~ :':-'~ .5c ? : . Y ; I.-?:* 3bk & whits wWI red m, ~ $:*?.v>$ ....;..2.,,. .: .,a ,. , .?>*! F..w.. V'',:: $*~~:,~<:if!>~$'&.*;*fi.:T,.,.!. .,> ", -:?!:.:.

x2.<,q;;;

h w n b e ~ t ~ r l ~ t o ~ ~ - w a w a c u t m ~ ~ h o r , a d c~onrr mrr hh~imthblIl.~'krlWrhorrloDlr~~~~t,hlYT~bk hctron s o h , rAoQ rlm#lon a d iwqw s u m . UK sing: U.S. men's whole sizes 6-13; haw s~zes6.5-1 111 EUR U.S. women's whole sizes 6-10; bail sizes 5'h-l@h Cleaning: R e m m insoles. Wash shoes and insoles by hand using a mild soap. Do not bleach. Rinse thoroughly. Air dry

I(,

.

. . . . .. .

2' UK

EUR

<\,..,<;.;

W

.

,

:: .:.

2030 X-Wave Women's 3..-,i.;

;,;r

?;?,

3

:

Foam air mesh upper, venliktion. drainage, qulck dtyhg. M~ldedEVA midsds pmvldss ~0mf01tand cllshionlng. Remweable 'waMe in& for quick drying and d.-

.* ..: . ,.. ..:? . . .: .<:.

....

.?'; . :..C.. '.' ,. ' '

i *(lukkrelasgelacasandwebbing~offerlastonldf~ea~y~~t .,. . . . . . ;* : . . . . ...... . . ........ . .. .. . .. . . ::..?*WM$wWIblueam. .

1.1

.. . .. . :. . . . .. .

.. ,.;

. . . , . . ....:

..!I

. . ."

-

. : : . . . . .


for boat decks, these shoes come with .. super soft rubber soles that really grip. They're comforlable, dry quickly and offer much greater support. .....

.- .

.......... ..

.....

.

.. . .... ...&

-

-2 \

Thhaction tread with softer wMer for a better grip. Smopm leather and lighter mesh in upper shoe. Lets foot breathe, dries quicldy. Double eyelet MW mws for custom fit,support and comfort.

HS-Lib rrrmmcmurre

UQhhWiQhtJust 13 ounces (368grams). New m u l t i - d i i tread design with S&

z

rubber fw a super grip. Synthetic leather and air mesh upper. Lets foot bteatk, drks fast Lacing des~gnedfor fast adjustment

-\

...

wbnul't

USA UI(

m Mn'a U81 UK

EUR

2025 HS3: Leatherlmesh 2026 HSLlte: Synthetic leatherlmesh SIZING: HS3 in men's medium width 6-14; hall sizes 6'h - ll'h. HS- lit^ In men's medium wiWl6-14; half sizes @h Ii'h. CLEANING: R e m insoles. Wash shoes and insoles by hand using a mild soap. Do not bleach. Rinsa thoroughly. Air dry.

-

W b , ~&.S m b m h ~ , M .


Sailors need to see subtle Changes on the vvater anen there is a wina sniii, lu Ior pun. They need M spot marks and see cloud patterns clearly Their vision must be glare free and unimpairedwhen rain or spray hits. The new Harken sunohsses are s~ecnically aesOgneato ennanie vision under these condftiom. ~~. ~- Soec a1 oolarized amber lenses let in light, s&n &l UV rays, and get rid of glare. The lenses sharpen W l l s and increase contrast in me water and sky A water-shedding lens coatlng eliminates fogging and lets rain and spray roll off easily. The rubberized coating on stylish frames keeps the glasses tmm slipp~ng off your nose. They teatJre a hew-du& hinge tor the active sports person:

2474 Sport Silver Framed Sunglasses wlth Mylar case

model u s & W tough POtycarBonate, polarhed, amber lenses. Wa$r-cc&?gism bonded to p!ast~c.Comes wtth Custom Harken MylaP sitar and Mack case and red Harken head strap.

@llshem-mRlnYl 8llDUl8SSS The Mfshore bronze frames have dass, polarized, amber lenses mat are &mtch nslstant an0 are oplmUy very dear. Comes wlh a custom Harken Kevbr oold and bacaclc case and W Harken head strap. Vial of water shedding forrnuh included.

-

2475 Offshore Bronze Framed Sunglasses wlth Kevlar case


Black Magic" Sailing Gloves

Patent Pending

ThraIbwspnrsPllYi#ler#L Rev rrlg batter than any mer Mlllng glow on the market. The ~rimalvdifference is the material used 011 the palm an0 fingen. ~tgrim me line altn a coat ent of Innion oo~blaa staward syntnebc ~eWleror learner glove taking haf tne torce to holo a line. This S imwrtam to a dinghy sailor as L results in less fstigue and gives a keel boat sailor more safety in pulling a haiprd or tailing a sheet. The advantages do not end with the grip. Unlike other sailing gloves, the material does not curl back on our three qualter finger glove exposing the fingers to rope burn. The material wears better than standard synthetic leather and stays soft after drying. Black MagiP synthetic leather, nylon SpandeP mesh back, reinforced palm and fingers, elastic wristband, adjustable Velcroe tab, threequarter length fingers. XS-S-M-L-XL-XXL

2458 Black Magic Glove

Bmwnvr Lcms Photo

Outer Wear Naw Hf

Keep the rays at bay in our 'BioWashed" cap of 100% soft Cotton twill. Six panels. Adjustable cloth strap back. Embroidered, two color, sailboat logo.

6mr ~ l t .ointhe HafiecenNcLube team wrn this '010-Wasned cao of 100% soft cotton twill. six panels. Adjustable cloth strap back Harken, two color, sailboat logo on front. Mclube logo on back.

vest For vear round comfort, wear our polar f eece vest from S.ena Soor!. This easv-care vest teatlires two largihandwarmer pockets. Lycrae waist, and armholes bands for a snug fit. Ideal for layering. Black with embroidered red Harken logo. S-M-L-XL

2467 Vest

Gray Hat

1


Shirts

2479 White Polo

Look good at a moment's notice in our classic bunon down, casual polo and dl-purpose Ts. Perfectfor sailing, traveling, or simply hanging around.

W l b Plh

Feel crisp and moi in wr dassk wM$ polo. Two button 100% cotton pique knit with drop iail. Generously cut Embmidered, three calor, sailboat l q a S-M-L-M

Mm Palm

Make a splash in our navy polo. Twobutton l W cotton pique knit with drop tail. Comfortably roomy fit. Embmidered, three color, sailboat logo. S-M-L-XL

Red Palm

Have fun in this bright red polo. Twobutton 1 W% cotton pique knR with drop tail. Plenty of room to move. Embroidered, three color, saiiboat logo. S-M-L-XL

Hl11(8D.R~t T-ShM Stay covered, but cool in our long sleeved white T. Features include red Harken logo left front and "Harken.Fast" logo on sleeve. Sailing design on back Made of 1W% preshrunk heavy weight cotton. M-L-XL

!482 Red Polo

4


Ham Otlt W l h Halken T-SbM

Hang out with Harken in this cool T. Blue sailing design and lago. 1mSb preshrunk c m . L-XL Od#lul Jim DtYrm k t @ U These fabulods Tees designed by renowned altlst and world class ychbman Jim DeWM caoture the exuremenr and passion of sailing.

s'acimrn

*'&+.

,.

p. ..

, d+

1

. ,

'

P

i

,:

2473 Hang Out With Harken T-shirt

I

" '4

2484 Ranger Original Jim DeWitt Design

cup I ~ s I - ~ W O

To celebrate this historic race, Jim recreates the greatest of the America's Cup defenders, Ranger. in 1937, this magnBcent 135ftJ Boat won the Cup by defeating Sir Thomas Sopwith's Endeavor in four straight races. Front features Harken logo with pen and ink sketch of design. 100°A preshrunk Cotton. M-L-XL

BIO B 0 1 l e e For a change in latitude, you can't beat our colorlul Big Boat Tee. Front features a pen and ink sketch of design wiM Harken logo. 100% preshrunk cotton. M-L-XL

small B O TEE ~ Plane to the finish in our small boat Tee. Front features a pen and ink sketch of design with Harken logo. Comes in a kaleidoscope of brilliant colors. 100% preshrunk cotton. M-L-XL

2477 Big Boat Original Jlm OeWitt Design 2476 Small Boat Original Jim DeWitt Design


These hotselling bags are made at Harken headquarters They are friendly traveling companions and will keep you organized underway or on the mad.

These MV6C11koldng bag6 are Mmmed inwandrsdnvlonwahaKev$Por ~ednip salldaiA body in a of pettems.

m

FunY lined, W m!wbmk, pcHaYel dp~erfor easy -, W webbinO and shwlder strap. 26"xll"xll"(65~28~28cm)

8Wll B r l

Fully lined, nylon webbing handles and shouldar strap. 22"~12"x10"(55~3Ox25cm)

AmM

Muiiilude of small pock& for pens, calcuhtws, papers. A lame ewandablo s~de is perfecl mputem.Hew duty nylon weWinq handles and shoulder strap. 16"x12"x4"(41x30x10cm)

m l r r S i d e compartment. Perfect fw ywr grooming nssenhsls. 10"x~x5"(25x15x13cm)

M-IOI~ mwkr

Three generous packers organize travel necessnies. Fold for travel. Unfold and hang for easy access. VaMy of colo&. Fold:l0"~7"~3"(25~18~8cm) Unfold: 10" X 25" X 2" (25 X 64 X 5 cm)


Coolers

Coolers meep drinks coo, but y o can ~ Lse Inese watemroof totes for mucn more food, film, &ling clothes. Best of all, the E382 12 pack f i comfoltably under your airplane seat!

Coolers are made of durable vlnyl back M e r exterior and come v& kbbed handles and shoulder straps. 2338: 17" X X 1Cr (43 X 30 X 25 cm)

2382:13'~11'~7(33~28~18cm)

Y

C

2338 Cooler: 24 pack

2382 Cooler: 12 pack

Team McLube Sailkotew

Use Team McLube Sailkote to keep hardware rolling freely. This environmentallyfriendly, d v lubricant repels water and airhome contaminants that can adversely effect the open ball bearing systems of blocks, travelers and furlers. It also works great on sails, mast and boom tracks, slides, turnbuckles, rigging screws, hulls, rudders and telltales, and just about anything else that moves on a boat. Spray or wipe on. In almost all cases, one application lasts an entire season.

ham WCLU~Osallkom

Race proven by America's Cup teams, Whiibread boats and olympic medalists. Available at better marine supply stores. Call 888-TEAMMCLUBE (888-832-6625) or visit their web site at www.888teammclube.com.

d-.~.., .


Harken Sailing Fitness Eauipment To tmin properly, sailors need special equipment which simulates the motions and loads of sailing. In collaboration with Andrea Madaffari, athletic trainer for the America's Cup crew of II Moro Di Venezia and Me Italian Olympic Sailing Team, Harken has developed a line of Harken Sailing Ftness products.

Consult Harken foryour specific training requirements, whether it3 an America's Cup T m , MMI Km w Laswprogm, orasaihg f e d e m mwmprogm.

The #Ikla(l Hmulalor

The HMMISirrmlatOT duol~catesthe hiking &ps and W b Lasers, Siars, and dtmr dlnghk, and is a d w l e for both an@eand stmp

m.

Ittransforms into a horhMltal bench

that incorporatesa load cell and readout to allow a vely precis8 workout.


Compu-Spec" Compu-Spec is a software program that chooses Me correct deck hardware for your boat based on its type and dimensions. The easy-to-use menu driven, Windowsmcompatible,format lets you tailor packages to your exact requirements. D L standard ~ lhorary of dlmenslons contains over 1300 boals. YOJ can add other boats, or vou can cnoose among 250 stanaard packages re-se.ened by Harlten techn~calsewce expelts brdware rrIOddleS nci~de.travelen. ma nsheet svstems. oenoa leaas fool blocks, sDlnna<er clear mast Dase eads, rudder bearhgs, furkg systems; winches, steering sheaves, and Battcars. Compu-Spec comes in English or metric measure, with printouts offered in a varieiv of formats: bv hardware svstem, numericallv for ordering, or bv weight. ~r i i ~ t can s incl~aenardware phces. ~ o m p ~ - s p ISe caes gnei for dfkhoie boaa between 20 -~fl16 09 m1 and 70 ll121.34 ml - owners ol mbllihul~sexotic, or vew. large . boakshoud consult &ken when selecting hardware. To download, choose the Comp~-Speclcon at w . h a r k e n com. You will need a.486 or Penwm ... . . como~terwrlh a mlnlm~mof 8 MB of memorv and 12 MB available disc space. ~ 6 udesk r to^ area should be 800 by 600 pieis or higher resolution. ~~~

~~

Cakulates boat data

1 /I s ? a m I

I-

E-Z DeckmSoftware rlaren R DeCK is a program for CAD users, sa lboat aeslgnen, bJi10enand otner professionals. Wolwng n con.unction wlm AL~oCAD(Release 12 0 or above), EZ Deck assists des~gnersin aying out deck and sail p,ans &h orawn and sca ed harken fmings ana Hnnches If you do not ~ s AuloCAD, e o ~have t a DXF Translator for your CAD software, we also ofter DXF fi es Witn a liorav of Harken parts Tnere are over 1.000 sca m SAE drawings. M n up to three different 2D views of each rlarken pan. Download E2 Deck files in both DXF and DWG formats on the Harken web site at w.harken.com. Choose the E2 Deck icon.


Sailing Centers Hawen's dealerldistributor store displays nclude five leve s of d splay materils &d nwnlory These levels can oe moaitied to SLII InONldUa requrements. Dlsp ay elements can a M be ordered se~aratelv and are offered free, or for a nominal charge. Contact your Harken distributor or Customer Service for complete listing.

*~,Whbh~,WkhdkW!WS Accessorv wall or ~0unlerdlsilaj Product 11afihgi110and rnorder c m

Two gondola panels: 4' X 5' each (1.22 m X 1.52 m)

A Four wall panets: 4' X 8' each (1.22 m X 2.44 m) I . -

m

m-1

D-Stern One grid: 2' X 6' (61 m X 1.B3 m)


I

SAILING CENTER

Accsosory Dlsplav

E-Ston One gondola panel: 4' X S (1.22 m X 1.52 m)

Rotating trays mount on pegboard or stand on countertop. l 0 diameter, 36" height. (25 cm. 1 m) Available in 6,5,3 or 2 shelf versions

One half grid: 2' X 2.85' (.61 m X .87 m)

RACE E4

l44

~~

~~

>~

,

~

Race Equipped Decal

4882 3" (8 cm) Race Equipped Decal

~

~

-~

4

A _ ; c . $ p , .$9rH 1-I W

_,T

-m----, ~

. . . .

l m i l L

l

p p

p p

p

p

p p

p -

p

p

2393 5" (13 cm) PorVStarboard Decal

D

l

/

* l

~

p

3 % .

4178naveler Display 2Ox7"x8" (51 cmx18cmx20cm)

m

N

I 4154 10" (25 cm) Sa~l~ng Center Decal

-

- --

4064 25" (64 cm) Harken Decal 4065 2 0 (51 cm) Yacht Equipment Decal (white)

4166 11" (28 cm) Harken Decal 4176 18" (46 cm) Harken Decal

m

--

l1 HF6875 Furllng Dlsplay 9 6 2 5 X 7" X 49.375 (24 cm X 18 cm x125 cm)


This cataloa shows both lmoerial and metric throuahout. In most cases, the inetric dimension shown is calculated from the Imperial measurement and rounded to a whole number. For examole. #C i s generally snown as 8 mm whl e an exact conversion wo;dl be 7 9375 mm. Obviouslv. rvhen refernno to a ine diameter ~~~, t i s s- -l H cient to approximate (he mnonversion. in cases where a dimension is criiical,exact metric dimensions are shown. For example, a rudder bearing with an inside diameter of 2.006 inches is shown with a metricinside diameter of 50.95 mm. ~

~

Pewaukee record high

bllooa Race Week

m . Mll you blw Inches Inches Feni Feni Feet When y w h w Miliimeten Centlmeters MillimBten Cenfimeters Meten WsIObl When you know Ounces Pounds

Creisln# Ihe Caribbean

Anr Mulllply by 25.40 2.540 304.80 30.48 ,3048 O t v by ~ 25.40 2.540 304.8 30.48 ,3048

Tolind Millimeters Ccntlmlers Mii~istm Centima$rs Melen To Nnd Inches Inches Feet Feet Feef

Hultlply by 28.35 0.4535

TOlllld Grams Kilograms

Whenplllnow Squara Inches Square inches Square feet Square feet Square yards When p u h o w Square millimeten Square cenlimeters Square cantimeten Square meters Square meten When you know Grams Kilograms

YII(I#pI~ 615.2 6.452 929.0 0.0928 0.8361 Olrlde by 645.2 6.452 929.0 0.0929 0.8361 Dlvlde by 28.35 0.4535

TOM Wuare milliieters Square cantlmeten Square centimeten Square meters Square meters To Nnl Square inches Square inches Square feet Square feet Square yards

PeYPUkUII In July

Too cold l 0 sail in Cailfomla

Summer ralllng on the Solenl

Ideal Froslblllng

To llnd Ounces Pounds

water freezes

3; -

J -5 -

peIIec1 IMbOallng

-15 Too cold 10 iceboat

orsanlnp 01 summer breemr

Drilling Guide Fasuner

-.....-.

Clsannc8 Hole

-.... .-. Tappino

m

mm

mm

m-.

FManer I

Clsnnatbk 81

-!

Pewaukee record low

Read Hahen caletoa

-25 -30 -

"..., .", Tlpplnl

-20

-

Throw another log on the lire


npical Rigging Breaking Strengths5 Type 302 1 x 19' Stainless Wire Rope Size in

lb

~-~~

t I

EmloIVsber9n

in

ku

~

Size

~

Type 316 1 X 19" Stainleas Wire Rope

Nilmnic 50 (22-13-5) Slainless Rod Rigging

Breakis%en@ lb

ku

size BmM'qSbenmh

Size

Ib

mm

i

kg

.

.~

Tyne302 7 x 1 9 " Slalnless Wire Rope

-30

30000 13636

EatabngSbenmh Ib

kg

Size

8realongSbRlgn Size

BrealdngSEengh

Size WngSmg81 Size

mm

lb

kg

mm

6

6351

2880

16

40926 18560

!

]!l

'18

lb

kg

in

lb

kg

in

lb

kg

-40

38000 17273

75

14112 6400

6.35

7100

3220

19

47674 21620

'l,,

500

225

/

6400

2900

-48

46000 20909

8

16207 7350

7

7828

3550

22

64101

3/11

920

475

1

7800

3530

-60

59000 26818

8.5 (-17)

17641 8000

8

10232

4640

26

89526 40600

(1. ,"

1760 . . ..

790 . ..

S/li

9000

4080

-76

76000 34545

9

19846 9000

i/3>

2400

1080

12000

5440

-91

90000 40909

9.5 (-22)

21499 9750

~~~~

29070

T Y P 316 ~ 1 X 19' stainless wire ~ o o e in

lb

kg

in

!

Il

25000 11340

20.6

22460

10190

'l?

20400 9251

12

20400 9251

Y t

22000 9977

14

22000 9977

35000 15873

16

35000 15873

5445

2470

'12

25680 1 1 6 5 0

-

-

-

143 (48) 46086 20900

'11

7090

3220

-

3/16

4928

2235

5

5380

2440

-

-

-

1803(-66) 65050 29500

360

163

16000 7250

7/12

1

2

'h

12.7(40) 35943 16300

16.75 (-60) 59096 26800

726

6

-

-

l600

11500 5210

-

-

3/16

'/v

-

-

kg

2180

10340

kg

lb

5

22800

lb

mm

4300

'h

mm

kg

9500

2260

kg

lb

'1s

5000

lb

in

$1.6

l

in

100% Speclra Core Rope wmacron Cow1

6580

14500

"Typ~cal European wlre

14000 6350

590

38!

'Typical Arner~canwlre

10

244

1800

I

14000 6350

540

3960

/

l

1300

]Its

6150

9040

4

11 l(-30) 29989 13600

13561

19930

3

-115 117000 53182

8

18 03

1950

7390

6136

16000 7250

3355

16300

13530

mm

kg

7400

/

51,s

Size B r e a l 6 n g

lb

kg

4300

1670

,

EmMngSPengn

mm

lb

/

3700

~~~~

Size

BleakingSEengm

kg

lb

l/ts

iype 316 1X 19 DyfomStainles W n i Rigging

Technora Core Rope wmacron Cover5

in

lb

kg

lb

kg

.

7 (~12) 11797 5350

in

.

!

Datron Double Braid Rope

-

-

Type316 7 x 1 9 " Stainless Wire Rope

i

i

Cover 0

;

i

Cove, 0

'

B'eaking Slrennlh

m

lb

kg

mm

989

5.7

2205

1000

13.3

19850 9000

3300

1500

6.6

3310

1500

15.5

26450 12000

8

6590

2990

7.5

5070

2300

16.8

33070 15000

8.6

6615

3000

19.5 44095 20000

in

ib

kg

mm

ib

kg

%s

22000 9980

10

9130

4140

'

I

5040

2280

5

3130

1420

'/a

50000 22680

22

38000

17235

1i

SBreaklng strength may vary widely by manufacturer

B'eaking Slrmnlh

mm

.

Type 3161 x 7 Oyfom Slalnlea Wire Rigging

~

Hlgh Madulus Kavlar cable5

I

lb

kg

l


Loading Formulas Block Loading rs Angle ol Deflsctlon Load on a block is a combination of the load on the line passing through the block, plus a block loading factor which is determined by the angle by which the block tums the sheet. For examDle. a foot block that turns a sheet 180" will see a load eoual to lw ce h e lOa0 on the sheet. A oec6 organizer, which t ~ r n s a ~ halyaro only 30". W I see i ~ s529. t of me load on the halyaro. ~~~

~

~~~

~

Boat

m?

Most load formulas assume a medium displacement monohull, but you car easily correct for other boat types. Multihulls have great form stability and spend and will often carry sails very high in the apparent wind speed so calculations must be done with this wind speed in mind. ULDBs are typically tender and often change sails or reef quite early so loading may be done at relatively low wind speeds. For example, a modern trimaran may carry its blade iib in 25 knots of wind at w e d s over 15 knots for an apparent vvlna of nearly 40 knots wneias a LLOB wi Iprooa0 y remove ts #l genoa at about 15 knots of apparent W no.

Anole 01 DBnadlcn

bad Facia

A N 8 of Lold h # l e of bad Damion hdor Deltnion Fador

Gema 8ysam Loading Because wind speed is squared, it is the most important variable and car greatly influence loading. Wind is the apparent wind and snould be calc~latedtor the speiif c sad being analyzed For example, the dl aenoa on a 25' 17ml boat miant on v be carned in 15.kn0ts of wind while the #3blade on a & x i boit could well be carried in 40 knots. To calculate loadina on a aenoa lead car. rnulti~lvsheet load bv the load factor of the sheet. Most #l genoas wilideflect aboui 45", while a Kevlar #3 may deflect 75" or more. Lead car adjuster tacMe load is de~endenton the anale of deflection of the sneet in the lea0 car, o ~ISt general y a s s h e d to be 3 of lead car oaa when deflection .S 45' an0 5 ol lead car load when deflection is 60".

/

Oanol She# SI

Lead

Enpll8h =SarWrnnnani

Mddc

Malnsheel Syrttm ~aadlng

The formula for mainsheet loading is not as widely accepted as that for genoa sheet loads and should only be used as a rough guide for offshore boats from 30 to 60'. Traveler car adjuster load is generally considered to be .2 times car load

#Ilth~# bad

Enpilah

~ b L ; E Z x p 2 X O ~

ML E P V X

2 x car Lcad

( ~ x ( E - X )

Mainsheet load In pounds FoN length of main in feel Lufl length of main in feet Wind speed in knots Distancefrom all end of boom to mainsheet attachment poim in feet

Rlg DImensIens Tne follow~ngaoorevlatlons are 0Hen JSed to oescrlbe vanoJs measurements on a s a boat Preclse techn~caldefinitions ex~stfor each aobrev at on, but the foilow ng IS a 11% of simple descr pbons LOA LWL DWL BMX EWL I

192

- ovetall tip to tip length of the boa Length W a t e - i n of waterline of the boat Dslon Waterline - lheoretirnl waterline lewth of baal as opposed to LWL whlch Is actual waterline lenmh Lqqlh Overall

Beam Maximum -width of the boat at the widest point Beam Waterline - widest beam of boat at the waterline Hmht of the foretriangle measured from me top of the highest S h m e to the sheerline

,1

Height of staysail halyard above deck Base of the foretrlangle measured from the front of the mast to the intersemon of the forestay and deck

J,

Ease of staysail trkngle

P

Lufl length of the mainsail FON length ofthe mainsail

E

Shortest distance fmm

to the clew of the lib

Mmc

M L - E ~ x P Z X O . ~ (-X(E-X) ML Mainsheel bad in Wrams E Faat length of main In meters P Lull length of main in men V Wind sped in knots X Distance from all end of bo0.m to malnsheet anachment paint in meten


Mainsail Reefing Mainsail reefing systems must be designed to operate efficiently under adverse conditions and to provide proper sail shape when reefed. A proper reefing system is a must for both racers and cruisers.

1: A cneek DOCK S mo,nleo on ones oe of the boom (Aj for tne atter reel polnt. A me stans a1 an eyestrap or paoeye on the oppos le sloe ol tne boom oasses JD tnroJah tne reef arommet, downto the cheek block and forward where it can lead to a cleat on the boom or be routed to the cockpa. The forward reef point is secured to a hook at the tack (B). It is easier to engage the hook if a loose ring is attached to each side of the sail with webbing rather than using a grommet which may be difficult to manipulate. If the reef lines are led to the cockpit, the forward line oriainates at an evestrao or oadeve on one side of tiie mast, passes up and through the reef orommet. leads down to a fairlead iCI on the h s t before being routed to the cockpi. Position of the blocks and eyestraps is important -thev must be oositioned to ouil both down and i u t to keep Me sail flat i d to prevent lateral loads beino- ,olaced on the ldf moe or ldf sliders. 2: The 430 single line reefing kit for boats from 22 to 27' (6.7 to 8.3 m) Reefing is easy -just ease the halyard to a predetermined markand pull the single reef line taut. Kits include blocks mounted on a track 10) for Me alter reel po nl so Mat pos llon ng a'shpte The forward reel blocks ( F j ate posdloned 10 keep Me DLIon me forwaro reel po nt oorn down and forward.


Mainsheet Systems Mainsheets are stmp e hardware systems, but amona the most mponant as they are in almoz constant use. There IS no one ma nsheet for every boat The wst cnolce depends on the SIB of the boat, tne con1gLratlon of the deck and cabin noJse, prevalllng wlnd, the nllmner and strengtn ol the crew ana the owners prelerences Some typlca mamsheat wtems are urnred Use blese as a M n g painifor designing a @m for your boat

1: The most common mainsneel on boars under 28' (8 5 m) s a four part taclde. Very small boats W I use a 060 and 063 whlle arger boats W 11 Lse a 042 an0 028 or a 1556 and 1559. All systems feature ratchets and adjustable cam cleats. 1A: Boats with mainsails to 375 ftz often use a 6:l mainsheet. Smaller boats use a 052 or 411 on the traveler car with a 049 on the boom. Larger boats use a 1556 on the car and a 1546 on the boom. 2: Placing the mainsheei off the traveler car with a 009 ratchet on a 144 base allows adjustment of the main without dragging the car to windward. It tends to Cghten the leech but this can be overcome by curving the back ends up. Boom blocks are 2.25 for boats under 28' (8.5 m) or 3.00"plastic blocks for boats to 35' (10 m) which usually use a 6:l tackle. 3: As mainsails get larger, the purchase required to trim increases tremendously. A powerful purchase is slow in light air or downwind so dual purchase mainsheets have become popular. In this example, a 6:l tackle using a 411 is used for fast trimming while the fine-tune tackle of rile fiddle blocks give 24:l power for upwind work. 3A: This 4:1116:1system is ideal for use on boats with mains as large as 400 W (37 m2) and end boom sheeting.lhe lower block is a 1564 mid-rangefiddle supplied with a 058 fiddle with cam mounted over me cam arms. The upper blocks are 1540 single blocks and the upper block of the fine tune is a 127 double big bullet block. 4: A refinement of system 3, this system uses a dinghy-like double-endedtackle which puts the sheet on the cockpl sides. 5: Extemalfine-tune systems lighten the leech as the car is moved oif tne cenierllne. Plaung me fine-tune in the boom solves this ana cleans up tne cockpl. This system for boats unaer 35' (10 m) nas a 3:1 gross-tr,m wth the fine-tune leaning to a 140 on the boom so tne trimmer can stav on Me rail. Laraer ooats Lse a 5'1 gross-Gim using a 411 or 1555.

I

4

..

.,

7.

.. .i : .!

..;

:::I


Mainsheet Systems 5:l

7

6: This fine-tune system features a 5:l tackle with cam with the tail led to a winch for heavy air work. Boats under 39' ( l l 9 m) use 3.00 plastic blocks while larger boats use mid-range or big boat blocks. 7: This is the most popular system on cruising boats. The block on the traveler car is a 008 or 1560. The blocks on the boom and gooseneck are 011s or 1540s and a 014 or 1548 is used to lead the sheet around the companionway. 8: This double-ended system is very popular and very simple. It leaves the trimmer on the high side. The mainsheet must run very freely throuah the blocks to allow the traveler to move 9: Double-ended systems using mainsheet sheave carriers are popular because there are no loose blocks to bang about in a jibe. Boats with mains to 450 fV (42 m?) use the 584 which joins two 515 cars and incorporates the control tackle. 10: The German Admiral's Cup boats first popularized this system where the sheet leads forward along the boom before turning aft to the winches. The tmveler is independent of the mainsheet so it rolls freely. The sheet makes lots of turns so free rolling blocks are a must.

11: Many large boats use a simple system where a block on the deck turns the sheet to a winch.


12: This 4:lii':l svstem. part number 334,uses pajentea Magic Biocks 10 provide a o ~ araho l ma~nsneelsvslem witn a sinale control line I1 is deal for catamarans 10 lf(5 2 m) and spon boals to 24 17 3 m1 Trlm me maln com~letely in gross-trim'modethen ease the sheet slightly to activate the fine-tune. 13: This 4:1/7:1 system, part number 413, is a split version of system 12.Combine this oatented Maaic Block mstem with a 009 ratchet bn a 144 oas"e for ad.~simentof the main wthout oraoalna Me car to dndward It is loea for sport b i t s i p to 24' (7.1 m). 14: The 6:1/121 Magic bock system s deal for catamarans to 21'16.4 m1 ano sDon boats to 30' (9.1 m). The p a i number is 335.Larger boats can use the 337 8:1M4:1 system. Trim the main completely in gross-trim mode then ease the sheet slightly to activate the fine-tune. 15: This 6:1/12:1 svstem. oafl number 414.is a s p ~Iverslon of sysiem 14'~omolneth~spalenteo Mao~cBack svstem wth a 009 ratchet on a 144 bGe for adlistment of the maln wlthout dragglng me car to W noward t s deal for sport boats LP to 30' (9.1m). 16: This simple two speed 2:1/4:1system is ideal for boats wlh mainsails to 135 tt2 (12.5 m2) and end boom sheeting. The lower block is a 398 double ratchet with cross block and double cam. The upper block is a 003 double block. The system is packaged as palt number 330. ~

~~

~


Gross-TrirnlFine-Tune Systems 17: This system is often found on boats like Jl24s where a center mounted swivel base is desired. The swivel base with double cam is a 402, the double ratchet is a 397, the boom block is a 003 double and the block on the traveler car is a 001 single. The package is part number 331 18: Boats with mainsails as large as 240 ftz (22.3 mZ)and end boom sheeting can use this 3:1/6:1 two speed system. The lower block is a 401, double fiddle with ratchet and double cam. The upper block is a 400 double with cross block. The system is packaged as part number 332. 19: When a 3:1/6:1 system with swivel base is desired, use a 403 swivel base with double cam, 399 double ratchet, a 400 double with cross block on the boom, and a 007 double block on the traveler car. 20: A 4:1/8:1 system with swivel base can be designed by adding an additional 007 to System 19. The 400 double with cross block is moved to the traveler car and two 007 double blocks are placed on the boom. 21: This 6:1/24:1 system is designed for use on boats with mains as large as 275 ftz (25.5 m2)and end boom sheeting. The lower block is a 411 triple with ratchet and cam. The upper block is a 049 triple. The lower fine-tune block is a 060 fiddle and the upper fine-tune block is a 127 double big bullet block. 22: For mains to 425 ft2 (40 m2) this system provides both speed and power The lower block is a 1555 mid-range triple with ratchet and cam. Attach 060 fiddle with cam using 2103,282 & 071. The upper block is a 1546 triple. Order extra 282 eyestrap to attach 060 to 1555. The upper fine-tune block is a 127 double big bullet block.


Cunninghams are used to tension the luff of the mainsail or genoa without adjusting the halyard. Luff tension affects draft position and overall fullness of the sail. Cunninghams are simple systems that should be led to the crew so that they are adjusted frequently as wind speed changes.

1:The most basic cunningham is aself-cleating tackle positioned at the mast base. Many cruisers like to use an S-hook to engage the cunningham in the grommet of the sail, but running a line through the grommet and down to an eyestrap on the opposite side of the mast doubles the purchase. 2: This simple system is led aft to the cockpit. The purchase is easily increased to 6:l by using a double block at the mast base and a single with becket at position. (A) 3: This cunningham is popular on smaller beach cats - Rs ad,"sIah e Iron1me trapeze on enhe~ lac6 ano s easlv raaeo and remove0 Tne 359 ncorporales (Go plvotlng cleats and a central y ocated m cro cnee6 o ock T\vo OIOCKSr oe on a letner wn cn passes Ihrodgn Ine arommel tn tne sa Tne tetner s n o o~ have a loap and a ball for quick attachment when rigging the boat. Increase purchase using double blocks on the tether and hanging a 292 on the eyestrap of the cam cleats. 4: This system is double-ended and led aft to the cockpit for easy adjustment from either rail. 5 Many smal de?.ooals I ke .24s Jse a genoa c.nn naham to ao ~ soratl l Dostnon from t e weatheFrail. The hckk on the bow pendant is essential to permit sail changes.


Boom Vangs Boom vangs allow v e t i i l adjustment of the boom. Tensionino the vano tiohtens the leech of the sail. ~ k i s i i i gsailoiuie the vang to keep the Doom from rising downwind, wh~le raclna sa lors Jse the vang as a primaly shaping device for the main.

l: This simple 3:1 self-cleating vang is popular on small dinghies. To make a 4:l vang, use a 226 and 245. 2: m e n seen on large dinghies and small keel boats. To increase the purchase to 6:1 use a 086 and 095. 3: Lever vangs are popular on racing dinghys. Deoendino"~ on the size and shaoe of the lever and adjustment tackle, purchases of 48:l are easily achieved. The vang control lines are led aft on each side to cams. 4:The basic fiddle blockvang is the most cammon system. Offshore boats wlh mains to 240 ft2 (22 m2) use the 028 and 042. Boats with mains to 400 ft2 (37 m2)use the 1559 and 1556. 5: A doubling block increases Me puchase of the vang to 8:1.The load on the fiddle blocks is halved so they can be used safely on larger boats. Use a wire block on the boom. 6 Most sold rod vangs inc bde a sellcleat na aoiuster tackle. Many boats W I find i1 ~ s e lia~ re-rig l tne vang wth-a do~ble-enoea control lhne ed down each s oe ol the boa1

~.~~ ~


Outhaul Systems Adjustable outhauls are imporlant in shaping the mainsail. A tight outhaul flattens the lower oart of the main for uowind sailina. Loosenina ihe outhaul increaseithedrafl ofihe main, " especially in the lower third and is effective in ligM air or off the wind. Because outhauls must release freely when there is ltLk load on the sail, use oversized blocks for very low friction and avoid use of magic boxes.

1: Suitable for dinghys or small keemoets. A fledMe cable shackles to the sail and enters the boom through a wire block Racing a micro blodc afl of the deat ailows the crew to pull from a variety d positions in the bcat. 2: A simple external outhaul system. A cascade of two 2:l tackles to pmduce a 4:l advantage. Suitable for keelboats and small offshore boats. S: This 6:l internal outhaul system is popular on small to medium sized offshore boats The outhaul wire passes into the boom through a wire Mock and ts attached to a triple block. 4: A whth of Svstem 3 usina a trawler car 10 carry the dew 01 the malnsali. A short length oftmdcts~tothetoooftteboomand thedewisshacldedtothe&.choosethe same size car as would be required for use on the mainsheet trawler. Mainsails which futi into the mast are loose footed and usualtd haw a ball bearlno outhaul car Mat r~desh-whole length of the"bboom The outhaul staris at the car. leads thmuoh the clew MO& on the sail (B), b;zdc to the s h v e on the car and into the boom where it leads to a winch. The lead cars are designed so that the forward most l i n i n g hole in the sheave cartier will a ma clevis pin to serve as the deadend for the &aul M& boats allow the car to float freely, thouoh some will arraw for simDle adjustersto allow shapiw of the sail.

+

g


Mast Base & Cabin Top Blocks Leao~nqna jaras ano contro ones aft to tne raseano oner sa s or mane tLnlng aol.stmenls v. thout mo. ng to the mast oase Beca-se soace S mneo at tne mast oase an0 on me c a o i noLse a iarery of speclallzeo ~IOCI(S nale erolueo for roLt ng nes ah COCKP Ia, o;vs crem to

1: Smaller boats (under 30' -9 m) often lead only the principle halyards aft. The 1986 halyard lead blockcan be mounted on the deck (insert A) or an 001 or 011 can be mounted on the mast (insert B). Halyards can lead to a cheek block when only one leads aft on each side of the boat or through an organizer when more than one halyard is routed aft 2: Larger boats use special mast base halyard lead blocks (insert A). Lines are routed out to deck oraanizers then aft to stoppers and winches star% "p olocns on 4 base , lisen B, or , nserl C Iare sornet mes orelerred for the r romp ele dn c-lat or1 0.1 tnel no 0 naljaros n aher otl tne uecn rnan s ~ e ac zeo mast oase blocks. 3: When multiple halyards and control lines lead aft to a single winch, they are routed through rope clutches so that the winch can be freed to perform multiple tasks. On many boats there are too many lines to easily use one winch so it is desirable to be able to lead the lines across the companionway to the other cabin top winch. Deck organizers can be placed aft of the stopper bank. Use an organizer with one sheave more than the number of halyards. Crossover blocks (insert) sewe the same purpose without the bulk or weight of an organizer. 4: Special blocks are required when lines must route over an outside corner like the front of a doghouse or coaming. The 3002 over the top block is designed for this application and is offered in double (3003) and triple (3004) configurations.


Traveler Systems Traveler controls should be powerful enough to move the car easily under load and led to a position where the crew can operate them conveniently. Smaller boats usually position the contro S SO the helmsman can made me aapstment Larger boats WI I pos~t~on the contro s for the mainsheet trimmer.

1: Installat on lnvo ves s~mplybolt ng the track 10 lne deck and Drowdlna an eveslrao for

deaaending the control lines,ihe cieats are on adiustable arms so thev can be analed to best S L yoLr ~ boat F ~ s deck h boars lace the c eats dorvn the enath of the tracd whi e boats wtrn seat backs wil angle the cleats aft 2: 2:l windward sheeting installation involves simply bolting Me track to the deck and providing an eyestrap for deadending the control lines. A patented slider mechanism allows these cars to be pulled to windward without releasing the leeward control line. If the boat is tacked, the car stays in place and can be pulled to the new windward side, again without releasing the leeward control line. 3: The windward sheeting cars can be installed with a control tackle by stafting the line at the becket tube. The 1575and 1576 can be set up with 3:l or 4:l control lines -- use a 1516 control block on the track end. The 608 and 609 can be installed with 4:1, 5:l or 6:l controls. For 4:l use a 566 at the track end. For 5:l or 6:l use an 1815 or 733 control block. 4: Pooular on flush deck boats like the JR4 rvhere tne crew sits OJlOOard ot the traveler. this Swem ran also be bull1 Jslno 171. 172- -or 215 i r s with 082 or 125 bullet biocks on Me car for the control lines. 5: A system with cleats on the track is popular on boats under 35'(10.67 m). Boats to 26' (7.5 m) use a 215 car. Boats over 28' (8.5m) use 1514 blocks on a 1508 or 1509 car and 1520 and 1521 control blocks. 6: A 3:l system is popular on many racing boats to 35' (10.67 m). Little Hexaratchet cheek block allows the trimmer to ease the car under control in heavy gusts. The cleats face outboard to allow the trimmer to sit off the ends of the track.

I

,

2

4


Traveler Systems

7

8

7: The most popular system on moderately sized cruising and racing boats is a 4:l tackle with the control blocks and cleats mounted on the track ends. This tackle consists of two o O C ~ Son lne car an0 a contro o~ocuassenlb,, a1 Ine trac< enus 631 or 632 lnrn wos f n sh the trackends Boats with sail areas breater than 450 ftz (42 m2) should use 1982 and 1983 or 734 and 735 control blocks. 8: When the traveler is mounted ahead of the companionway, it is often convenient to place the cleats at the after edge of the cabin house so the crew does not have to reach forward to move the traveler car. Aswivel cam cleat will allow the crew to control the car from various positions in the cockpit. 9: On boats where the crew sits on the coaming above the traveler, the control lines lead up the cockpit sides to a cleat; adjustment is an easy vertical pull. Mount stand up blocks to the cockpit sides. 10: Larger boats generally need winches to adjust the traveler Boats using Big Boat track will often use 4:l controls with 733 control blocks while boats using Mini-Maxi and Maxi cars will most often use 2:l controls with 3068, or 3070 control blocks. 11: Low profile triple control blocks are designed for 6:l traveler controls. Use the 3000 (port) and 3001 (starboard) end controls when a cleat on the track ends is desired or the 1936 when leading the control lines to a stopper or cleat mounted off of the track.


A vvel oestgned sp nnaker synem wtll ma6e settina, o easier and safer and -. f,vina, . -. and ~ i na will make your boai fasier. 1: Masthead ngsro 28 (8.3 m) and tractional rtas to 32' 19.7 m) Jse a s mD e arrangement

G n one palr 01 sheets. The windward sheer becomes tne auv D~rlnOiibes tne pole s d~sconnected fromihe mast and passed end for end through the foretriangle. Tweakers are used to brim the guy to the deck near the po nt of maximum beam to increase coni~olwer Me pole. A Weaker on Me sneet can be Jseo to ad,ust lead angle aqlovring Me ead ooslt~onto be moved forward to choke down the SpinMket during neavy air n.ns The weaker consists of a bloc( ridina on the sneet (A) an0 a cleat which can oe mointed at the cockpit (B) or at the rail (C). Ratchet blocks (D) allow the sheet to be hand held for good control. Because sheet blocks also carry the load of the guy and the force required to winch a pole off the headstay can be extremely high, the blocks must be larger. Use 009 for boats to 27' (8m) and 1549 for boats to 35' (10.7 m). 2: W h o r e boats over W (9 m) Lse separate sheets and g~ys.The sheets lea0 to turn~ng blocks at the transom (A) while Me guys lead to blocks at the point of maximum beam (B). While the windward guy is in use, the sheet on that side of Me boat is "lazy". Jibing is accomplished by leaving the inboard end of the pole attached to the mast and dipping the outboard end Mmugh Me foretriangle. An adjustable car raises the inboard end and faci'tates dip pole jibing, allowing more r w m for the pole to swing inside the headstay Sheet blocks on boats to 38' (11.5 m) can be Mid-Range ratchets; larger boats use spreacher blocks or single Big Boat blocks. Afterguy blocks are stand up blocks though some use a snatch block 3: A doubleended foreguy facilitates adjustment from either side of the bcat A cam (A) is mounted on each side of the cabin house. Bullseyes hold the foreguy near the cabin house. The foredeck blocks (C) should be two single blocks rather than a double block. The block on the pole (D) is a single block and fitted with a snap shackle to remove from the Dole. ~

I

~

~~

1

2


Spinnaker Systems 4: Boats with asymmetrical spinnakers and retractable bowsprits are rigged with a tack line leading through a block on the end of the sprit (A) and aft to a cleat or stopper (B). There are two sheets attached to the clew of the sail. The Ivy sneel eaos anead of me neaosray, over lne sDrll and atl o ~ r s ~ dofea1 snro-as and sheets. To jibe, ease the sheet as the boat bears off, trim the new sheet to pull the clew between the luff and the headstay, and trim for the new tack. 5: An adjustable spinnaker pole car allows the inboard end of the pole to be moved under load. This is great for adjusting pole height when going from a run to a reach and also makes it easy to raise the inboard end of the pole for dip pole jibes. The most common spinnaker pole car adjuster system features an endless adjuster line and 2:l controls. Placing two 150 cams (A) on the spar facing in opposite directions allows the crew to control Me pole. The adjuster line starts at an eyestrap (B), leads to a block on the car (C), up to a cheek block on the mast (D) and then to the cams. 6: 3:l controls for an adjustable spinnaker pole car consist of a becket block on each end of the car (A) and two cheek blocks mounted off the ends of the track (B). The same continuous line arrangement used in System 5 is used for the 3:l controls. 7: Smaler oflshore boals may mow1 a cam c eat .At be.oa tne so~nnakerna varo ex11 (B, so the crew at the rnast'can "jumpfithe sail when setting the spinnaker and then cleat the halyard on the mast. The cam also serves to hold the line should the sail fill prematurely.


Genoa Lead Cars 1: Some boats prefer the simplicity of T track lead cars. The 1997 can be used as a pin stop car or the stop can be left open for sliding the car along the track. A towing line can also be attached to the car for adjusting from the cockpit. (Not shown). 2: Some cruising boats use a 1998 T track car with a 2:1 adjuster system. Because Me cars do not ride on recirculating ball bearings, they can only be adjusted when Mere is little or no load on the car. To adjust the car easily as a genoa is reefed, mark the foot of the sail to indicate common reefed positions and mark the track to show the correct car position for that reef. When the sheet is eased to allow reefing, the car is pulled forward to the corresponding position before the sheet is retrimmed. 3: In this simple system, an adjustable car is used for the #l and #2 genoas while a T track car is used for the 83 and #4 jibs. The T track car (A) is adjusted by using a pin stop (B). 4: This is another variation of System l. There are WOcars placed on a single long track on each side of the boat. This allows the new sheet to be set and the car to be correctly positioned before sail changes. The cars are joined by a cable (A). Both cars move when the single tackle (B) is adjusted. The cars are spaced so that they are the average distance between Me #l and X3 genoas. 5: The same as System 4,except that there are separate tracks for each car which saves weight compared to a single long track which may extend across a large area where no sails sheet.

,


Self-Tacking Jibs & Staysails Self-tacking jibs and starjails are popular on boats of all sizes because they simplify boat handling --tacking is nearly automatic with no need to grind in a jib sheet. Calculate loadings for traveler cars and blocks using the jib sheet formula on page 192.

1

2

3

1: A simple system is often used on course racing keel boats like Solings. The traveler track is bent in a radius equal to the distance from the headstay to the sheeting point along the LP of the sail. The bend is vertical with the ends up. Track is mounted to face the jib clew. The sheet is typically a wire and passes through a wire block and forward to a thru-deck wire block mounted near the headstay. The thrudeck block must be very far forward to prevent sheet tensioning when the car moves along the track. A tackle may be placed under deck and led to cam cleats in the cockpit. Larger offshore boats use avariation which leads the sheet forward to a foot block near the headstay, then above decks aft to a winch. 2: Popular because it keeps the foredeck clear. The track is bent as in System 1 or is bent in a horizontal plane to follow the radius of the sail. The sheet starts on a padeye or eyestrap and leads through wire blocks on the traveler car and clew and to a wire cheek block before heading aft to a winch. Larger boats use this system with Big Boat blocks. 3: Self-tacking jibs and staysails work well with furling systems and with jib booms. In this system there are two "sheets" -- one controls the movement of the sail in and out much like an outhaul. The other sheet controls the boom. Typically, each sheet is rigged using a block w l h becket on the boom (A), and a single block (B) on the clew and the car, respectvely. A double block (C) is mounted under the jib pedestal. The sheets lead aft through a deck organizer or cheek blocks (D).


Running backstays are among the most highly loaded systems on a boat and must be designed carefully to prevent a failure which could result in a dismasting. Loads must be based on the breaking strength of the runner itself. See chart on page 192. Because of the geometly of how load is distrib uted on the blocks, it is important to understand the loads on each component before choosing hardware as the load on the blocks may exciea tne breaking strength of the nnner. 01Dancular importance s conslderatlon of the oao factor resJ bnq lrom a t~ghttJrn of the runner rail towaros the wlnch, typical y 110" resuhlng In a magnlficatlon of load by 164% Systems 2,3 and 4 all use a runner with a breaking strength of 10,000 lbs (4535 kg) to illustrate how load is affected by the layout of the svstem. 1: This simple 1: l runner system leads forward to a w~nchTyp caJy usea on smaller mastneao boats to control mast Dend, W rail rvill some times ce Mtmgn a cclLtcn between the aeclt olock and me winch so tne Mncn can be free0 for other uses once the runner is tensioned. 2:2:l runner systems are common on boats from 35 to 50' (11 to 15 m). In this system, the runner tail originates on a becket on the lower block, resulting in a very high load on that block. A 6:l checkstay using a 095 and a 086 is shown. 3: In this svstem, the runner tail originates on a tang separate from tne deck block Thls dra ma1,ca.k reduces the load on me deck block. The checkstay shown here uses an adjustable turnbuckle. 4: This 3:l runner svstem allows the use of smal er hardware afla, perhaps smaller nches. Nohce the oao distrio~tfonon [he bocks. The checkstay is shown with no adjustment at the runner. It leads up to a sheave box in the spar and down to a hydraulic tensioner inside the mast base.

I

Min. Breaking Strength

2

Min. Breaklng Strength

-

3

1

/ loo00 lbs Min. Breaking Strength

4


Backstay Adjuster Backstay adjusters are important to proper sailing. On masthead boats, they are the primary device for changing headstay tension. A loose headstav makes aenoas full for drive in liaht air and choo while a tiaht headstav fla6ens the genoa for heavier air ~ u f i i systems n~ need a tight headstay. . Manv,~ owners like to sail with a tiaht headstav. but want to relieve the load ontheir boats when they are not sailing. On ihctionally rigged boats, backstab lens on contr D~ressome lo neaasrai lens on 04t 1s ~ s e dpr mar I\ to ben0 me masl an0 llanen 111ema nsa I Some common SP, es ol oacnstay adjusters are shown here. Use these sketches to develop ideas which may work on your boat. ~~

1: Variations include leading the backstav throuoh the deck and placing H tackleunder the stern of the boat. If the lower block is a 087, the c'eat can be placedfotward near the cockpit. 2 A wire block is.-... nlaced at the end of the backstay. A flexible cable runs over the wire block to form a 2:1 purchase, for a total Power of ~~

1 Dinghys

2 Dinghys

~

~~~

~

~

12:l. 3: Two wire blocks tide on the legs of the backstay and secure to a 321 or 322 split backstay tang plate. Taclde pulls the wire blocks down the backstay, pinching the legs together. Increase purchase by using a Hexa*.L

Udl.

4: A more powerful version of the split backstay adjuster uses a doubling wire running through a wire block on the 321 or 322 tang to give a purchase of 8:l. Increase the purchase by using a Hexa-Cat.

-

7 Boats to 50' (15 m)

5: Double-ended split backstay adiuster leads the lines forward to cam cleats mounted just ahead of the helmsman. 6: Small stay adjusters feature integral handles that fold out for easy adiustment. :, A simple, powedul backstay adjuster without hydraulics, ~h~ dav,tensioners acceot a standard i n c h handle. 8: A stay tensioner with a split backstay. Replace the two lower legs of the backstay w l h flexible cable turned over a large block on the standing section of the stay. Size both blockand wire to match the strength of the backstav. ~

~~


Accessories ................................. 88 .92 Addresses ............................... 226 .227 AirBlocks" ....l l .14.18.47 .51.54 .56 AirTrack .................... . . .......109,113 America's Cup Winches ............168 .169 inti-Capsize Blocks ......................18 .19

Backstay. Plate for Split ..................... 17 Backstay. Runner Blocks ..............56 .57 Backstay System Drawings ................209 Backstay Tensioners ............................ 83 Ball Bearing Winch Handles ......l73 .174 BaSeS Cam ...................... . . . ...........76 Eyestraps ....................................88 Padeyes ....................................... 88 Stand Up .....................................91 Swivel Bases ..................76 - 77,91 Batten Car Systems ..................136 143 Bearings, Replacement ........98,101,104 Below Bridle Furler ............................ 120 Bends, Track .......................................97 B i g Boat Blocks Foot ....................54 - 55,58,61,66 Over The Top ................................ 53 Snatch 59 Spreacher ................................... 48 Spriddle ...............................48 - 49 Stainless Steel ...................... 60 - 61 Stand Up ................47 - 51 60 - 61 Swivel ......................47 - 51,60- 61 Teardrop ..............................X , 66 Big Boat Travelers ............104 109,111 Big Bullet Blocks ....................... 22 23 Blocks Big Boat ............................... 43 - 64 Carbo .................................... 9 - 14 Mid-Range ...........................37 - 42 Small Boat ......................... 15 36 Snatch .......................................... 59 Stainless Steel ..17 - 19,57 60 - 61 Breaking Strengths, Rigging ..............191 Bulletm Blocks .............................20 - 23 Builseye Fairleads .................. 75 - 76,92

Cars Couplers ......................98. 101.105 Genoa ............................. 114-116 Furling Mainsail Outhaul ............ 144 Spinnaker.................................. 87 Traveler ......98.101.104.110-112 Windward Sheetino ..........110 - 111 Cheek Blocks Big Boat ..............54 .55.58.61.66 Carbo .......................................... l2 Mid-Range ............................40 - 41 Ratchet........................... 27 - 29.41 Small Boat ..............17- 22.24 - 29 Circuit Breaker ................................. 160 Clew Block Assembly .......................... 21 Computer Software ............................ 187 Compu-Spec" .................... . ........187 Control Blocks. Traveler ....100 - 101.103

......................................... l

-

108.113

Control Boxes. Winch ........................160 Cooler Bags ..................................... 185 Custom Products ......................... 67 - 70

-

.

-

-

-

.

c

Cam Cleat Adapter Plate ...................... 75 Cams Carbo-Cam" ..................................72 Cleats ...................-72 .73.75 .76 Fairleads .................... . . ....... 74 Risers 5 Carbo Blocks 40 mm .................... . . . ........l l 57 mm .........................................12 Ti-Lite .........................................14 Carbo-Cam" ................................. l3

DN Adapter ..................................... 92 Deck Organizers ..... 82.66 Big Boat .................... Custom..................................81 .82 ESP .................... . . ..............6 6 Mid-Range ....................................81 Small Boat ......................... . ......80 Dinghy Blocks .................................... 24 Dinghy Clew Hook ................................92 Dinghy Jib Leads ...............................114 Dinghy Vang Swivel .............................92 Displays, Decals........................188 - 189 Dodger Blocks .................................... 105 Double Blocks l1 - 12,l8 26,40, 47 - 49 DownhaullCunningham Assembly ........23 Dual Sheave Catamaran Car ................98 Duffel Bags ........................ ....... 184

-

e

Electric Winches ........................154 .155 End Stops ..g$. 102.109.113.117 .118 ESP Blocks ...................................... 66 Exit Blocks ................................... 17 25 Eyestraps ....................................... 5 ,88 E-Z Deck" Software ............................187

-

f

~p

Fairleads........... . . . .........73 .75.88 Fiberglass Tubes ............................. 85 Fiddle Blocks Littl 0 Mid-Range ................................... 42 Small Boat ......................19.30 31

-

3.00".......................................... 31 Fine-Tune Systems ........................34 - 35 Fitness Equipment ........................... 186


Fixed Lead Block ................................134 Flairleads .................................... 74 .75 101. 105 Flat Plate Coupler ...................... Flip Flop Block ......................................18 Foot Blocks Big Boat ..............54 .55. 58. 61. 66 6 ESP Lock-off ..........................54 .55. 66 Opening ........................................ 58 Formulas. Loading .................... . ......192 Furling 120 Below Bridle............................ Block. Stanchion Mount ......91. 134 Gennaker ................................... 121 Hydraulic ..........................131 133 Lead Block Kits .......................... 134 Mainsail Outhaul Car ..................144 Screecher....................................121 120 Small Boat .................................. .... 134 Snap Shackles ................... Staysail .....................................121 Systems ............................119 134

122 Unit 00 ................................... Unit OOAL.................................... 123 Unit 0 ........................................ 126 Unit 1 27 Unit 1.5 ................................... 127 Unit 2 ..................................... 128 Unit 2.5 .................................... 128 Unit 3 .................................... l29 Unit 3.25 ................................. 129 Unit 3.5 .................................... 129 Unit 4 .......................................... 130 Unit 4.5 ..................................... 130

-

-

Genoa Lead Cars Adjustable ................................ 115 114 Dinghy ........................................ T-Track .............. . . . .............117 Systems Drawings ......................206 Genoa Track Sliders ..........107 - 108 ..................................113, 115, 117 Gennaker Furling ................................ 121 Gross-TrimIFine-Tune.................

34 -35

Halyard Lead Blocks ........47 .50. 52 .53 Halyard Restrainers ............................134 Halyard Sheaves ...............................-63 Hand Hold ......................................... 92 ..173 - 174 Handles, Winch ...................... Hanging Tabs ...................................... 92 181 Little.............................................. 32 32 3.00' Hexaratchet Blocks ................27 - 33, 41 Hydraulic Furling ......................131 - 133 Hydraulic Power Units ..............158 - 159 ;ydraulic Winches ....................156 - 157

Jib leads ........................................ 114 Jib Reefing andlor Furling Systems Below Bridle...............................120 131 - 133 Hydraulic .......................... 121 Screecher Furler ........................ Small Boat Jib Furling ................120

Kits Cam Fairlead ........................ 74 .75 Cam Wedge ................................ 75 Furling Lead Blocks ....................134 Gross-TrimIFine-Tune ..... 34 .35 Lazy Jacks ................................ 144 Sail Chafe Protectors .................... 92 Single Line Reefing ....................144 Traveler ........................ 98. 101. 105 101. 104 Traveler. Stand Up .............. Winch. Service Kits ....................176

1

LaseP Vang Swivel ..............................92 Lazy Jacks ....................................... 1 4 4 Line Shedding End Stop ...................... 99 Loading Formulas .............................. 192 Lock-Off Foot Blocks Big Boat ............................ ....54 - 55 ESP ............................................ 66 Luff Slider Car .................................. 138

Magic Blocks ............................... 34 .35 Magic Boxes ..................................... 78 Mainsail Luff Car System ........135 - 143 144 Mainsail Outhaul Car .......................... Mainsail Reefing, Single Line ............144 Mainsail Reefing Systems .................. 196 Mainsheet Systems Drawings ..190 - 193 Maintenance Mast Base Le Mast Collar Blocks......................... 52, 66 Masthead Sheaves....................... 63, 79 Maxi Boat Travelers ..................112 - 113 Metric Conversions ........................... 190 Micro Bloc 9 Micro Cam 3 Mid-R . . . . ....40 - 41 Cheek ................... Fiddle 2 Ratchet .......................................41 Swivel................................... 40 - 42 Triples with Ratchet and Cam ......41 Mid-Range TravelerslOl - 103, 110 - 111 Mini-Maxi Travelers .................. 112 - 113

.


Nash Triaaer Cleat .................... ..........77

Opening Foot Blocks ............................58 Outhaul System Drawings ..................200 Over The Top Blocks ............................53

D Padeyes .................... . . ................... 88 Pedestals ................... ...... 170 .172 Pin Stops .......................... 113. 116. 117 PinStopTrack ............102. 109 113. 118 Pivoting Lead Blocks ................ 114 .117 Polo Shirts ......................................... 182 Poiyslide Car ................................... 1 1 6 Powered Furling ........................ 131 .133 Powered Winches ....................153 .160 Prefeeder ..................................... 92. 134 Promotional ..............................177 .189

.

Quadruple Blocks.................................. 26 Quattro" Winches ............................. 162

r

Racing Winches ........................161 - 169 Ratchet Blocks Fiddles ............................30 - 31, 42 Hexa-Cat Bases ............................32 Hexaratchet l l t2 ......................... 29 Little Hexa-Cats ............................ 32 Little Hexaratchet......................... 28 Mid-Range Hexaratchet ..............41 Ratchamatic" ............................... 27 Triples wIRatchets ................33, 41 Reefing and Furling Systems ....l19 - 134 Reefing, Single Line............................ 144 Rigging Breaking Strengths.............. 191 Riser, Cam ........................................... 75 Riser, Traveler Track .................. 102, 105 Rondos, Sail Chafe Protectors..............92 Rudder Bearingsflubes ................84 - 85 Running Backstay Blocks .............. 56 - 57 Running Backstay Systems ................208

S S Hook.................................................78 SelectionlUse Charts Battcar Systems........................ 137 Big Boat Blocks .................... 44 45 Mid-Range Blocks ........................ 39 Travelers ..................................... 96 Winches ............ . . . ................147 Self-Tacking Jib Systems.................... 207

-

Seif-Tailing Winches..................149 .152 ..............154- 157. 162- 164. 167- 169 Shackles ............................. .. . 8 .90 Sheaves Big Boat ........................................62 Halyard ................................. 63 79 Hi-Load ................... . . . ...........63 Mid-Range ................... ............... 79 Small Boat ....................................79 Steering ....................................... 63 Shirts ...................................... -183 Shoes . . . ................ 179 HS-Lite............ HS-3 .................... . . ...........179 X-Wave MenslWomens.............. 178 Single Line Reefing ............................144 Single Speed Winches ..............148 -149 Slider Rods. Genoa Car ......................116 Small Boat Blocks 16 mm AirBlocks .........................18 Cheek ......................17 - 22. 24 - 29 Deck Organizers.............. . .........80 Exit ....................................... 19 - 2 5 Fiddle ................................... 30 - 31 Magic ................................... 34 - 35 Ratchet............. . . . ......... . - 3 3 Upright Lead ..............19. 21. 23. 25 Swivel....................................1 8 - 3 3 Thru-deck ................ 17 - 22. 24 - 25 Small Boat Travelers ..........98 100. 110 Snap Shackles .............................. 92. 134 Snatch Blocks .................... ...... ....59 Snubbing Winch .......................... 175 Software. Computer ............................187 SpeedGrip" Winch Handles ................ 173 Spinnaker Pole Cars ............................87 Spinnaker Pole End Fittings..................86 Split Backstay Plates ............................ 17 Spreacher Blocks ............................... -48 Spriddle Blocks ............................ 48 - 49 Springs .................... . . ......................92 Sport Bag.................... . . . ............ 184 Stainless Steel Blocks Big Boat ................................60 - 61 16 mm AirBlocks" ........................ 18 Running Backstay ........................ 57 Stand Up .............................60 - 61 Swivel....................................- 6 1 Stainless Steel Shackles ................89 - 90 Stanchion Mount Base ................91. 134 Stand Up Bases ....................................91 Stand Up Blocks............................ 47 - 51 Stay Tensioners ....................................83 Staysail Furling ................................. 121 Steerlnfl Sheaves ..................................... 63 Stoos Pin 103.. 107.. 111.. 117 . .Adiustable . Sunglasses ............................... .... ,180 Switches. Electric Winch .................... 160 Swivel Blocks ..................17 .33. 40 .42 ..................................... . . . .51. 60 .61 Systems Drawings Backstay ....................................209

.

-

.


..I

. A

X

Cunningham ............................ 198 Genoa Lead Car .........................206 Gross-TrimlFine-Tune ........196 .197 Mainsail Reefing ........................193 Mainsheet ........................ 194 .195 Mast Base Lead Block ................ 201 Outhaul Systems ........................ 200 Running Backstay ...................... 208 Self-Tacking Jib .......................... 207 Spinnaker ....................... 204 - 205 Traveler .......................... 202 - 203 Vana 99

T-shirts ................... . . . ................. 183 T-Track ............. . . ........................ 1 8 T-Track Cars ...................................... 117 m - ~ i t e lock .................................... 14 Tangs Split Backstay........................ 17 52 66 Teardrop Blocks .............................. Three Speed Winchesl48.151.164- 167 Thru-Deck Blocks ............17 - 22.24 - 25 Track AirTrackw .......................... 109.113 Battcar ................ 137.139.141.143 T-Track ...................................... 118 Traveler ......99.. 102.. 109.. 113-114 Track Bends .................................. 97 Track Risers ....................... 102.105 Track Stops .................. 99.102.109.

.

.

.......................113 - 114.117 .118

Travelers Battcar Systems ................ 136 .143 Big Boat .......................... 104 .111 Cars .............................. 104.111 Controls ......................105 .l08 Track .................................. 109 Genoa Lead Cars ...................... 114 - 117 Maxi Boat .......................... 112 - 113 Cars ......................................112 Controls ............................... 113 Track ................................. 113 Mid-Range ................ 101 - 103.l11 Cars .............................. 101.11 1 Controls ........................ 101.103 Track ................................. 102 Mini-Maxi ........................112 .113 Cars ................................ 112 Controls .............................. 113 Track ................................... 113 Riser. Traveler Track ..........101.105 Small Boat .................. 98 .100.110 Cars .............................. 98.110 Controls ................................l00 Track .................................. 99 Spinnaker Pole Cars .................... 87 Windward Sheeting Cars ..l10 .l11 Track Bends ................... . . ............... 97 Traveler Kits ........................ 98.101.105 Traveler Stand Up ...................... 101.104 Traveler System Drawings ........202 .203 Trigger Cleat ........................................ 77

.

Triple Blocks ........ 18 .26.33.40 .41 53 Triple Blocks w i t h R a t c h e t s El C a m s

2.25. 3.00

2 2 Mid-Range .................... . . .........41 Tri-Roller Cars ................................... 117 Trunnion Snatch Blocks ...................... 59 Turning Blocks ................................. 53 Two Speed Mainsheets ........................ 36 Two Speed Winches ..........l48 - 150.152 ....................... i54 -157 162 - 163.168

.

U-Adapters....................................... 92 Use Charts ........ 39.44 .45.96.137.147 II

v

V-Jam Blocks ..................................

vangswive vangsyste

19 2 9

W

Warranty Wedges Cam .................................. 75 W i n c h e s Handles ................... . . ....173 .174 Ball Bearing ........................ 174 SpeedGrip .......................... 173 Powered ............................ l53 .160 Control BoxeslSwitches ........160 Electric Self-Tailing ......l54 .155 Hydraulic Self-Tailing ..156 .157 Hydraulic Power Units 158 .159 Racing .............................161 .169 America's Cup.............. 168 .169 Large Wide Body Self-Tailing 167 Large Wide Body Three Spd 166 Pedestals/Acce~sories 170 .172 Quattro ................................ 162 Snubbing .............................. 175 Three Speed .......................... 164 Three Speed Self-Tailing ......164 Two Speed Self-Tailing ..........163 Wide Body Three Speed ........ 165 Winch Load Display ..............175 Service Kits ................................ 176 Grease ............................... 176 Standard.......................... 148 - 152 Single Speed Self-Tailing ......149 Single Speed................148 - 149 Three Speed Self-Tailing ......151 Three Speed .................. 148,151 Two Soeed Self-Tailino" 149 - 150 Two Speed .................. 148 .150 Wide Body .......................... 152 Windward Sheetino Traveler Cars 110 .1 1 1 Wire Blocks .................................... 17 Wire Bullet Blocks ...................... 20 .2'

.


Fan NO.

H A R M HARDWARE

001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011

...............................

..............................

................................ ............................ .... ................................

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................

................................

018* * ............................ 019 .................... . ....... 020 ................................ 021 ............................ .... 022 ................................ 023 ............................... 024 .................... . ...... 025 ...................... . . .... 026 ............................. .. 027" ............................ 028 ................................ 029 .................... . ........ 030 ................................ 038 ............................. 041 ............................... 042 ............................. 043 ................................ 044 ................................ 047 ................................ 048 ................................ 049 ............................. 050 ................................ 052 ................................ 053 ............................... 054 ............................... 055 ............................. 056 ............................... 057 ................................ 058 ................................ 059 ............................... 060 ................................ 061 ............................... 062 ................................ 063 ................................ 064 .................... . ..... 065 ............................. 069 ............................... 070 ................... . . ..... 071 ................................ 072 ................................ 073 .............................. 074 .............................. 075 ............................... 076 ...........................

..

New parts C"","""."

".,"",>"A

Pase

Pan

NO.

NO.

pase NO.

HARKEN HARDWARE

077 ................................ 082 ................... . . ....... 083 ................................ 084 ............................... 085 .............................. 086 .............................. 087 .............................. 088 ................................ 089 .............................. 091 ................................ 092 ................................ 093 ................... . . ....... 094 ................................ 095 .............................. 096 ................................ 097 ................................ 098 ............................... 099 .............................. 100 ................... . . ...... 102 ................................ 106 .............................. 108 ................................


Harken 2000 Part NO.

Page NO. HARKEN HARDWARE

146 .............................. 147 ............................. 148 ................... ..... 150 ............................. 152 ................................ 153 ................................ 154.24 ............................ 154.40 ............................ 154.48 ............................ 154.60 ........................ .. 154.72 ............................ 154.84 ............................ 154.100 .................... 154.144 .................... 155.40 ............................ 155.48 ............................ 155.60 ........................... 155.72 .......................... 155.144 .......................... 156 .............................. 157 ............................... 158 .......................... 159 .......................... 160 ................................ 161 ............................. 166 .............................. 167 ............................... 168 .............................. 169 ............................... 170 ............................. 171 ................................ 172 ............................. 173 ............................. 174 ................................ 175 ................................ 176 ..............................

.

Par NO.

Page NO. HARKEN HARDWARE


Harken 2000

Pati

Page

Pan

NO.

NO.

NO

HARKEM HARDWARE

294 295 296 297 298

.'

............................. ........................... ............................ .............................

..........................

New park Fastenerr ~llnnlied

Page

.

NO.

M E N HARDWARE

41 1 ................... . . ...... 41 2 ............................... 413 ............................... 414 ............................... 415 ............................... 416 ............................. 417 ............................... 418 ............................... 419 ............................... 421 .............................. 422 ............................... 423 .............................. 424 ............................... 425 ............................... 427 ............................... 429 ............................. 430 .............................. 431 .............................. 432 ................... ..... 433 ............................... 434 ............................... 435 ........................... .. 436 ............................... 437 ............................. 438 ................... . . ..... 439 ............................... 440 .............................. 441 ............................... 442 .............................. 443 ................... ..... 444 ............................... 445 .............................. 446 .............................. 448' ........................... 449' ............................. 450' .......................... .. 451 " ........................ 452' ......................... 453.12' ......................... 453.18' ...................... 454' ............................. 500 .............................. 515 .......................... 516.3 ......................... 516.4 ......................... 516.5 ......................... 516.6 ............................. 516.7 ......................... 516.8 ......................... 516.10 ........................ 516.12 ........................ 518 ........................... 519 .......................... 520 ........................... 547 ........................... 548 ........................... 550 ........................... 554 .......................... 558 ........................... 560.4 ......................... 560.5 ........................ 560.6 ......................... 560.7 .....................


Harken 2000 Page NO.

part NO.

HARKEh' HARDWARE

Part No. HARENHARDII

693 .......................... 694 .......................... 695 .......................... 703 .......................... 704 .......................... 712 ............................ 714 ......................... ... 716 ........................... ... 724 ......................... 725 ......................... 726 ......................... 727 ........................... 730 .......................... 733 .......................... 734 .......................... 735 .......................... 737 ......................... 740 ......................... 747 ......................... 752 ......................... 754 ........................ 758.1.2M ...................... 758.1.5M ...................... 758.1.8M ...................... 758.2.1M ..................... 758.2.4M ...................... 758.3M ........................ 758.3.6M ...................... 758.6M ........................ 759.1.2M ...................... 759.1.5M ...................... 759.1.8M ...................... 759.2.1 M ...................... 759.3M ........................ 759.3.6M ...................... 759.6M ................... ... 760 ............................. 761 ......................... 762 .......................... 763 ........................ 764 ......................... 766 .......................... 768" ......................... 769" ......................... 770" ......................... 771" .......................... 772.' .......................... 773** .......................... 780 .............................. 781 ...................... .. 782 .......................... 783 .......................... .... 7 M .......................... 789 ......................... 790 .......................... 791 .......................... 792 ........................ 793 ......................... 794 ........................ 795 .......................... 1500 .......................... 1501 ........................ 1502 ..........................

..

New parts "A


Pan NO.

Part

Page NO

.

NO .

MRKEN HARDWARE

1503 ........................ 1508 ...................... 1509 .......................... 1510.3 ........................ 1510.4 ......................... 1510.5 ......................... 1510.6 ......................... 1510.7 ......................... 1510.8 ......................... 1510.10 ........................ 1510.12 ......................... 1511.4 ......................... 1511.5 ......................... 1511.6 ......................... 1511.7 ......................... 1512 ........................... 1513 ...........................

HARKFN HARDWARE


Part

Page NO.

No .

HARKEN HARDWARE

Pan NO. HARKEN HARDWARE


Part NO.

Page

Part

NO.

NO .

104 104 l18 118 l18 118 l18 118 118 139 139 141 141 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 48 54 54 47 54 54 48 48 48 55 55 48 48 139 139 139 139 141 141 141 141 141 141 53 108 108 53 105 53 53 53 56 56 49

2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116

HARKEN HARDWARE

'939 ............................ 941 ............................ 943.1M ...................... 943.1.2M .................... 943.1.8M .................... 943.2.4M .................... 943.3M ...................... 943.3.6M .................... 943.6M ...................... 1944 ............................ 1944HL ........................ 1946 ......................... 1946HL ........................ 1950 ............................ 1951 ............................ 1952 ............................ 1953 ............................ 1954 ............................ 1958 ............................ 1959 ............................ 1960 ............................ 1961 ............................ 1962 ............................ 1963 ............................ 1964 .......................... 1965 ............................ 1967 ............................ 1968 ........................... 1969 ........................... 1970 ......................... 1971 ............................ 1972 ............................ 1973 ...........................

HARKEN HARDWARE

............................. ............................. .......................... ...

............................. ........................... ............................ .............................

................... . . ..... ................... . . ..... ............................. ............................. ............................. .............................


Pan NO

Page NO

.

.

HARKEN HARDWARE

3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015

........................... ............................ ............................ ........................ ........................ ............................ ............................ ............................

............................

ESP PRODUCTS

6050' ........................... 6051 ' ...........................

Part N O.

Page

N O.

ESP PRODUCTS

6052' .......................... 6053' .......................... 6054' .......................... 6055' .......................... JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSTEMS

807 .................... .. 810 ........................ 815 .......................... 817 ........................ 818 ........................ 821 ........................ 822 ........................ 823 ........................ 852 ........................ 853 ........................ 856 ........................ 857 ........................ 858 ...................... 873 ...................... 874 ....................... 876 ........................ 879 ...................... 880 ...................... 881 .............................. 882 ........................ 883 ........................ 884 ........................ 885 ........................ 892 ........................ 894 ........................ 895 ......................... 896 ......................... 897 .......................... 899 .......................... 906 ........................ 909 ........................ 915 ........................ 916 ........................ 917 ........................ 918 ........................ 919 ........................ 920 ..................... 921 ..................... 923 ....................... 924 ....................... 935 ..................... 936 ..................... 940 ..................... 941 ..................... 942 ....................... 943 ....................... 944 .......................... 945 .......................... 947 ............................ 948 ...................... 949 ....................... 957 ....................... 958 ......................... 960 ...................... .. 964 ...................... .. 965 .....................


Part NO.

Page NO. JIB REEFING AN0 FUR1.IN0 SYSTEMS

966 ...................... 967 ...................... 969 ...................... 970 -22...................... 970 -30 ...................... 978 ...................... 979 ...................... 982 ....................... 995 ........................ 996 .......................

Part NO.

Page NO.

PROMOnONAL ITEMS

129 129 129 129 129 129 129 128 128 128

STANDARD WINCHES ONE, TWO, AND THREESPEEO

B6A ............................. B60 ............................. B6C ............................. B8A ............................ B80 ............................. B8C ............................. B16.2A ......................... 616.28 .........................

SELF-TAILING

B16STA ........................ B16STB .......................

PROMOTIONAL ITEMS

2025 2026 2029 2030 2338 2378 2382 2443 2444 2445 2446 2458 2464

I

I

...........................

...........................

........................... ........................... .......................... ......................... .........................

........................... ........................... ........................ ...........................

........................... .........................


Harken 2000 Pad No.

Pan NO.

SELF.TAILING

B66.2STA .................. B66.2STB ................... B66.2STC ................... B74.2STA ............ . . .... B74.2STB ................... B74.2STC ................... THREE SPEED SELF-TAILING

B56.3STA ........... ...... B56.3STB .................... B56.3STC .................... B64.3STA .................... B64.3STB .................

WIDE BODY, TWO SPEED. SELF-TAILING

B980.2STA ................. B980.2STB .................

WIDE BOO): THREE SPEED. SELF-TAILING

B1llOSTA .................. B11lOSTNSS ............ B1120STA ..................

ELECTRIC WINCHES TWO SPEED SELF-TAILING

.

TWO SPEED. SELF-TAILING

B48.2STEA24V .......... B48.2STEC12V ..........


Pad

PW

Part N o.

154

B44STQ ....................... B45STRO ....................

NO.

NO.

Page NO.

ELECTRIC WINCH KITS

BK40.2STEA12H ......... BK40.2STEC12H .........

OUAllRO

ELECTRIC CONTROL BOXES AND SWITCHES

BEB500.12.1 ...............

160

I

TWO SPEED, SELF-TAILING

B45.2STR B48.2STR B53.2STR B56.2STR B64.2STR B74.2STR

I

................... ................... ................... ................... ................... ...................

THREE SPEED

B48.3R ...................... B53.3R ......................

I

HYDRAULIC WINCHES TWO SPEEO. SELFTAILING

THREE SPEED. SELFTAILING

B56.3STR ................... B64.3STR ................... B74.3STR ...................

I

B44.2STHA ................

WIOE BOOK THREE SPEED. TOP CLEATING

B480TCR ..................... B530TCR .................... B560DTCR ................... B560TCR ..................... B980DLPTCR............... B98OLPTCR .................

I B111OSTHSS .............. B111OSTHA ................ B111OTCHSS.............. B1lIOTCHA ................ B1120STHSS.............. B1120STHA ................ B1120TCHSS.............. B1120TCHA ................ B1140STHSS.............. 1 B1140STHA ................

U R G E WIDE BODY SELFTAILING

B560STRA ................... B980LPSTR ................. B99OFDSTR ................. 157 157 157 157

HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS

B.HYDR02.2 ............... B.HYDR02.3 ...............

RACING WINCHES DUATTRO

8400 ........................... B40STQ .......................

U R G E WIDE BODY

158 158

l 5 162 62

...........

B990LPSTR ................. B990LPSTRlSS ........... B1lIOSTRA ................. B1120STRA.................

I

AMERICA'S CUP

B48.2STAC' ............... B65.2STAC' ............... B990.3STAC ............... BlllOAC ..................... B1IlOSTAC ................. BlIlOTCR ................... BlIlOSTR ...................

I

SNUBBING

B812C ................................ WINCH ACCESSORIES SERVICE KITS

BK4509 .......................


Harken 2000 Part

.

Pab NO.

NO.

Part NO.

SERVICE KITS

BK4510 ........................ BK4511 ........................ BK4512 ........................ BK4513 ........................

GENOA T-TRACKAND END STOPS

176 176 176 176

WINCH HANDLES

B8AP ...........................

174

B8CL ........................... 88CSG ......................... BlOAP ......................... BlOAL ......................... B1OASG ....................... BlOCL ......................... BlOADL ....................... BlOCSG ....................... ITALY OECK HARDWARE STAY TENSIONERS

I

1

B501 ........................... B502 .......................... B503 ...........................

1

GENOA LEAD CARS

8154CM ...................... 8155CM ...................... B1871AM...................... 81 872AM ..................... B1872CE ................... ...

I

1

GENOA TRACK STOPS

B2055M ........................ B2056E ................... .. B2056M ........................

I

GENOA I-TRACK AND END STOPS

' New parts "

Fnrbnerr n.""li~rl

117 117

58 58

SPINNAKER POLE END FITTINGS

B145160....................... B145/70 ....................... B145180....................... B1471100.....................

B1876AM' .................... B1876ABB' ..................

B157M .......................... B158M .........................

FOOT BLOCKS

B2113 .......................... 82114 .......................... B3113 .......................... B3114 ..........................

TRACK SLIDES FOR SPINNAKER BELLS

86 86 86 86


1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA Telephone: (262) 691-3320 Fax: (262) 691-3008 Cable: Harken Pewaukee web site: http://www.harken.com e-mail: harken@harken.com Ha&n E& V& Only) One Mill Street Newport, Rhode Island 02840 Fax: (401) 841-5370 Telephone: (401) 8448278 Email: harlren@mail.bbsnet.com

mmFdeonlvI OfM60isbibulorsak Fax: (727) 518-0296

mina Hatken Argentina Maipu 81l BIM6HAC San Fernando. Argentina Fax: (54) 11-4742-1841 Telephone: (54) 1147-324054 Email: ha&n@harken.com.ar AwhIla Harlren Australia Pty. Ltd. Unit 6,224, Headland Rd. Dee Why, N.S.W. 2099Auaralia Fax: (61) 02-9335-9455 Telephone: (61) 02-9335-9400 Emaii: ha&n@deckhardware.com.au

AoPbia Peter Frisch GmbH Isar-Ring 11. 040805 Miinchen, Germany Fax: 149184366078

Brnuda Bermuda Marine Supply P.O. Box HM 808 namlhon HMCX. Bermuaa Fax (441) 295-7665 Telephone: (44112959950 Pearman, Watlington & Co., Ltd. PO. Box HM M 0 Hamilton HMCX, Bermuda Fax: (441) 292-4489 Telephone: (441) 295-3232

m 1 Regatta Spolt Ltd. Rua Alvarenga. 2121 CEP 05509005 Bulanta Sao Paulo, Bmil Fa: (55) 11 814-7015 Telephone: (55)11 211-1522 Email: regaUa@repaUa.com.br &&l h ~ d a North National Outdoor Group Inc. 2242 Lakeshore BM. W Toronto, Ontario Canada M8V 1A5

~ ~ ~ V & o n l v ) mdcurtmsak Fax: 1619) 4754816

H W biy SPA. Via Della Cem, lZ/l4 22070 ~ r a a Mannone o

Hsr*snFrs~~s ZA. Polt des Minimes 11 Place du Pebt Hunier 17WO - La -~Rochells. Francr! ... F% (33)0546.442570 Telephone: (33)05.46.44 512 0 Eml: hark-mh ~~~

Faw. (39) G 1 32!i20031 Telephone (39) 031938840 Email harken.&%b,%tamm20a)

Wadsm Canada Westem Marine Company 1494 Powell Sbeet Vancower, B.C., Canada V5L 505 Fax: (604) 253-2656 Teiephone: (604) 253-7721 Telephone: (800) 663-OMX]

Thomas Peake &Co. Ltd. l 7 7 Westem Main Road PO. Box 301 Port of Spain, Trinidad, West lntiw Fax: (868) 622-7288 Telephone: (868) 622-8816

a

~

Glblanar H. Sheppard & Co. ~ t d . W a r p o n Gibraltar Fax: 350-42535 Telephone: 35075148 Email: sheppardQibnetoi

Wasw W

Budget ~ a r i i 6 t i g u aLtd Jolly Harbor Baatyard Bolans. Antigua Fax: (268) 462-7727 Telephone: (268) 462-8753 Rlcharoson's R gg.ng S e ~ c e s Box 97 Waleltmn Dnve Twtola. Brilish Virgin Islands Fax: (284) 494-5436 Telephone: (284) 494-2739

Cole Bay Sint Maarten, Netherlands Antilles Fax: 5945-44409 Telephone: 5995-43134 Email: saks@budmaran Island Rigging & Hydraulics 8186 Subbase Road. Suite 4 St. Thomas US Virgm sands 00802 F& (809) 774-M24 Telephone (809) 7746833 Rodnev Bav Shio Services. Ltd. ~ i ~ o i n w~ a r l n a Box 2172, Gros-Islet St Lucia, West lndies Fax: (758) 452-9974 Telephone: (758) 452-9973 Budget Marine Trinidad, LTD. PO. Box 3189 Chaguaramas, Trinidad West lndies Fax: 1868) 6344382 Telephone: (668) 634 2006 Email: sales@budmar.co.U

8

Seaway Mria Castmpola 54 52WO Pula, Croatia Fax: (385) 52 213 558 Telephone: (385) 52 214 542

cypM

Ocean Marine Equipment Ltd. St. Andrews St., 2458 PO. Box 1370 Limassol, Cyprus Fax: (357) 05 352.976 Telephone: (357) 05 369.731 Email: oceanm@spidemet.com.cy

Danmlk Columbus Marine Aps N a v e M 26 B 2M)O Glasirup, Denmark Fa: (45) 43 63 3459 Telephone: (45) 43 63 3600 Email: c o l u m b ~ l u m b u s - M i n g . d k

Tecrep Marins S.A. 38, AMi M&opoulou 185 36 Piraeus, Greece Fax 130114184280

Holmlmhofl bv. Leimuiderdlik47Sa

Honpnrorg UK Sailmakers (HK) Ltd. 14th Floor Wing Shan I n d u m l Bld. 428 Cha Kwo Ling Road Yau Tong, Kowlcmn, Hong Kong F%: (852) 2775 7722 Telephone: (852) 2775 7711 Email: uhils@%mail.com

Esioniawedt 8.

Sail Teeh Gy Wavulinintie 4 FIN-W210 Helsinki. Finland Fax: (358) (0) 46922506 Telephone: (358) (0) 46824950 Email: sail&lbch.fi

Flnland Sail Tech Gy Wavulinintie 4 FIN40210 Helsinki, Finland Fax: (358) (0) 46922-506 Telephone: (358) (0) 46824950 Email: sail@sailtech.ti Peter F r h h i m b ~ lur-Rann 11 ...,.v , . m

0-80805 Miinchen, Germany Fax: 149) 89-365078 Telephone: (49) 84365075 Email: petetfrischgmbh@campae~ve.com

Peter Frisch GmbH Isar-Ring 11, 040805 Miinchen. Germany Fax: (49) 84366078 Tekphone: (49) 89-365075 Emait peteWchgmbh@xmpuse~~~.com lasl Yamh Marina TPI-Aviv

H h n Jaw Ltd. 6 2 4 NiShihatoCho NishinomiyaCity Hyogo Pref., Japan 662-0933 Fax: 1811798-33-2100


Laivia Takats "Regate" 41/43 Tallinas str, Riga, LV-1012 Latvia Fax: (371) 724-2442 Telephone: (371) 923-8337 Email: $kats@mail.eunet.lv

Pusrto Rico Skipper Shop Santa lsidra Shopping Center 987 Rd. KM 1.3 Fajardo, PR 00738 Fax: (787) 860-2360 Telephone: (787) 863-2455 Emaii: skippershpk%ol.com

Russicfasl St. Pelmburg Malta D'Agata Marine Ltd. Nautilus Services 152 Ta'Xbiex Wharf Gzira, Malta Fax: (356) 340594 Telephone: (356) 341533 Email: sales@digigate.netidagata New Zealand A. Foster & CO.Ltd. 30-36 Fanshawe Street Box 1951 Auckland 1. New Zealand Fa: (M) 4307-7987 Teleohone: 16414303-3744 Noway Harken Sweden AB

Poland Peter Frisch GmbH Isar-Ring 11, 0-80805 Munchen. Germanv Fax: (49) 89-365078 ' Telephone: (49) 89-365075 Email:peterfrischgmbh@umpuse~e.com Plan Sa I;g Loa 47 Cenlro Comerca Mar na oe V~amo-ra 8125 Vilamoura Algarve, Portugal Fax (351) 89 300 681 Teleohone 13511 89 300 680

HARKEN TIM Ltd. 27/17 Malinovskogo Str. 270059 Odessa, Ukraina Telephonefax: (380) 482-678424 HARKEN TIM Ltd. 51125 Kivila Str. EE0038 Tallinn. Estonia Telephone/Fax: (37'2) 221-8525 GSM (372) 514-2554 GSM Italy (39) 03474151514 Sinppore Marintech Marketing ( S ) Pte. Ltd. 101 Kitchener Road N Z - l 4 Jalan Besar Plaza Singapore 208511 h:(65) 2923869 TeleDhone: (651 2988171 Slovenia Seaway Pot na Lisice 4260 Bled. Slovenia Fa* (386 64 702 440 Telepnone 386164 702 444 Emal comQsearra, s

South Ahica MDM Services PPI Ltd. PO. Box 51951Waterfront Cape Town 8002, South Africa Fax: (27) 216836255 Telephone: (27) 21-6744-550 Emaii: hmorris@ebo.co.za

Spain Equip Yacht s.1. Paseo Juan De Borbon. 92 08039 Barcelona, Spain Fa: (34) 93-221 -95-78 Teleohone: 134193-221-92-19 Sweden Harken Sweden AB Mjolkekilsgatan20 440 30 Marstrand, Sweden Fa: 1461303618 76

Swiherland Lambelet Diffusion Plaine - D'areuse Case Postale 180 2013 Colombier Switzerland Fax: 1411 32-841-75 86

Taiwan Mercury Marme Supply Co. Ltd. 5F-4., No. 22. Tsu Wei 4th Road, Lin Ya, Kaohsiung, 80212, Taiwan, R.O.C. Fax: 1886) 7-331-4232 Thailand Roliy Tasker Sails (Thailand) Co.. Ltd. 2612 Chaofa Road. Chalono 83130 Pnu(e1 lr ano Tna an0 Fax 66-76 280-348 Telepnone 66-76 280-347

Denpar ~akinalthaiailhracat Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti Nazmi Akbaci Is Merkui No: 212 Maslak-Istanbul. Turkev F% ,go 212-285-03ii Te ephone 90 212-285-0334 Ema b qzoa\'&s.peron lne corn

UkrainelBelanrs HARKEN TIM Ltd. 27/17 Malinovskooo Str. 270059 Odessa, Lkraina TelephonWFax: (380) 482-678424 HARKEN TIM Ltd. 51125 Kivila Str. EE0038 Tdlinn. Estonia TelephonWFax: 372-2-218 525 GSM 372-5142 554 GSM Itaty (39) 03474151514 United KinfldoMreIand Sales and Service (Trade Only) Harken UK Ltd. 6 Hael Road Pennington Lymington, Hampshire S041 8GS England Fax: (44) 01590-610274 Tel: (44) 01590-689122 Ernail: enquiries@harken.co.uk Distribution Simpson-LawrenceLtd. 218-228 Edmiston Drive Glasgow G51 2 Y l Scotland Fax: (44) 1-41-427-5419 Telephone: (44)1-41-300-9100 Email: nh@simpson-lawrence.co.uk venezuela Vemasca-Venezuelan Marine Supply Cornplejo Imica, Avenida Raul Leoni AI Lado del Edificio Kokmar Porlamar, Margarita Venezuela Fa: 589ffi64-2529 Telephone: 589/564-1646


l" ;

. - ,.,X ,!:

3'3,$.,,.

,

;

, , .,, .,:

,,.l ,

.

. ."'?, .?,

?,;

.~

.

,

,: P C

'

'j.

. i

.

' ,

a

Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA Web: Mtp:l/wnv.harken.com E-mail: harken@harken.com Tel: 262-691-3320 Fax: 262691-3008

Custom Hardware

Travelers

L

2,.

Specially Prod1 Index

,

*

;:

.. :. ,, , . . .

..

.v, .,

:

.

,

, ,

1

1h

1251 Earl Wisconsin Avenue

I

C!,<,+ , .

'. .?

2000

Bio Boat Block!

,

7: ry;,t;:;!;.L ;.r.~j:

.>. ' .:.,P

!

ii

!"'

i


Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.